The URL can be used to link to this page

09/20/1988 S.PECIF~ICA TIOr~S AND CONTRACT DOCUMENTS EXPAND, SEALCOAT AND STRIPE COMMERCIAL SERVICE AND CARGO AIRCRAF-r PARKING APRONS FAA A.I.P. PROJECT NO. FOOT W.IP.I. PROJECT NO. ENGINEEI=I'S PROJECT NO. 3-12-0037-0488 6826654 04-407.04 d ~ ~~'t-$' o - ooot.S ':"!:>O. " ~ ~ ~I"'- ~~ ')'..... ~ ~ -J '. L ( ;~~ ~:~ES J'NA~.~N_~:_~:_~~> .-- - '~ ~~a;-e-;.~,.. '; · :"'. t) ~,/ '\ " ~ ~ .r... p. 1....." o\. ..~~~ . n.. W. V. · ~o ~~, ".i... ~Q.,i::::-... ~.. . .., .-)_~ ;~ ~ 0 c.;;.',..,- "'\)l %~ /~ ~~--: _ I KEY WEST ~.:'~~:~~~':~~-- . . ~. . ~. . ".. ' -~ '-- .. . . ...J . 0...... ... ~ \. .:... .., ,.. . INTERNA TIONAL 0 ~ :,' '..;; .:,"~~: ,Q ~ AIRPORT 0 · L.4J ~~ z :> o u I ~ o " c, ~ ~ a ~ a. o (!:!, ~ 0 · _. 0.. ~ KEY WEST'" f 1 c; " ~ s ,. KEY WEST, FLORIDA M'A v, 19sa PREPARED FOR MONROE COUNTY BOARD OF COUNTY COMMISSIONERS POST, BUCKLEY, SCHUH AND JERNIGAN, INC. 1 NORTH KROME AVE.. HOMESTEAD. FL. 33030 MONROE COUNTY KEY WEST INTERNATIONAL AIRPORT KEY WEST, FLORIDA SPECIFICATIONS AND CONTRACT DOCUMENTS TO EXPAND, SEALCOAT AND STRIPE COMMERCIAL SERVICE AND CARGO AIRCRAFT PARKING APRONS FEDERAL AVIATION ADMINISTRATION AlP PROJECT NO. 3-12-0037-0488 FLORIDA DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION WPI PROJECT NO'S. 6826654 MAY, 1988 POST, BUCKLEY, SCHUH &: JERNIGAN, INC. Job No. 04-407.04 Section 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 TABLE OF CONTENTS BID DOCUMENTS Title Advertisement for Bids Instructions to Bidders Bid Form Bid Bond Contract Agreement Payment Bond Performance and Guaranty Bond Notice of Intent to Award Notice to Proceed Final Release of Lien Appendix 1: Part I Part II - Wage and Labor Requirements - Equal Employment Opportunity Requirements Part III - Miscellaneous Requirements Part IV - Requirements of 49 CFR Part 23 Appendix 2: Bid Conditions Minority Business Enterprise Program Project Safety Requirements DIVISION 1 - GENERAL PROVISIONS Title Definition of Terms Proposal Requirements and Conditions A ward and Execution of Contract Scope of Wark Control of Work Control of Materials Legal Relations and Responsibility to Public Prosecution and Progress Measurement and Payment TC - 1 Page No. A-I IB-l BF-l 8B-1 CA-l PB-1 PG-l NIA -1 NTP-1 FRL-l AP 1-1 AP2-1 PSR-l Pag-e No. GP-l GP-6 GP-10 GP-13 GP-18 GP-27 GP-31 GP-40 GP-45 TABLE OF CONTENTS (Continued) DIVISION 2 - TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS Section Title G-lOO P-l51 P-152 P-154 P-211 P-401 P-602 P-603 P-610 P-620 P-625 F-162 0-105 0-151 M-801 Mobilization Clearing, Grubbing, Relocation and Demolition Excavation and Embankment Subbase Course Limerock Base Course Plant Mix Bituminous Pavements Bituminous Prime Coat Bituminous Tack Coat Structural Portland Cement Concrete Apron Taxiway Painting Rubberized Coal Tar Emulsion Sealcoat Pedestrian Gate French Drains Inlets Reinstallation of Fiberglass Water Storage Tank for CFR Usage Prefrabricated Metal Building (Storage Shed) Modification to Existing Electrical Pull Boxes Compaction Control Tests Sodding Installation of Airport 12-Foot Wind Cone Installation of Underground Cable for Airports Installation of Miscellaneous Electrical Equipment Installation of Airport Underground Electrical Duct Installation of Airport Lighting Systems M-802 M-803 T-611 T-904 L-101 L-108 L-109 L-II0 L-125 PROJECT PLANS Title Title Sheet Airport Layout Plan and Project Location Construction Safety and Sequence Plan Existing Site Plan and Demolition Plan Paving, Grading and Drainage Plan Apron Sealcoating and Marking Plan Typical Section and Details Details Taxiway Lighting Relocation, Removal and Additions Taxiway Lighting Details Summary of Quantities TC - 2 Pa~e No. G-100-1 P-151-1 thru 7 P-152-1 thru 10 P-154-1 thru 6 P-211-1 thru 7 P-401-1 thru 21 P-602-1 thru 4 P-603-1 thru 4 P-610-1 thru 12 P-620-1 thru 3 P-625-1 thru 8 F-162-1 thru 4 D-705-1 thru 4 D-751-1 thru 4 M-801-1 thru 2 M-802-1 thru 3 M-803-1 thru 4 T-611-1 T-904-1 thru 3 L-101-1 thru 3 L-108-1 thru 7 L-I09-1 thru 5 L-II0-1 thru 4 L-125-1 thru 3 Sheet No. 1 2 3-6 7 8 9 10 11-12 13-14 15 16-17 ADVERTISEMENT FOR BIDS KEY WEST INTERNATIONAL AIRPORT Sealed bids will be received by Monroe County, Florida, Owner, until 4:00 p.m. (1600 hours) local time, Wednesday, September 7 , 1988, at the Office of the Monroe County Clerk, 500 Whitehead Street, Key West, Florida 33040, for the following project: Furnish all labor, materials, equipment, and services to Expand, Sealeoat and Stripe Commercial Service and Cargo Aircraft Parking Aprons, Airport Improvement Program Project No. 3-12-0037-0488 at Key West Intemational Airport, Monroe County, Florida. Bids will be opened and publicly read at the Monroe County Clerk's Office at 10:00 a.m. on _ Thursday , September 8 ,1988. Plans, specifications and contract documents are open to public inspection at the Office of the Monroe County Director of Airports, Key West International Airport, Key West, Florida, Tel.: (305) 296-5439. They may be obtained from the Director of Airports or the County's Consulting Engineer, Post, Buckley, Schuh & Jernigan, Inc., offices: 1 North Krome Avenue, Homestead, Florida 33030, Tel.: (305) 248-4750, upon payment of fifty dollars ($50.00) deposit, payable to Monroe County Board of County Commissioners, for each set of contract documents. This deposit will be refunded upon return of the documents in good condition within 20 days after the date of the bid opening. Qualified contractors able to marshall suitable work forces, coordina te the required work and prosecute its timely execution according to the proposed schedule are being sought by the County. Each Bidder shall furnish the County satisfactory evidence of competency to perform the proposed work, to submit bids, and to enter into the Contract with the County. A complete examination and understanding of the construction plans and specifications and the site of the proposed work are necessary in order for the Bidder to submit a proposal properly. A ward, if made, shall be made by the County to the lowest responsible and qualified Bidder whose proposal conforms to the (!ited requirements of the County. The County also reserves the right to separately accept or reject any item or items of a Bid which the County deems to be in its best interest. All bids shall be submitted as set forth in the INSTR UCTIONS TO BIDDERS and shall be accolnpanied by a Bid guarantee consisting of a firm commitment such as a Bid Bond, certified check or other negotiable instrument equivalent to ten percent (1096) of the Bid Price as assurance that the Bidder will, upon acceptance of his Bid, execute such contractual documents as may be required within the time specified. A Payment Bond and a Performance and Guaranty Bond are required for execution of the Contract in an amount equal to one hundred percent (100%) of the Contract amount. The Bids shall be submitted in a sealed envelope plainly marked on the outside with the name and address of the Bidder; the name of the project for which the Bid is submitted, i.e., "Expand, Sealcoat and Stripe Com mercial Service and Cargo Aircraft Parking Aprons"; AlP Project No.: 3-12-0037-0488; and the time and date of opening, 10:00 a.m. on Thursday, September 8 " 1988. If forwarded by mail, it shall be enclosed in another envelope addressed to the Monroe County Clerk, 500 Whitehead Street, Key West, Florida 33040. 04-407.0,4 Rev. 8/2'2/88 A -1 Bids received after the time and date specified will not be considered, but will be returned unopened. No Bid may be withdrawn after closing time for receipt of Bids for a period of ninety (90) days. Monroe County reserves the right to reject any or all Bids, to waive irregularities and informalities in any or all Bids or to readvertise for Bids. This Contract is subject to Minimum Wage Rates as established by the Secretary of the U.S. Department of Labor and Executive Order 11246 of 24 September 1965, as amended, and to the Equal Ernployment Opportunity Clause. In accordance with Title VI of the Civil Rights Act of 1964, all Bidders are hereby notified that they must affirmatively insure that in any Contract entered into pursuant to this Advertisement, Minority Business Enterprises will be afforded full opportunity to submit Bids, as sub.contractors or as suppliers of materials or services, and will not be discriminated against on the grounds of race, color or national origin in ,consideration for award. Monroe County endorses the use of minority banks and will furnish a list of these banks located in the State of Florida upon request. In accordance with Title VI of the Civil Rights Act of 1964, all Bidders will be afforded full opportunity to submit Bids in response to this invitation and will not be discriminated against on the grounds of race, color, religion, sex or national origin in consideration for award. NOTICE OF REQUIREMENT FOR AFFIRMATIVE ACTION TO ENSURE EQUAL EMPLOYMENT OPPORTUNITY (EXECUTIVE ORDER 11246) 41 Code of Federal Regulations 60-4.2 1. The offeror's or Bidder's attention is called to the "Equal Opportunity Clause" and the "Standard Federal Equal Employment Opportunity Construction Contract Specifications" set forth herein. 2. The goals and timetables for minority and female participation, expressed in percentage terms for the Contractor's aggrega te work force in each trade on all construction work in the covered area, are as follows: Tirnetables Goals for Female Participation for Each Trade (Until further Notice) 6.9% Goals for Minority Participation for Each Trade 15.5% These goals are applicable to all of the Contractor's construction work (whether or not it is Federal or Federally assisted) performed in the covered area. 04-407.04 Rev. 8/22/88 A - 2 The Contractor's compliance with the Executive Order and the regulations in 41 CFR Part 60-4 shall be based on its implementation of the Equal Opportunity Clause, specific affirmative action obligations required by the specifications set forth in 41 CFR 60.4.3(1) and its efforts to meet the goals established for the geographical area where the contract resulting from this solicitation is to be performed. The hours of minority and female employment and training must be substantially uniform throughout the length of the contract, and in each trade, and the Contractor shall make a good faith effort to employ minorities or female employees evenly on each of its projects. The transfer of minority or female employee or trainees from Contractor to Contractor or project to project for the sole purpose of meeting the Contractor's goals shall be a violation of the contract, the Executive Order and the regulations in 41 CFR 60-4. Compliance with the goals will be measured against the total work hours performed. 3. The bidder shall make good faith efforts, as defined in Appendix A of 49 CF R Part 23, Regulations of the Office of the Secretary of Transportion, to subcontract fourteen (14) percent of the dollar value of the prime contract to small business concerns owned and controlled by socially and economically disadvantaged individuals (DBE). In the event that the bidder for this soliciation qualifies as a DBE, the contract goal shall be deemed to have been met. Individuals who are rebuttably presumed to be socially and economically disadvantaged include women, Blacks, Hispanics, Native Americans, Asian- Pacific Americans, and Asian-Indian Americans. The apparent successful competitor will be required to submit (with the bid) information concerning the DBE's that will participate in this contract. The information will include the name and address of each DBE, a description of the work performed by each na.med firm, and the dollar value of the contract. If the bidder fails to achieve the contract goal stated herein, it will be required to provide (with the bid) documentation demonstrating that it made good faith efforts in attempting to do so. A bid that fails to meet these requirements will be considered nonresponsive. 4. The Contractor shall provide written notification to the Director of the Office of Federal Contract Compliance Programs within ten (10) working days of award of any construction subcontract in excess of $10,000.00 at any tier for construction work under the Contract resulting from this solicitation. The notification shall list the name, address, and telephone number of the subcontractor, employer identification number, estimated dollar amount of the subcontract, estimated starting and completion dates of the subcontract, and the geographical area in which the contract is to be performed. 5. As used in this Notice, and in the Contract resulting from this solicita tion, the "covered area" is Monroe and Dade Counties. Florida . Danny L. Kolhag-e Clerk of the Board of County Commissioners Monroe County, Florida 04-407 .04 Rev. 8/22/88 A - 3 INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS 1. DISADVANTAGED BUSINESS EN'TERPRISE REQUIREMENTS An amendment to Department of Transportation Regulation 49 CPR, Part 23 was published in the Federal Register on May 23, 1988, (53 Fed. Reg. 18285). The amendment, which became effective upon publication, requires compliance with the disadvantaged business (DBE) provisions of Subpart D of the regulations. A single DBE goal, rather than separate goals for minority and wornen-owned firms (MBE/WBE), shall be included in bid solicitations subject to Subpart D. As such, all references in this Contract Document to MBE and/or WBE shall be replaced with DBE. 2. DESCRIPTION OF WORK The work identified in the ADVERTISEMENT FOR BIDS consists of airport work to be performed by a qualified Contractor, as follows: Expand Sealcoat and Strip Commercial Service and Cargo Aircraft Parking and Apron FAA Airport Improvement Program (AlP) Project No.: 3-12-0037-0488 The above general outline of features of the Work does not in any way limit the responsibility of the Contractor to perform all work and furnish equipment, materials, and labor required by the Plans and Specifications referred to therein.. 3. EXAMINATION OF CONTRACT DOCUMENTS AND SITE The Bidder is required to examine carefully the site of the Work and the Drawings, Specifications and other Contract Documents for the work contemplated at the Key West International Airport, Key West, Florida, AlP Project No.: 3-12-0037-0488. By submitting a Bid, the Bidder represents to the Owner that it has investigated and is fully informed of the conditions to be encountered, of the character, quality and quantities of Work to be performed and materials to be furnished and of all the requirements of the Plans, Specifications and other Contract Documents. A complete listing of the plan sheets follow. Sheet No. 1 2 3-6 7 8 9 10 11-12 13-14 15 16-17 04-407.04 Rev. 8/22/88 Project Plans Ti tIe Title Sheet Airport Layout Plan and Project Location Construction Safety and Sequence Plan Existing Site Plan and Demolition Plan Paving, Grading and Drainage Plan Apron Sealcoating and Marking Plan Typical Section and Details Details Taxiway Lighting Relocation, Removal and Additions Taxiway Lighting Details Sum mary of Quantities IB - 1 4. OBLIGATION OF BIDDERS The Bidder must inform itself fully of the construction and labor conditions under which the Work is to be performed. The Bidder shall not be relieved of its obligation to furnish all material, equipment and labor necessary to carry out the provisions of the Contract Documents and to complete the contemplated Work for the consideration set forth in its Bid by reason and having failed to inform itself with respect to those matters. 5. ADDENDA - CHANGES WHILE BIDDING No interpretation of the Plans, Specifications or other Contract Documents or correction of any apparent ambiguity, inconsistency or error therein, will be made orally to any Bidder. Every request for such interpretation or correction must be in writing, addressed to the Engineer, Post, Buckley, Schuh &: Jernigan, Inc., 1 North Krome Avenue, Homestead, Florida, 33030, and must be received at least seven (7) calendar days prior to the date fixed for the opening of Bids in order to be given consideration. All such interpretations, corrections and supplernental instructions will be in the form of written Addenda to the Contract Documents which, if issued, will be mailed by registered or certified mail, or sent by telegram, to all prospective Bidders (to the address furnished to the Owner by the prospective Bidder for such purposes) not later than five (5) calendar days prior to the date fixed for the opening of Bids. If the Bidder fails to acknowledge receipt of any such Addendum in the space provided in the Bid Form, its Bid will nevertheless be construed as though the Addendum had been received and acknowledged, and the submission of its Bid will constitute acknowledgement of the receipt of the saIne. Only the interpreta tion or correction so given by the Engineer in writing shall be binding, and prospective Bidders are warned that no other source is authorized to give information concerning, or to explain or interpret, the Contract Documents. 6. PREPARATION OF BIDS Bids shall be submitted on a reproduced copy of the attached Bid Form and shall include the required Bid Guarantee, Equal Opportunity Report Statement, Certifica tion of N on-Segrega ted F acili ties and infor ma tion concerning MBE participation in the Contract. Do not remove the attached Bid Form from these Contract Documents. All blank spaces in the Bid Form shall be completed legibly and correctly in ink. The Bidder shall specify the Total Bid Price for the entire Work described in the Contract Documents. If the Bid is made by an individual, it must be signed in the name of the individual and state the individual's post office address and the name and address of every person interested in the Bid as principal. If the Bid is made by a firm or partnership, its name and address must be stated, together with the name and address of each member of the firm or partnership. If the Bid is made by a Corporation, the Bid must be signed by an authorized officer or agent, on behalf of the Corporation and the corporate seal must be affixed thereto. The officer or agent must also provide the state in which the Corporation is incorporated, the names and business addresses of the President, Secretary and Treasurer, evidence that the Corporation is in good standing in its state of incorporation 04-407.04 Rev. 8/22/88 IB - 2 and in Florida, and evidence that the Corporation has registered with the Secretary of State of the State of Florida, as a foreign corporation for doing business in the State of Florida. 7. BID GUARANTY Each Bid shall be accompanied by a Bid Guaranty in the form of a cashiers' check made payable to the Owner or a Bid Bond in the form contained in the Contract Documents, duly executed by the Bidder as Principal having a Surety thereon a surety cOlnpany fulfilling the qualifications described in Paragraph 12 below. The Bid Bond shall be written through a licensed Florida agency on behalf of a surety cornpany licensed to do business in the State of Florida. The Bid Guaranty shall be in the amount not less than ten percent (10%) of the amount of the Total Bid Price. The cashier's check, or Bid Bond shall be submitted with the understanding that it shall guarantee that the Bidder will not withdraw the Bid for a period of ninety (90) days after the time and date fixed for the opening of Bids, that if the Bidder is provided with a Notice of Intent to Award the Contract, the Bidder will enter into a formal Contract with the Owner in the form contained in the Contract Documents, that the Bidder will supply evidence of the authority of the person executing the Contract and Bonds to do so, that the required Contract Bonds, Certificates of Insurance, Equal Opportunity and Minority Business Enterprise data, certifications and submissions will be given, that all other Contract Documents will be executed in the form provided therein. If any of the foregoing requirements are not met, the Owner shall be entitled to the full amount of the Bid Guaranty as damages to the Owner resulting from the Bidder's failure to meet those requirements. Cashier's checks or Bid Bonds will be returned to all except the three apparent low, qualified, responsible, responsive Bidders within ten (10) days after the opening of Bids, and the remaining cashier's checks or Bid Bonds will be returned within three (3) days after the Owner and successful Bidder have executed the Contract Documents required by the Owner for the Work. Cash will not be accepted as a Bid Guaranty. 8. DELIVER Y OF BIDS All bids shall be submitted in sealed envelopes bearing on the outside the name of the Bidder, the Bidder's address, the name of the Project for which the Bid is submitted, and the time and date fixed for the opening of Bids. The Bid Guaranty specified in Paragraph 6 above together with the Equal Opportunity Report Statement, Certification of Non-Segregated Facilities and information concerning MBE participation, shall be enclosed in the sealed envelope with the Bid. The Bid shall be hand delivered or mailed, preferably by registered mail. If forwarded by mail, it shall be enclosed in another envelope addressed to County Clerk. Monroe County, 500 Whitehead Street, Key West, Florida 33040. Bids received after the time and date specified in the Advertisement for Bids will not be considered, but will be returned unopened. 9. WITHDRA WAL OF BIDS No Bid may be withdrawn after it is submitted, unless the Bidder makes its request by letter or telegram and such request is received prior to the time and date fixed for the receipt of Bids. No Bid may be withdrawn for a period of ninety (90) days after the time and date fixed for the opening of Bids. 04-407.04 Rev. 8/22/88 IB - 3 10. DISQUALIFICATION OF BIDDERS Any of the following causes may be considered sufficient for the disqualification of a Bidder and the rejection of its Bid: a. Submission of more than one Bid for the same work by an individual, firm, partnership or corporation under the same or different names; b. Evidence of collusion between or among Bidders; c. Work for which the Bidder is committed by contract, which, in the Owner's judgment and sole discretion, might hinder or prevent the prompt completion of the Work under this Contract if awarded to the Bidder; d. Being behind on the approved completion schedule for any existing contracts with the Owner, in litigation with the Owner or having defaulted on a previous contract with the Owner; e. _ Any other cause which, in the Owner's judgment and sole discretion, is sufficient to justify disqualification of a Bidder or the rejection of its Bid. 11. REJECTION OF IRREG ULAR BIDS Bids will be considered irregular and may be rejected if they show omIssIons, alterations of form, additions not called for, conditions, limitations, unauthorized alternate bids or other irregularities of any kind. The Owner shall have the right to waive any informalities or irregularities of Bids, or to reject any or all Bids. 12. N01'ICE OF INTENT 'fO A WARD CONTRACT Unless all Bids are rejected, a Notice of Intent to Award the Contract will be provided to the qualified, responsible Bidder whose Bid is responsive to the invitation and is rnost advantageous to the Owner, price and other factors considered. If a conflict exists between the words and numerals of each Bid amount, the words, unless obviously incorrect, shall govern. 13. GUARANTY OF FAITHFUL PERFORMANCE AND PA YMENT A Performance Bond and a Payment Bond satisfactory to the Owner and in the form attached hereto, each in an initial amount of not less than the Total Contract Price, will be required of the successful Bidder for, among others, the following purposes: a. To guarantee faithful performance of the requirements of the Contract Documents, including all applicable warranties. b. To guarantee the payment of all labor, materials, or supplies used directly or indirectly in the prosecution of the Work provided for in the Contract. 04-407.04 Rev. 8/22/88 IB - 4 The Penal Sum of the Performance Bond and the Payment Bond shall be increased or decreased during the course of the Work in the even t tha t modifications, change orders or addenda increase or decrease the Total Contract Price so that the Penal Sum of each bond shall be in an amount equal to the completed Contract Price at the completion of the Work. The Bonds shall be exactly in the forms contained in the Contract Documents, and written through a licensed Florida agency on behalf of a surety company licensed to do business in the State of Florida, meeting the following requirements: a. Qualification - Management and Strength: The Surety must be rated no less than "A" as to management and no less than XII as to strength, by the latest edition of Best's Insurance Guide, published by A.M. Best Company, Post Office Box 1107, Summit, New Jersey 07901. b. Qualification - Federal Project Approval: The Surety company executing the Bonds shall be on the current list of the U.S. Treasury Department as being approved by and for writing bonds for Federal projects in the amount not less than the Penal Sum of the Bonds provided to the Owner. c. Bonding Limit - Any One Risk: The bonding limit of the Sureties shall not exceed five percent (5%) of the policy holder surplus (capital and surplus) as listed by the aforementioned Best's Insurance Guide. The completed Bonds shall be delivered to the Owner with the executed Contract as required hereinafter in these Instructions to Bidders. Provisions for liquidated damages are provided in the Bid Form and Contract Documents. 14. POWER OF ATTORNEY AND COUNTERSIGNATURE A ttorneys-in-fact who sign Bid Bonds, Performance Bonds and Payment Bonds, must file with such Bonds a certified copy of their power-of-attorney to sign the bonds. All bonds must be countersigned by a resident Florida agent of the Surety, with proof of agency attached. 15. EXECUTION OF CONTRACT The Bidder who received a Notice of Intent to Award the Contract shall, within ten (10) calendar days of the date of Notice of Intent to Award, execute and deliver to the Owner the Contract Agreement, the completed Bonds listed above, satisfactory evidence of all required insurance coverage, satisfactory evidence of compliance with the Bid Conditions pertaining to the Minority Business Enterprise Program (Appendix 2), and proof satisfactory to the Owner of the authority of the person or persons executing the Contract Agreement and the Performance Bond and the Payment Bond on behalf of the Bidder. The above documents must be furnished, executed and delivered before the Contract Documents will be executed by the Owne-r. The Contract shall not be binding upon the Owner until it has been executed and approved by the Owner, approved by the FAA, and a copy of the fully executed Contract Documents is delivered to the Contractor. The Owner shall have the right to rescind its Notice of Intent to 04-407.04 Rev. 8/22/88 IB - 5 Award without liability, except for the return of the Bid Guaranty to the Bidder, at any time before the Contract Documents have been fully executed by all parties and delivered to the Contractor. 16. FAILURE TO EXECUTE CONTRACT - BID GUARANTY FORFEITED If the Bidder receiving a Notice of Intent to Award the Contract fails to execute and deliver to the Owner the Contract Agreement, the completed Bonds listed in Paragraph 12 above, the required evidences of insurance coverage, compliance with the Bid Conditions pertaining to the MBE Program (Appendix 2) and the evidence of authority to execute required in Paragraph 14 above, within ten (10) calendar days after the date of the Notice of Intent to Award, the Owner may elect to rescind the Notice of Intent to Award and shall be entitled to the full amount of the Bid Guaranty, not as a penalty, but in liquidation of and compensation for damages sustained. A Notice of Intent to Award may then be provided to the next most qualified, responsible Bidder whose Bid is responsive to the invitation and is rnost advantageous to the Owner, price and other factors considered. Otherwise, all Bids may be rejected. 17. NOTICE AND SERVICE THEREOF All notices given by the Owner or the Engineer, under the prOVIsIons of the Contract Documents, shall be in writing and service of same may be by either of the following methods: a. By delivery of the notice to the Bidder or to any officer of the Bidder if Bidder is a corporation, or to any agent of the Bidder. b. By mailing the notice by United States mail to the address of the Bidder shown on the Bid. Notices given by the Owner or Engineer shall be effective upon mailing, if in ailed. 18. FLORIDA SALES AND OTHER TAXES Work under this Contract is subject to the provisions of Chapter 212, Florida Statutes, Tax on Sales, Use and Other Transactions. Other state, local or federal taxes may be applicable. The Bidder is responsible to remit to the appropriate governlnental entity all applicable taxes. Any applicable tax shall be included in the Total Bid Price by the Bidder. 19. MINIMUM WAGE RATES For Federally-assisted construction contracts, mInImum wage rates for the construction of the proposed Work have been established by the U.S. Department of Labor, and schedules of labor classification and corresponding prevailing wage rates are included in Appendix 1, Part 1 - Wage and Labor Requirements of these Contract Documents. In preparing a Bid, the Bidder shall make an appropriate allowance so that its wage rates will meet the minimum rates required for the Work. The Bidder shall not be relieved of its obligations under the Contract Docurnents by reason of having failed to make adequate provision for minimum required wage ra tes. 04-407.04 Rev. 8/22/88 IB - 6 20. EQUAL OPPORTUNrry REPORT STATEMENT Each Bidder shall complete, sign, and submit together with its Bid the Equal Opportunity Report Statement following the Bid Form. A Bid may be considered unresponsive and may be rejected, in the Owner's sole discretion, if the Bidder fails to provide the fully executed statement, or fails to furnish the required data. 21. CERTIFICATION OF NON-SEGREGATED FACILITIES Each Bidder shall complete, sign, and submit together with its Bid the Certification of Non-Segregated Facilities following the Bid Form. A Bid may be considered unresponsive and may be rejected, in the Owner's sole discretion, if the Bidder fails to provide the fully executed statement, or fails to furnish the required data. 22. MINORITY BUSINESS ENTERPRISE DATA Each Bidder shall complete, sign, and submit together with its Bid the information form concerning MBE participation in the Contract following the Bid Form. A Bid may be considered unresponsive and may be rejected, in the Owner's sole discretion, if the Bidder fails to provide the fully executed statement or fails to furnish the required data. The apparent low, qualified, responsible, responsive Bidder who receives a Notice of Intent to Award the Contract shall, within ten (10) calendar days of the date of Notice of Intent to Award submit all additional information required by the Owner's Minority Business Participation Policy to the Owner. This Policy is described in part in Exhibit A to these Instructions and is to serve as a guide to the Bidder and the Owner in award of this Contract. The Bidder, in meeting the guidelines of the Minority Business Participation Policy, is not relieved of its Equal Employment Opportunity obligations under state and Federal laws and regula tions. If the Bidder is a Minority Business Enterprise and the percent of total dollar value of the Work it intends to perform meets or exceeds the MBE Goals established for this Contract, the Bidder need only complete the document entitled, "Minority Business Disclosure Requirement" found at Exhibit B to these Instructions. For the Bidder's information, a list entitled, "Minority Contracting Agencies in Florida" is attached hereto as Exhibit C. 23. TIME OF COMPLETION The time of completion is of the essence of the Contract and, each Bidder, if delivered an executed Contract, shall proceed with the Work in accordance with the approved schedule and within the Contract time period specified in the Contract Documents. In the event of failure to complete the Work within the time specified, the Owner may assess damages as provided by law or the Contract Documents, unless an appropriate extension of time has been granted. 04-407.04 Rev. 8/22/88 IB - 7 The time of completion for this Contract shall be One Hundred Eighty (180) Calendar Days. The Bidder's attention is directed to Paragraph 7.0 "Construction Sequencing and Contract Time" on Page PSR-9 of the Project Safety Requirements for more information concerning additional requirements and conditions in this connection. 24. RECORD DOCUMENTS The Contractor shall keep one record copy of the Contract Documents, Shop Drawings and samples at the site, in good order and annotated daily to show all changes made during the construction process. These shall be available to the Engineer for examination and shall be delivered to the Engineer for the County upon completion of the Work. Failure to maintain record documents current may be cause to withhold partial payment. 25. FEDERAL LA WS Contemplated construction shall be governed at all times by applicable provisions of Federal laws, including but not limited to the latest alnendments of: 25.1 Equal Employment Opportunity Requirements Equal Elnployment Opportunity and Wage and Labor Provisions specified in Appendix 1. Each Bidder shall complete, sign and include in his Bid proposal the Equal Opportunity Report Statement and Certification of Non-Segregated Facilities. When a deterlnination has been made to award the Contract to a specific Contractor as the apparent low, qualified, responsible, responsive Bidder, such Contractor shall furnish pertinent information regarding his own employrnent policies and practices as well as those of his proposed subcontractors as the FAA, the Owner, or the Secretary of Labor may require, prior to execution of the Contract. All such information required of a subcontractor shall be furnished by the Contractor. The Equal Opportunity Report Statement, Certification of Non-segregated Facilities, Equal Opportunity Clause, all other EEO requirements, and all applicable Wage and Labor Provisions shall be included in all non-exempt subcontracts entered into by the Contractor. No subcontract shall be awarded to a new noncomplying subcontractor. In addition, the Contractor will also insert in each of his subcontracts a clause requiring the subcontractor to include these provisions in any lower tier subcontract which they may enter into, together with a clause requiring this insertion in any further subcontracts that may in turn be made. 25.2 Minority BusineC3s Participation Minority Business Participation provisions, according to Appendix 2. 04-407.04 Rev. 8/22/88 IB - 8 As a prerequisite to the Owner receiving FAA's concurrence in award, and upon determination by the Owner to award the Contract to a specific Contractor as the apparent low, qualified, responsible, responsive Bidder, such Contractor shall furnish any additional information or reconfirm previously submitted information concerning the assurances outlined in Appendix 2 as the FAA or the Owner may require. 25.3 Fair Labor Requirements Labor provisions according to Part 152, Airport Aid Program, are attached and made a part of this document as Appendix 1. Minimum wage rates for the construction of the proposed Work have been established by the Secretary of Labor, U.S. Department of Labor. Schedules of Labor Classifications and corresponding Prevailing Wage Rates are included in Appendix 1. 25.4 Occupational, Safety and Health Requirements The Occupational, Safety and Health requirements as described or defined in the following Act, Regulation, or Advisory Circular shall apply to the execution of this construction Contract: Williams-Steiger Occupational Safety and Health Act of 1970, Public Law 91-596. Title 29, Code of Federal Regulations: Chapter 17, Occupational Safety and Health Administration; Part 1910, Occupational, Safety and Health Standards; and Part 1926, Safety and Health Regulations for Construction. FAA AC 150/5370-2A (8/2/76), Occupational Safety on Airports. 25.5 Anti-Kick Back Act All Contractors and Subcontractors shall comply with the Copeland "Anti-Kick Back" Act (18 U.S.C. 876) as supplemented in Department of Labor Regulations (29 CFR, Part 3) and as described in Attachment 0, Procurement Standards, of the current Federal Register. 25.6 Clean Air Act of 1970 Contracts and subcontracts of amounts in excess of $100,000 shall require the recipient to agree to comply with all applicable Standards, Orders, or Regulations issued pursuant to the Clean Air Act of 1970, reference Attachment 0, Procurement Standards of the current Federal Register. 26. ADDITIONAL INSTRUCTIONS FOR APPARENT LOW, QUALIFIED, RESPONSIBLE, RESPONSIVE BIDDER Contractor assistance is essential to execute specific documents promptly to obtain FAA's concurrence in Contract Award, to execute a Contract with the Owner and to prepare for a Contractor's Notice To Proceed. 04-407.04 Rev. 8/22/88 IB - 9 Contractor is instructed to carefully examine the General Provisions and to understand what is expected during each phase of the Project's construction. The Owner will maintain the original Bid Form and Bid Bond on file for record purposes. The Contractor will be furnished six (6) copies of the Contract Documents by the Owner. The Contractor shall complete, execute and submit all required documentation within ten (10) Calendar Days to the Owner. Specific items that must be completed and executed are: o BID ITEMS - The Contractor shall confirm with the Owner Bid Items to be awarded in the final Contract, to confirm Total Contract Price. o CONTRACT, PA YMENT, PERFORMANCE AND GUARANTY BONDS - Complete in the amount of Total Contract Price, effective upon Owner execution of Contract. o EVIDENCE OF REQUIRED INSURANCE COVERAGE AND AUTHORITY TO EXECUTE - Complete. o BID CONDITIONS, MINORITY BUSINESS ENTERPRISE PROGRAM, Appendix 2 - Complete. Upon Owner's notification of concurrence in Contract award by FAA, the following items must be completed prior to issuance of a Notice to Proceed according to Paragraphs 80-02 and 80-03 of the GENERAL PROVISIONS: Owner: Execute Contract Documents and forward copy to Contractor and FAA. Contractor: Prepare detailed procurement and construction schedule for immediate submittal to the Owner and Engineer. ConfirlTI all subcontractor names and material suppliers. Schedule shall be submitted to the Owner and Engineer for review at least five (5) working days (weekends excluded) prior to the scheduled date of the Preconstruction Conference. 04-407.04 Rev. 8/22/88 IB - 10 EXHIBIT A The Owner has adopted the Minority Business Enterprise Participation Program, which is incorporated herein and is available from the Owner upon request, in order to comply with the U.S. Department of Transportation's Minority Business Enterprise Participation Regulation 49 CFR Part 23. The Bid Conditions appearing in Appendix 2 are also incorpora ted herein. It is the policy of the Owner that Minority Business Enterprises, as defined in 49 CFR Part 23, shall have the maximum opportunity to participate in the performance of this Contract. Monroe County endorses the use of minority banks and will furnish a list of these banks located in the State of Florida upon request. For this Contract, the Owner has established a Minority Business Enterprise Contract Goal of 11.096 for firms owned and controlled by minorities, and a l'v1inority Enterprise Contract Goal of 3% for firms owned and controlled by women. Within ten (10) calendar days after the date for opening of Bids, the apparent, low, qualified, responsible, responsive Bidder shall be obligated, as part of its Bid, to reconfirm in writing to the Owner the information provided with its Bid concerning proposed MBE participation in this Contract. A Bid shall be considered unresponsive and may be rejected, in the Owner's sole discretion, if it does not include this information. In addition, the Bid shall be considered unresponsive to the Advertisement for Bids and may be rejected, in the Owner's sole discretion, if considered unresponsive to the Advertisement for Bids and may be rejected if the Bidder is unable to demonstrate, to the reasonable satisfaction of the O\vner, as required by the policy, that the Bidder made a sufficient reasonable effort to satisfy the Minority Business Enterprise Contract Goals established for this Contract. If the Owner determines that the lowest, qualified, responsible Bidder whose Bid is responsive to the invitation and most advantageous to the Owner has not satisfied these Minority Business Enterprise Contract Goals, then the Owner may, in its sole discretion, consider the Bid unresponsive, reject the same, and may award this Contract to the next most qualified, responsible Bidder whose Bid is responsive to the invitation, whose Bid offers a reasonable price and who has met, or comes closest to meeting, these Minority Enterprise Contract Goals. A Bidder who fails to supply the required information may forfeit its Bid Guaranty. IB - 11 EXHIBIT B MINORITY BUSINESS DISCLOSURE REQUIREMENTS (Must be completed and submitted within ten (10) calendar days after Bid Opening by the apparent low, qualified, responsible, responsive MBE Bidder.) 1. Name of Company (firm, etc.): 2. Principal Office: (Street or P.O. Box) (City) (State) (Zip Code) 3. Telephone Number: (Area Code) 4. State in which you are authorized/registered to do business: (attach a copy of authorization/registration, including a copy of your business license). 5. Nature of business: 6. Years in business under the above business name: 7. Percent of minority ownership (owned and/or controlled). 8. List the number of shares of stock issued and subscribed to as of this date: a. b. 9. List any loans between Owners and between Owners and third parties relative to the business entity: 10. Identify ownership of your company (all) in the following terms: Name Position Minority Status (if applicable) Percent of Ownership Percent of Ownership 11. Identify all stock options or other ownership options that are outstanding: 12. Identify the company/corporation officers as to the following: a. Name & Title: IS - 12 Responsibilities: b. Name &: Title: Responsibilities: c. Name &: Title: Responsibilities: 13. Name and title of individual who decides what job the firm will take: 14. Name and title of individual who obtains/negotiates and signs for bonds and insurance: 15. Established bonding limitation: 16. Name, address and telephone number of Bonding Company: Contact Person: 17. Type and quantity of equipment owned: a. Source of letters of credit: b. Banking institution: 18. Trade reference: 19. Indicate if previously certified as a Minority Business Enterprise (MBE). By whom: 20. What percentage of work to be performed by your company on this project: % (Location of Project) Dollar Value: 21. What work will you perform on this project? 22. List five (5) of your most recent projects which demonstrate your qualifications for the work on this Contract. Type of Work Agency/Company Date $ Value Location IB - 13 23. Attach a copy of the following: a. Articles of Incorporation, b. Business Charter, c. Complete, current, audited (or unaudited) balance sheets, and d. Company's operating statements. All of the foregoing information should be in affidavit form and should be subscribed and sworn to by the authorized representative of your business and should contain the following statement at the close thereof, above the signature: The undersigned does hereby declare that the foregoing statements are true and correct and include all material information necessary to identify and explain the operation of (company name) thereof. Further, the undersigned does covenant and agree to provide current, complete and accurate information regarding actual work performed, the payment therefore, and any proposed changes in any of the arrangements hereinabove stated and to permit the audit and examination of the books, records and files of (company name) by authorized representatives of the Owner. I HEREBY FURTHER DECLARE AND AFFIRM that I am (title) and duly authorized representative of (name of firm) whose address is (address) I HEREBY DECLARE AND AFFIRM that I am a minority business as defined by the Department of Transportation/Federal Aviation Ad~inistration in the specifications for the work and that I will provide information requested by the Owner to document this fact. It is recognized and acknowledged that the statements herein are being given under oath and any material misrepresentation will be grounds for terminating any contract which may be awarded in reliance hereon. I SOLEMNLY DECLARE AND AFFIRM UNDER THE PENALTIES OF PERJURY THAT THE CONTENTS OF THE FOREGOING ARE TRUE AND CORRECT, AND THAT I AM AUTHORIZED, ON BEHALF OF THE ABOVE FIRM TO MAKE THIS AFFIDAVIT. (Affiant-Company's Authorized Rep.) (Date) STATE OF COUNTY AND CITY OF On this day of , 19_, before me (Title) , the undersigned officer, personally appeared (Name) , known to me to be the person described in the foregoing affidavit and acknowledged that she/he executed the same in the capacity therein stated and for the purpose therein contained. IN WITNESS THEREOF, I hereunto set my hand and official seal. NOTARY PUBLIC (NOTARY SEAL) My Commission Expires: IB - 14 EXHIBIT C MINORITY CONTRACTOR AGENCIES IN FLORIDA United Minority Contractors Association of Florida 5121 Soutel Drive Jacksonville, FL 32219 Attn: Frederick Law Phone: 904/768-2314 (home) Broward County Minority Builders Association, Inc. 771 N.W. 22nd Road Ft. Lauderdale, FL 33311 Attn: Mr. Pat Larkin Phone: 305/792-1121 Minority and Women Business Affairs City of Miami 1390 NW 20 Street Miami, FL 33142 Attn: Adrian McBeth Phone: 305/579-6380 Dade County MBE Development 111 NW 1st Street #1710 Miami, FL 33128-1975 Attn: Milton Vickors Phone: 305/375-4132 Central State Association of Minority Contractors Post Office Box 5948 Orlando, FL 32855 Attn: Derrick Wallace Phone: 305/291-2850 Allied Minority Contractor Association 5800 NW 7 Avenue Miami, FL 33137 Lt\ttn: Douglas McKinnon Phone: 305/754-4903 Sta te of Florida Minority Business Assistant Enterprises Office Larson Building 200 East Gaines Street Tallahassee, FL 32399-0950 Attn: Carolyn Wilson-Newton Phone: 904/487-0915 Rev. 1/26/88 IB - 15 .- . JII JII . Ji Ji II II II i I - I I I I I I BID FORM (This form must not be detached from the Contract Document) FOR: Monroe County Board of County Com missioners Monroe County, Florida Submitted: ,', . 'j /~.) 'I /0.'?r;.p , -t. C -F\ . _ .~ I '- '. (Date) By: The Brewer Co. of Florida, Inc. (Firm Name) Gentlemen: The undersigned, as Bidder, hereby declares that the only person or persons interested in this Bid as principal or principals, is or are named herein and that no person other than herein mentioned has any interest in this Bid or in the Contract to be entered into; that this Bid is made without connection with any other person, company or parties making a Bid; and that it is in all respects fair and in good faith without collusion or fraud. The Bidder further represents that it has examined the site of the Work and informed itself fully in regard to all conditions pertaining to the place where the Work is to be done; that it has examined the Plans and Specifications for the Work and other Contract Documents relative thereto, has read all of the Addenda furnished prior to the opening of the Bids, as acknowledged below; and tha t it has otherwise fully informed itself regarding the nature, extent, scope and details of the Work to be performed. If provided with a Notice of Intent to Award the Contract by the Owner, the Bidder shall contract with Monroe County in the form of the Contract Agreement contained in the Contract Documents, furnish all necessary permits, licenses, materials, equipment, machinery, maintenance, tools, apparatus, means of transportation, and labor necessary to complete the Work within the specified Contract Time and as provided for in the Contract Documents to: "Expand, Sealcoat and Stripe Commercial Service and Cargo Aircraft Parking Aprons," Key West International Airport, Key West, Florida; furnish the prescribed Performance Bond and Payment Bond in the form contained in the Contract Documents each for not less than the Total Contract Price; furnish the required evidence of the specified insurance coverages; furnish the required Minority Business Enterprise data and submittals; and furnish the proof of Authority to Execute required by Paragraph 14 of the Instructions to Bidders. If the Bidder fails or refuses to execute the Contract Documents, or furnish the Bonds and other required documents as set forth in the Instructions to Bidders within ten (10) calendar days after the date of the Notice of Intent to Award the "Contract to BF - 1 .- -_:~" <='I~ -- ........:._~""~_.:. -'-. --:1 .:=~ i:.' { ".-...:.t~ ..;.~ 1lt.......1'lt ~ r T mWI11Wtnlr.r II""""" ~"""~11.' ........iIlIIIIIii-...~--:..a......!' .- ----.. ----11 it, the Bid Guaranty accompanying this Bid, and the money payable thereon shall become the property of the Owner. Otherwise, the Bid Guaranty will be returned to the Bidder. It is understood that the Bid prices stated by the Bidder in the Schedule of Prices Bid is based on the estimated quantities shown and will control in awarding the Contract as provided in the Contract Documents. The correct summation of the correct products, obtained by multiplying the estimated quantities shown in the Schedule of Prices Bid by the unit prices entered therein, will be considered as the Total Bid Price. In the event of a discrepancy between a unit bid price and its extension, the unit bid price will govern. It is further understood that the quantities stated for the various items in the Schedule of Prices Bid are estimates only and may be increased or decreased as provided in the Contract Documents. Bidder must furnish complete Unit Price Bids on all of the Base Bid, Additive Bid and Alternate Bid Items in the blank spaces provided!n the Schedule of Prices Bid. Accordingly, a Bid may be considered unresponsive and may be rejected, in the Owner's sole discretion, if the Bidder fails to submit a complete Bid. The Owner reserves the right of accepting or rejecting any Additive or Alternate Bid Items. The Bidder hereby further agrees if awarded the Contract, to commence the Work within ten (10) calendar days following the date of issuance of Notice to Proceed by the Owner, and complete the Work specified within the time limits set forth herein and in the Contract Documents, which time limits the Bidder acknowledges are reasonable. The Bidder agrees that upon issuance of the Notice to Proceed, he will complete the Work within the following Contract Time: One Hundred Eighty (180) Calendar Days. If the Bidder fails to complete the Work within the scheduled time or any authorized extension thereof, there shall be deducted from the Total Contract Price a sum consisting of Five Hundred Dollars ($500.00) per calendar day plus all costs for any additional Resident Construction Observation, Engineer or Owner related expenses incurred for each calendar day elapsing beyond the specified time for Contract completion, in accordance with the Contract Documents as fixed, agreed, and liquidated damages. In any event, the Owner shall have the right to compensatory and consequential damages resulting from the Bidder's delay in completing the Work or otherwise resulting from the Bidder's failure to perform in accordance with the terms and conditions of the Contract Documents. Acknowledgement is hereby made of the following Addenda (identified by number) received since issuance of the Plans and Specifications: ADDENDUM NO. ADDENDUM NO. DATE DATE The Bidder declares that the Prices Bid herein reflect mInimum wage rates established for the Monroe County, Florida area by the Secretary of Labor of the United States Department of Labor. The Bidder agrees to accept in full compensation for each Item, the Price named therefore in the following Schedule of Prices Bid: SF - 2 ~~i4"~ \J ~i li~:]i I!, ,~;i Ifr"~." p.i :~ II II W W W \ W t ~ 1 ~ --1 tal - f ~ ILJ ., r-t -~~ ~ ~ l ~i ~ ~ ~ i ~ _~.J i ~\ J %\ ~\ ~\ %\ j to- , . ~ ULLJ ~ ~ ~ c:(u ~ ~ j 0:::..... ~ ....0::: ~ <:.) ~ aQ.. 1 U " ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ I c\\ \tl \ ~\ .. ~ <\ ~ J ~\ t)\ ~ ~\ ~ -' ....La.J ~~~\ ~\ ~\ ~ ~ ~\ ~ ~\ ~ .....u " . ~ u..I z~ ,,~~\c)~~ ~ ~ . , z: 1 :;)0::: ~ '" "" "- ~ u..I Q.. CD "- .~~ " ~ ~ ......, ..-. ..... ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ < ~ &.&.I -' ct- . . . . . . . . =>> . z . = ..... V1 >- V1 V") >- >- >- >- <C 0 >- >- l..L.. >- <C >- I.a.I .....z . . . . . . . . L.t.J l- . LLJ . :z:: a:I::>> ...J C..f) ...J ...J V1 U V') V') V') V') V') V) V') u i V1 i I.a.I , .-4 0 ...-4 ..... 0 0 0 0 ce 0 0 0 0 0 ~ 0 u c >- 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 ..... L&J l- ce ,....... 0\ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ 0 co an a:: ..... i ~o"'" .. .. .. II' C. .......... r--.. ,....... C1\ 0\ N 0\ 0\ co LO ...... C .....caz ..... M ..... .... u ..... t- c:C ~ = V') :;:) L&J J- V1 z t ~ 0 u c:(" u ..... L.I.J...J a= ..J Q. ...J~ < M :)La.I t- I I L.I.. 0% ~ <:) L.t.. 0 ~~ c::: ..... cc L.&.J OJ I -' ~'-' e = = ~ ::) c::: V1 Q ft:S ~ I 1.&.1 .Q :c u E M V) La.I '-' Z OJ t:n 0 s:: OJ ~ ....--. QJ c: ..s:::. ...... 0 r-- CIt ~ U 0') I .... u u c ~ \C s... ~ ~ C 0- S- 0 = '-' n:s s:: ~ .,.- ~ ~ .,... .,... C\J 0 ~ ~ 0.. ~ 0:: s:: U ~ ~ OJ U I'd ..e-,) I'd en en U en .,... CCI '"'" CJ1 0 rd 0.. S- ..... cu V') s:: :3 -0 > s... (JJ U 0 I'd )( )( L.t.J .... <U IfJ c::: C1J ::J U U >>> ..... ~ l.LJ 0 I c eO -0 ~ U 0 CI1 0 CI't rd OJ I'd 1 res .Q ..c QJ c )( .... C'd U s.. .... E ~ 3 ,-- 0 0,- ::J ~ OJ LA.J ~ ..Q 0 S- . ,... U I'd U ~ ,.... s.. .c E C'd ..c OJ .s= :J s.. rc:s x 0,.... ::J c:: <..? tn tn -0 > ::J CI't U V') 0.. I- ftS U tTj s:::o.. 0 ..... OJ QJ C'd V') C'd c:: ..... QJ 0 ..... ~ ...J V') ..... U aJ <( <II V1 V1 ~ V'l .,... ,-- I ~ '4- X -0 :J ::J ::J ~ QJ ~ I'd rd tn (1) OJ ..... L.&.J (1) ~ c::: 0 0 0 C N C I'd U N s:: ~ ~ V1 ~ u 3 c c c: res .,.... 0 U .,... en .... .... C'd I'd V1 3 u 0 0 .,... ...... s...,... . ,... s... c:: ,.... s.. u U rd 0 I'd S- -0 e e e c (1) V1 c.-. ~ ..... .... C'd 0 0 ,.... S- o.. QJ I :::J :J :::s 0 ...0 ,.- .,... U -0 I .Q OJ ,.... ,.... U s.. e E QJ ~ ~ ~ S- ..c ::J '"0 OJ ~ 0 ,.... QJ OJ c: 0 0 ~ .,... .,... . ,... c.. ::J E Or-- 0 :E u 0:: 0:: :::) aJ U ...J t-- c:c CC CO <::: 0::: u..J Xt..J Vl I C:E . 0 ....... N M ~ Ln \C .....L.l.JO ..... N M ~ I.t') \0 ~ CO en a2=Z ...... ~ ....... ....... ....... ....... ..... I ....... ..... L.t') '-0 ....... N ....... ....... M ....... ....... ....... ...-4 ....... ..... ....... l- . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . z .% M ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ LO LO Ln \0 t.n L.t') L.t') f..O LO \.0 u.JuL.,U I . I I I I I I I I I I t I I I %L.UI- 0 .... .... ....... N N ~ .... ....... ....... N M 0 LO M ~ ~e;~ 0 Lt) LO I.t') LO LO LO ....... .... 0 0 0 N N 0 0 t .... ....... ~ ...... ...... ...... .-4 N N ~ \0 f..O f..O f..O CO C1\ 0- I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I c..!J 0- 0- 0- Q.. 0- 0- 0.. C- o.. C- o.. 0.. 0.. ~ l- t ~ r L.Allt ,..~_~:W-:""l>>l(_~t~.~ _~~II:~~~:~~:.,~~~~, ~"~'~"" --::..__. .-C'_... _. ~.._."""......~~........_~ 'It ,.. -- . ---.. .' .... ...... ~ -.... ~ ""'" ...................- ~ '__ Uo. . , ~w ..~_~.........""'"... ......... .-.' ~ 1 ...~.a"""" ........ ~. "- .. ...' ....... .., ---... .... .. ..1W.I-_....-'~...."i~ ~ a.o\ SI r\ l- . ~" Uu..& ~ <u 1ft ~..... ':::}- t-~ ~o.. ~ u .I ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ w-. I. ra ~\ .--.- -J ....L.I.J < .....U U Z..... ~. ~ , ::;)0:: a:: a.. '" .... U LW ~ ~ ~ ~ tA ~ tA tA ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ... ~ ..J I.a.J "--' II C.... . . . . < u.. I.&.. L.L. u.. lJ.. u.. . Vl . . L.&.. u... u... . . V') . ....~ <( <C c( <t: c:( <C I.a.J CCZ . . . . . . u..& L&.J UJ . . . I.&.J L.U . L.t.I ....I :::::>> -' -J --' ...J ...J ...J --' ....J -J ....J ..J ::) Q , L.U :c Q 0 0 0 0 0 0 a:;) ...-4 C\J f' 0 0 &.n ~ LC') ...... M U LLJ >- 0 0 t.n M C> 0 C\J 0 LC') '-0 N V) t- t- ~ '" ~ t.n ~ ...-1 ...... ...... <0..... .. .. .. u..t , 2:.....1- N M ...... M U Q ....CCZ ..... c.:: .. .... <C ~ = V') ::) L&J ..... ~ U ~ &..J ~ ~ U <-' .... < ... =' .... U Z Q. -' .... 0 ~ ::) a:: U I \.I- Cl- L.&.. ~ 0 ~u -J CC :c La.J . < .,. W.J U-' I- ..J V1 I.I.J 0 :2 '-' .s:::. OJ l- e .s:::. u ~ I L.I.I U c: ~ Q tCS c:a ~ :c c: OJ ~ u :z: u ::) u OJ ~ U ::7 ~ 0 V) ell) z: S- I- ::J Q +oJ "- ~ ,... 0 ..... I C I c: c: c. OJ .... , cc I ex) OJ 3 u ~ ~ . OJ 0:: ...... co ~ co =-= e 0 QJ s... ~ 0- +->> I ~ " a.. .. =-= ~ ~ ex: :J ::7 . <<tS V' Z .... U U I l- I- ::) U c: ..... . a:: u "- u " CX) ::J QJ C I I I 0 en I- u "- ...-1 " ...-1 =-= C"' ..... :z: +->> ~ ~ ,.... ..... ::c V) ..... 'P"""'4 UJ I- (.!:J U U u 3 OJ V) CJ:J &..oJ U :J ::7 ::J OJ oc:: ..... c .. :> .. ::> " ,.... = C Q Q z: I OJ ...J ~ ::> 0 :> 0 .-I ~ f' LC') I C U ... ~ . ~ 0 ~ 0 U \0 \0 . . . Q ..... e >- l.t') '-0 t.n \.0 . ,... ...... ...-1 U U U ..... % ttS < .s:::. OJ ~ I I c: C c ~ ~ 3 u .. .. .. VI ~ aJ CXl L.I.J L.I.J L.LJ QJ ..... OJ ..... C OJ OJ C1J OJ "'0 U = = OJ ~ ::J > >< - cu ,... ,.... ,.... ,.... 0 0 QJ . . VI ~ ~ 0 < s.. ..c ..c ..c ..0 a.. a:::: ,.- -0 -c u u u ctS +->> e t- ai ..... tCS ~ ~ ~ s... u.J ,.... ,.... c: c s:: ~ V') >. OJ u u u u OJ '"0 OJ OJ 0 0 0 C'd 0::: >- OJ ~ c: . :3 ~ u u u .. ~ t- ,.... . . . c: ::J U --' ...J ..... --' ..... ..c ~ (.!) <..!) (!) ::J 0 V1 C C M ~ ~ .... .... X l- V) .- ~ . . 0 s... <( <( 3 :3 3 ~ ...... C'd ~ :z u ::) => :::> => u (..!J ~ u U N N N ::: ~ I- :z: u.a II . t- :z: ~ oX . X ~ ....1.1.&0 f' OJ a. 0 ~ N M ~ U") \.0 f' ex) 0'\ 0 ..-4 N ("\'") :;:) cct:% .-t ...... ~ N N N N N N N N N N M M M M ..... II Q L..I..J :E ...... N N M M ~ l.O ~ N M ...... N M ...... N M ~ .. " ..... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ...J :z .x In "" U") L.n LO 1..0 t.n U"') Ll') LO "" a.n t.n In "" In \.t') t- I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I L.l.JUL.I.,J ex) eX) 00 co co ex) ex) ~ 0'\ 0'\ 0 0 0 "" Ln Ll") Ln ..... :E:u.lt- Z ~e;...... 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 ..-4 'P"""'4 ...... N N N N ....... ...... --t ~ ~ ~ ..-4 .-4 ...-1 ..... ..... ...-1 ..... ...... ....... ....... .-t t 0- I I I , I I I I I I I I I I I I I .. --' --' --.J --.J --.J --.J --.J ....J -J --.J --' -J ...J ...J -J ...J ... .~ II .~."'",...,;.;;.....""....;.~~dOO;~~ ill ~\ (:) ~ () \J " t- o ~ -j UUJ 'J <u ~ ex..... ~ ""'ex ~ ~a. ~ 11'- u ~ ~ ... IIf ~ 0 a .. ~ , ~ () ~ ,....Lu (J I- .....U ~ < z..... z )f ~~ ~ ~ a::: ~ I.U I- -' ~ ~ < -J If Q~I . . 5 .. V') V') Cl:: ......z . . I- cc::) ...J ...J u If a....J -' ~ "-' c >- t.U ~ < .... ~c""" ~ II, ........... ~ ...... -J Q ~ .....ccz ::I ..... LU ~ < Q = .... V') ::) L.t..J < UJ :c V) z u t. L.t..J or::: V1 U <CLU ..... .... La.J L.n ~ L.a.I ..J U a.. ..J< ..... I :::) a:: u... ~ C -J a.. cc , 0 u.J<C :z:: u .... ~ u ..... u -' V) cc: ~ ::I l- e U I- , ~ L.&.I Z :: -J 0 U L.&J U V) ......." Z 0 ...J ...... ~ ~ ~ , 0- OJ 0 ..... 3 z l- e:: cv I U z: = V1 ::) L.&.J C1I VI Q ,.... - U N s... ...... .,... U ~ ) QJ c: c::: cv 0 e U en QJ '=' V') c: ) .,... ~ ~ N J Q % ./ ~~o ...... N aJ.....z r ...... ...... ...... . . z .~ Lt") 1.0 Ll.JULI..J I I XL.&.J...... ,......, ,......., >0......... 0 0 <Vl ...... ...-f 0.. I I -J --J -""""'.._~_.- -'.........--..."', ~.""'~.~~"""'~..' ____ "'\'....~"Z~., -"'-'_. ..,. " ~ . .....' .. :.?a~- ~ TI!!J . ~. ~..I."",~, ... a.lo....... ....~'M.:.~. ~!Ii",.t"'~""~ . .~~, L'~111i1ii 'ru1ltiNllllf_n.<_..n mUij ~~--:1~.1'.~..... ...~'"~ ~ ......-.- . <a ~ ~\ ~\ ~\ . :;~ ~\ ~ ~\ ~ to- '-J DO U\..r.J N . . ~ . <u ~~ ~~ ~ ~ ~ t-cx ~Q.. "- ~ U " ~ t' " ~ . " ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ i:A- ~ ~ ~ ~ --. ~, . ~ ~\ .. \J) ~\ ~\ ~\ ~\ c:c ....L.&.I ~ ~\ ~ ~ ~ ~~ ~ \\ ~~ LU .....U ~ ~ ...J Z~ ~~ ~ ~ = ::)f ~ ~ ~~ ~ ~ ~ "- Q II " L.l.J " ~ :c u ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ i:A- ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ 4:14 '" L..I.J II u Q.... . . . . . . . . . ..... . z: . a:: .......... ~ >- V'l >- >- >: >- <x: 0 >- >- u... >- u... <C a.. a::a% . . . . . . I..U t- . . . . . \..r.J ::2 ...oJ V') -oJ V'l U V') V") V') V") V") V') ...J .... u II ~ ..... 0 ~ 0 0 0 0 N CO 0 0 0 0 0 N .... 0 0 a 0 0 N 0 0 ~ 0 M Z &.n 0\ ~ t..n Lt') 0\ L.C') L.C') ..... Lt') co 0 .. .. .. .. .. .. .. u II ~ \0 ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ Q ...J ~ < = .... 0 V) I- L..a it u CQ ..... a:: LU Q. -I \0 ::) f Lt.- C ~ u... II 0 ....., C co ::c <1J . - L.W U CJ1 e ...J V1 = ~ ~ s:: C Q '" rd ~ L&.a I- .c = 11 is e ('Y") V) "... u.J '-"" OJ z: QJ en ~ 0 ::1 oa ~ QJ c: .J::. td ..... L.J... CJ1 ..... U s.. t- C ~ \0 c:n s.. ~ ~ (.!:t . ' ' Q.. ~ 0 "'-' s:: =:J c: ..... I. ..... c: N 0 ~ .,... 0.. '"C a:: ::l ~ ~ QJ 0::: U ~ ~ ttS c: U en 0 rd '-"" CJ1 0 ttS 0.. s... rd V1 C S- > s... ~ OJ U 0 td u.J .,... C'l rd C QJ ::J C U U >, .... ~ (]J Q ..c s.. u 0 V1 0 OJ I'd OJ rd I ttS e II .Q OJ X rd U e \4- e ~ ~ r-- 0 ttS ~ ~ L.U ~ .c ~ s... .,... u .,... rd U s... s... c: rd .0 QJ (J') =:J s... rd X Or- u... c:: c:J ::;) ~ > ::s CJ1 ::3 V") 0.. l- res u ItS c: 0 OJ rd V') n:s .r-") t- C1J .,... .s::::. .,... oa '+- . ,... u OJ "'C V1 (/') (/') '"C V') <<' ~ li ~ 0 ....... x -c <( ::s ::s =:J "'0 cu s... .,... td 0" . ,... UJ QJ ~ 0 0 0 C N c:: Q 3 N C r- V1 ~ U C1) s::: c c res ..... 0 .,... .,... rd V1 3 U 0 ,..- .,... .,... .,... s....,... .c: V1 r-- ~ > rd 0 ttJ S- o e e e c: OJ V1 U ~ .,... td 0 r- S- o. OJ ::. ::s ::s ::s 0 ..Q ,- c: QJ ..Q QJ e U So- e e c ~ .t-J ~ s... ..c ::s OJ ,..... -- 0 r-- OJ C 0 0 rd .,... ..... .,... C. :::J e S- c: :i: u ex: =:J c:c W ....J ~ c:x::1 co co <t: ex u.J L.L.. ....... Q 2: . 0 ...... N M ~ Lon III .....L.l.Jo ..-4 (\.J M ~ LO '-0 "- co 0'\ cat:z ...... ...... ...... ...... ...... ...... ..... ...... N ~ N ...... ~ N ...... ...... ....-t ...... ~ ...... ...... -- to- . . . . . . . . . . . . z .% M ~ ~ ~ <::i l.(') U") L.O \0 I.C') L.t') t.n \.Q L.n L.O L&.JUL6.J I f I I I I I I I I I f I . I %L&.J.... 0 ....... ~ N N ~ ........ ........ ........ N M 0 Ln Ln ...... ~e;~ 0 ,U'") Ln L.(') LO LO ........ ~ 0 0 0 N N 0 \on ~ .-4 ......-4 r-f r-f ........ N N ~ '-0 '-0 \0 \0 :--.... ....... 1111 &:\.. I I I I I I I I I I I I I f I t.!J a.. a.. C- o... 0... C- o... a.. a.. a.. a.. Q.. 0 0 IIj -- j ~\ ! ~ ~\ ~\ ~\ Ql ~ ~ to- ~Q 8 () ~ J UL.a.J 0 ~ <(u Q. ~~ ~o '\J ~ (::) ....0:: ~8 C) a tn' ~o... C) ~ , u ~ In ~ M ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ .... ~ a J .. U ....1.&.1 ~ .....u ...J :z~ ::) I ::)cx Q ~ I.I.J == U ... iI4 ~ ~ ... ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ V1' '--' l u c.... . . . . . ..... . . . . . z CI:: ~ ~ >- V1 Vl >- >- >- >- <( ct: 0 >- >- La.. >- V') V) V1 Q. .....z . . . . . . . . CD::) -J V1 -I ...J V') W V) V') u.J l..&.J l- V') V') V') V') -J -J -J .... J u ~ Q ...... 0 ..... ..... 0 0 0 0 ..... \0 0 0 0 0 0 ...... ...... .... .... >- 0 0 0 0 0 M 0 0 0 0 0 Z I.t.J I- Lt') (Y1 ..... Ln I.l") N LO LO "- Lon 0 ..... . . . . . U ~Q"'" , .....1- &.n N Ln Ln ...... LO L.n LO Q .....ccz .....I .... f- ex: ~ co V1 ::) 0 .LU .... '" J ~ u u .... cr:: L.a.J Q. ..J "- :J , .. c ~ u... t 0 L.&.J c: cc ::z: cu .:M:: . ~ W e c ..J V') .:M:: IU = c: ..... Q ~ ta ~ ~ c: .Q OJ r :z:: en tCS E M t:n U C ..... L.a.J ""'-' tCS <.It z:: .,... t:n s- o '"'0 cu ca """" aJ c: .r:::. 0 ..... ,.... en '" u ~ .... tCS c: \0 en s- ~ ~ V') r 0.. ::s s- o ""'-' c: ::s c: '"'0 ...... ,.... cc 0 .,... N .,... 0 1-J Q,. en OJ 0:: cu ~ ~ ..... QJ 0:: U ~ +.) ctS <<It ..c: u en ""'QJ V') ta .........-. (/) 0 ~ a.. s- ICS V') V') c: CUe" > s- ...., aJ U 0 rtS r- L.I.J ..... xcu '" ~ c. QJ ~ C U U ~ I- ~ en -0 Q .Q s- '" u 0 V1 0 QJ V1 ctS QJ rtS I n:s s- QJ ..Q cao ItS X ~ U e s- ~ E ~ 3 ~o OJ QJ ..., :] ~ L.a.J ~ ..c ~ 0 S- U rtSU ~ .c ICS s... · V') 0'\ ctS .Q Q) '" .J::. ::J s... to X 0,- ICS U c: t!:J V') " s... '"'0 > ::J V'1 ::J U V') 0- r- rtS UttS c.!J L&. .,.. 0 · aJ OJ aJ ctS (.I') ctS .r-') c: t- el) s- .,.... o(S ccu ..c u cc ~ ex: (/) (/) (/) "U V') c: ,.... ..c ~ · c: .,.... <<.t- X "'0 <( :::J ::J ::J "U aJ ltS ,.... n:s n:s 0\ WetS l.L. La.J QJ ~ C 0 0 0 c: N c: cu <.i- N C c: (/) ~ u OJ 3 c: c:: c: rTj .,... 0 s... ..... QJ .,.. .,.... OJCV <1J (/) ~ U 0 .-- 0 s....,... ~ en S- ,.... s... >1-J > ttS 0 C'tS S- o ""0 S S e c: aJ(/) cn C Q.. ..... cu ot: 0 s- a.. QJ ..s: I ::J ::J :::3 0 ~ r- QJ ...... ..c CV s.,... E u s- e e c: a; ~ ~ +J s... ~:J '"'0 I 3 1 0 ,..... <1JC'tS aJ c: 0 0 .,.... ~ c.. :JE QJ QJ QJ % U cx::~ c:::: ::) c:c U --J X r- eo co co c:: a::: u..J 0.. ex z [ Q 2: . 0 ...... N M ~ L.O \0 ,....... OJ ......u.Jo ...... N M ~ LO '" r-.-. CX) 0'\ cct:z ...-f ....... ...... ....... ...... ....... ...... ..... ...... I r ..... ...... M ~ ...... N ...... ...... C'\J M ...... ....... ....... ....... ....... ...... ...... ...... ...... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . :z: .% M q- ~ ~ ~ ~ Lt') &..n l.O I.n l.t') 1O L.n 1.O ~ L.n L.n 00. LA.JUU,J I I f I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I 2:~t- 0 ...... ...... ...-1 N N ~ ...... ...... ....... ...-4 N M 0 c.o N ..... ~ ~Bi~ 0 U"') l.O l.t') Ln In Ln ...... ....... ....... 0 0 0 N N \0 0 0 ...... ...... ...... ...... ...... ...... ....... N N N ~ \0 c.o \.0 \0 ..... 00 00 0... I I I , I I , I I I I I I , I I I I ~ 0... 0... a. 0... a... 0... c.. 0.. Cl.. 0- 0- a... 0... 0... l.L. ::E: ~ - --, ...,~-- ~ _.- .... ...........~.....f . ...... ,",",. ' ~.ry*:.-;r>op1lYr:- ....""",---~~ r~Oi..~'tI!'JI"Il'(;~T"i. - -,. "1;'''''' _ ~ ....:iIIL.':..IM ....--- :...~=~"~~ ~--.' .~.,~""... ~ .. ~ ~ -... ---" ~._..--. !~.~..~:.---.u..:.~ _::---U.'T.I SUMMARY SCHEDULE OF PRICES BID SCHEDULE A (GENERAL): SCHEDULE A (ELECTRICAL): SCHEDULE A (ELECTRICAL ALTERNATE): SCHEDULE B: SCHEDULE C: GRAND TOTAL BASE BID CONTRACT PRICE: ~ ~ SF - 8 CONTRACT PRICE BASE BID $11~ O'l~. fdJ $/ )q; 'Iff), ~J. ~ If )7. !J.3~, L/~ , $7Jjq J 0 q J!} ~ ~3~~ Ot:t/. o~ $/ ~ /; 770 I C, 3~ · 'J-j CONTRACT PRICE ALT. BID $~ W. $- 1 11. r . .....,.. -- ~ ..- ~ ..- JI'} irI 1,1 .., '~.t ~ pili W II. _.1..... .. ~ 1 J-I ~ L~~ P l I , 1 I I I 1 ) 11 'I "]~ BASE BID For all work required in accordance with the applicable Plans, Specifications and other Contract Documents including the cost of the required Bon. ds and.dlnsuranc~s-, th~-R e 0'14 m /L.~ /.? Q ss voP ,,'t,(,tI L>/;& /) ..::.o/l~ to:\.-=- undersigned submits a Total Contract Price of: 7"1~S~%~ tf/ff.f~~.v~#?y!NJt i'~~ DOLLARS ($~ H~ ;'1 ~), br~ken down by unit prices, as shown in the preceding "Schedule of Prices Bid". ~ 770, 08b. :1.9 Attached is a cashier's check drawn on the bank of Bond on the standard form of the Owner for the sum of DOLLARS ($ or a. Bid r ) according to the requirements of the Instructions to Bidders, which check or Bid Bond is subject to the conditions and provisions thereof. (If Bidder is an individual, sign on thise line). (SEAL) (SEAL) Address (If Bidder is partnership, fill in name of partnership, followed by the signature of the the partner signing on behalf of the partnership.) A Partnership By: (SEAL} Name and address of all partners: SF - 9 -~ ..- - ~ -.- ,---'~"'. ~~~~'I'l'"t.~~""".~~'W~, __ .ill9I~'O:~(r....~~~.tllll. Uf~ 11 J JJJIll~1 "" . .l.,.... .,_.~~l~l:~. ~':;;'~~~J~.. .. ... ... --_. ," .' '. .._,...-,.,;.,...~ ..- '" - .......,,"""""r'....._f'lI: "". . "to..""'I" ....-......... .~~ ... ~, -..... ._~-...._~ .....,., ... --- ~~~~-'". ~_.... ~ .......:-- ~.~~~:-~--.~~~"'::--"''--''~'-~ ~. ,--~~~.~. - I~~~ - IT 1 J__, ~ ~ ~.~ II -' Ii 11 If - ~ ~ ~ .J.' I' ~ tit t If Bidder is a corporation, fill in the name of the corporation, followed by the signature of the officer signing of behalf of the corporation, followed by the officer's title.) Thebelow Corporation is organized and existing under the laws of the State of //c~/ Ivl, authorized by law to make this Bid and perform all work and furnish materials and equipment required under the Contract Documents, and is authorized to do business in the State of Florida. Jhe Brewer Cv. ,,{ Fl\)dda, inc. //// -' / walt~r R.. Br~wer .V~ Vice - Preslor/' ' (Official Title) By: (Affix Corporate Seal) ,:?::' / /'./" , / 1'( , - ;:;(.' / / (Address) - , , /) './ 1-' / ) ;.1 , /'::;/ (~/,)/ /':\/_ 1 '7 -.' .., '1 , .' ..) ,I ~ 'r~ i/ ( I ......-.", '. - ~/ I . A ttesr-~., i ,/I. ~lf f(V U ,.. Y ~_ j~ '~"'::.o:-t'~ ecjetary {, L[ '.:.;' { -' / ,/:: ( -: f<~ .' The full names and residences of persons or firms interested in the foregoing Bid as Principals or Officers (specifically include the President, Secretary, and Treasurer and state the corporate office held by all other individuals listed) are as follows: The Brewer Co. of Florida, Inc. 91b/ # LtJ. /tJd:> 5T~€tr r m/.4?H/' h ~~/'M 8"/7? I ~ , , ~ ~ , SF - 10 , ",..... ,..... ,- ,.- ,..... I- t- ~ l- I- l I- " . ~ ~ ~ ,- . - ...h... .The Brewer Co. of Florida, I ne. \. Bidder: , " E9UAL OPPORTUNITY REPORT STATEMENT (Must be completed and submitted with the Bid) Each Bidder shall complete and sign the Equal Opportunity Report Statement. A Bid may be considered unresponsive and may be rejected, in the Owner's sole discretion, if the Bidder fails to provide the fully executed Statement or fails to furnish required data. The Bidder shall also, prior to a ward, furnish such other pertinent information regarding its employment policies and practices as well as those of its proposed subcontractors as FAA, the Owner, or the Executive Vice President of the President's Committee may require. The Bidder shall furnish similar Statements executed by each of its first-tier and second-tier subcontractors and shall obtain similar compliance by such subcontractors, before awarding subcontracts. No subcontract shall be awarded to any noncomplying subcontractor. EQual Opportunity Report Statement as ReQuired in 41 CFR 60-1.7 (b) The Bidder shall complete the following statements by checking the appropriate blanks. Failure to complete these blanks may be grounds for rejection of bid: 1. The Bidder has L//' has not developed and has on file at each establishment affirmative action programs pursuant to 41 CFR 60-1.40 and 41 CFR 60-2. ,/ 2. The Bidder has ~ has not _ participated in any previous contract or subcontract subject to the equal opportunity clause prescribed by Executive Order 11246, as amended. .' 3. The Bidder has ~ has not _ filed with the Joint Reporting Committee the annual compliance report on Standard Form 100 (EEO-1 Report). 4. The Bidder does J:::.:..:.:.. does not _ employ fifty or more employees. Dated:~ffem~~,e ~ /ff'd' The Ercvvcr Co. of Florida, Inc. :~am/~~~/~~;.)/ By: "V Walter R. Brewel Vice - President (Title) SF - 11 __ __~...""!"~~"".... ,:4 -.. _.. -- .... ,-,....~, !'II'!'...... '.-"I""""""'-lIll"~.J'_ ~J~k~~~ . _,,~......~~1'ff~~'~~t"'!"'V'''''''' "'T'''''''-'~ -'f ~ _ -- - -- WlI",,,...._.,....~.~ -,v~~.'!.j~.-_ -~_~ ~.,.,__ .-". . jir....... . -........ . ~...s..-....,~....UO'.*."tlL\ ..~t:rr~~.!~~t; : / ./ ; t" / / / Jhe Brewer Co. of Flurida, In~. Bidder: / '-, CERTIFICATION OF NON-SEGREGATED FACILITIES (Must be cOlnpleted and submitted with the Bid) The Bidder certifies that it does not maintain or provide for. its employees any segregated facilities at any of its establishments, and that it does not permit its employees to perform their services on any location under its control, where segregated facilities are maintained. The Bidder certifies further that it will not maintain or provide for its employees segregated facilities at any of its establishments, and that it will not permit its employees to perform their services at any location under its control, where segregated facilities are maintained. The Bidder agrees that a breach of this certification is a violation of the equal opportunity clause in this Contract. As used in this certification, the term "segregated facilities" means any waiting rooms, work areas, restrooms and washrooms, restaurants and other eating areas, timeclocks, locker rooms and other storage or dressing areas, parking lots, drinking fountains, recreation or entertainment areas, transportation and h.ousing facilities provided for employees which are segregated by explicit directive or are in fact segregated on the basis of race, color, religion, or national origin, because of habit, local custom, or any other reason. The Bidder agrees that (except where it has obtained identical certification from proposed subcontractors for specific time periods) it will obtain identical certifications from proposed subcontractors prior to the award of subcontracts exceeding $10,000 which are not exempt from the provisions of the equal opportunity clause, and that it will retain such certification in its files. The Brewer Co. of Florida, Inc. By: (~i77 Bid:,e_r) {/~ Walter R. Brewer Date: .$eff677? &&e 7 /1JJ ~ Vice - President Ti tIe: SF - 12 . ~ JI4 " ~ M -- '" 1'4 III " J4 III 'Jtj ~. III III JIll ~ . '- . Bidder: " The Brewer Co. of Florida, Inc. MINORITY BUSINESS ENTERPRISE DATA (Must be completed and submitted with the Bid) Contractor's ReQuired Submission. Each prospective Contractor shall complete and include, in his Bid, the following proposed MBE subcontract work. Prior to award of the Contract under this solicitation, the prospective Contractor shall confirm efforts made, to the best of the Contractor's ability, to obtain MBE subcontract participation in this Contract and shall submit the following information concerning proposed and final MBE participation in the Contract. MINORITY SUBCONTRACTS ,. Minority Subcontractors Names and Addresses ~ /! E1..E(!,U/t!#L t10N~_ f7t' ~% ~~67 . e.r., L~4' l; - . rL tJLI-.J/! , Subcontract Work Item Dollar Value of Subcontract Work it /d~J 734- 00 5L.&C 7Ir/t'#~- Total Dollar Value of Subcontract Work Total Dollar Value of Basic Bid Percent of Total Co .1 96 f / ();I. I 7 ~ Z. 0 0 WOMEN SUBCONTRACTS Women Subcontractors Names and Addresses Subcontract Work Item Dollar Value of 'Subcontract Work .. /00000,00 ~ ~ '.. """', . of'" _,.- 0.. UJ/L l//JD7 ~. ,S/eJ/~/l6 / (). "ar OV.::lJ' /("t<!r Y tJ E ~~ h.o~6~ /7l/lR~//V(;_j 'jt €t)~//~~A/r / p,t7 S- ..$GIA/.5A//:,z!€ .L/9A16' IIL.,-AfJ10AJ7t: :5~/A'GSj r2t/~iJ,4 ~~~~ 2)# /AA6~ s:e/h'A/& ~ 3o~ !Joe>. 0 <:) Total Dollar Value of Subcontract Work . Total Dollar Value of Basic Bid I'l Percent of Total 1. :J % /I I EO, OOO.DO BF - 13 ~: "gqR [11 lC1.-.~'.l:A - .__...- - -- ~ ---.---------..--.. -------...-- Bidder: The Brewer Co. of Florida, Inc. LIST OF PROPOSED NON-MBE SUBCONTRACTORS (Must be completed and submitted with the Bid) Responsible for: lj.R ,4lJ / ' /!J 6 Name: tt~lte ;(ElI6 .4J,4~/Ale- dtw.jrRVt!.77~~ Address: ;?t. dCJA' ///1## 4,/ L/I,.f'G~'/i o,i!i 2;4 Responsible for: Name: Address: Responsible for: Name: Address: LIST OF PROPOSED NON-MBE SUPPLIERS (Must be completed and submitted with the Bid) Responsible for: ;! 6 &/1 tf' ~ //i'F ;/1..( /!lilt!.. /2 ~~ /..()~ f Ai!. · ft). ftb~ 1bL/~ k~nELl.) t1c.;1e/l. r~vR/.M ,/ Name: Address: Responsible for: ~/7ZLHI/;(/// ~ /JJ /Jre~// 1- 15El.ellEf t!/). ~/JJ~,44J1 /tJ .'#~ tJ;2~.#Jl)O /l7////Yl/. n{),R/~/l , Name: Address: Responsible for: Name: Address: Sf - 14 1rr.~r~. J I. i ,( ~ j i ~ I ~ t'! f~ ~ 1.4 r i. I I . ~~.~. ~.f ~ ~:~ ~~.:.~ ~.'.'.".' if';? ..-. ~.,."': fr~~ " .~ ~..-~ ~ ~ ,I' c t.~~}< ~_,i,~'~.: ~ ',\ ~~: 1", : L~t'i i.,~~.", ~:.i~~/ '~:'};~' .~ ~\ . . . II - , I I J -~...... . ,- s_.. ..._~.- ......,-~. ~H~j,,'~' . . 't.. >. )."~." Bidder: The Brewer Co. of Florida, Inc. MINORITY BUSINESS UNA V AILABILITY CERTIFICATION (Must be completed and submitted with the Bid for each unavailable MBE contracted) ~Va Iter H. Brewer I, Vice · Pre&dent Title , certify that on of Name of Officer The Brevver Co. of F lunua, fne. Qe-"o/"Eme3c/f' 6, /9ffl contacted the following minority contractor Date to obtain a bid for the following work to be performed on: Minorit:'( Contractor Type of Work 4dJ/l~ r.4LG"h T,('UeK/~a #4i.tL/A/IJJ Form.s of Bid Sought (Unit Prices, etc.2 To the best of my knowledge and belief, said minority contractor was unavailable (exclusive of unavailability due to lack of agreement on price) for work on this project, or unable to prepare a bid for tire following reason(s): ##L/ L/AJ6 ~/:S-/;.?,.zIC6-- -77:JtJ r~~ I - L --.. .' - , - . ---~ Signature: ,r' ., Walter R. Brewer / ) ! J /' - I. ~I Date: ....** I, , of (Name) (Minority Company Name) was offered an opportunity to bid on the above-identified work on by (date) The above statement is a true and accurate account of why I did not submit a bid on the project. Signature: Title: Date: BF - }OS INFORMATION FOR DETERMINING JOINT VENTURE ELIGIBILITY (This form need not be filled in if all joint venture firms are minority owned.) 1. Name of joint venture 2. Address of joint venture 3. Phone number of joint venture 4. Identify the firms which comprise the joint venture. (The MBE partner must complete Exhibit "B" to the Instructions to Bidders.) (a) Describe the role of the MBE firm in the joint venture. (b) Describe very briefly the experience and business qualifications of each non-MBE joint venturer. 5. Nature of the joint venture's business 6. Provide a copy of the joint venture agreement. 7. What is the claimed percentage of the MBE ownership? 8. Ownership of joint venture: (This need not be filled in if described in the joint venture agreement, provided in question 6.) (a) Profit and loss sharing (b) Capital contributions, including equipment (c) Other applicable ownership interests 9. Control of and participation in this contract. Identify by name, race, sex and "firm" those individuals (and their titles) who are responsible for day-to-day management and policy decision-making, including, but not limited to, those with prime responsibility for: (a) Financial decisions BF - 16 (b) Management decisions, such as: 1) Estimating 2) Marketing and sales 3) Hiring and firing of management personnel 4) Purchasing of major items or supplies (c) Supervision of field operations NOTE: If, after filing this disclosure and before the completion of the joint venture's work on the contract covered by this regulation, there is any significant change in the information submitted, the joint venture must inform the Owner, either directly or through the Bidder if the joint venture is a subcontractor. SF - 17 AFFIDA VIT The undersigned swear or affirm that the foregoing statements are correct and include all material information necessary to identify and explain the terms and operation of our joint venture and the intended participation by each joint venturer in the undertaking. Further, the undersigned covenant and agree to provide to the Owner current, complete and accurate information regarding actual joint venture work and the payment therefor and any proposed changes in any of the joint venture arrangements and to permit the audit and examination of the books, records and files of the joint venture, or those of each joint venturer relevant to the joint venture, by authorized representatives of the Owner or the Federal funding agency. Any material misrepresentation will be grounds for terminating any contract which may be awarded and for initiating action under Federal or State laws concerning false statements. Name of Firm Name of Firm Signature Signature Name Name Title Title Date Date SF - 18 AFFIDA VIT (Continued) Date State of County of On this day of , 19_, before me appeared (name) , to be personally known, who, being duly sworn, did execute the foregoing affidavit, and did state that he or she was properly authorized by (name of firm) to execute the affidavit and did so as his or her free act and deed. Notary Public Commission Expires (Seal) Date State of County of On this day of , 19_, before me appeared (name) , to be personally known, who, being duly sworn, did execute the foregoing affidavit, and did state that he or she was properly authorized by (name of firm) to execute the affidavit and did so as his or her free act and deed. Notary Public Commission Expires (Seal) BF - 19 ...--.....-.r-- ~ ~ BID BOND BOND NO. 1127149-33 PREMIUM: INCLUDED KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS, that we, the undersigned THE BRWER COMPANY OF FLORIDA~ INC. , as Principal, and AJlWEST SURETY INSURANCE COMPANY , as Surety, are held and firmly bound into Mon~oe County, Florida, hereinafter called the "Owner", in the Penal Sum of One Hundred Ei t Thousand and no/lOO************************ DOLLARS ($180,000.00******) for the payment of which, well and truly to be made we hereby jointly and severally bind ourselves, our heirs, executors, administrators, successors and assigns firmly be these presents. SIGNED THIS 6th DA Y OF September , 1988 . , The condition of the above obligation is such that whereas the Principal has submitted to the Owner a certain Bid, attached hereto and made a part hereof, to enter into a Contract in writing for: "Expand, Sealcoat, and Strip Commercial Service and Cargo Aircraft Parking Aprons," Key West International Airport. NOW THEREFORE, a) it said Bid shall be rejected, or b) if ninety (90) days expire from the time and date fixed for opening of Bids before Notice of Intent to Award the Contract is given to Principal, or c) if Notice of Intent to A ward the Contract is given to the Principal and the Principal shall, within ten (10) calendar days of the date of the Notice of .. Intent to Award the Contract, execute and deliver a Contract in the from Qt Contract Agreement contained in the Contract Documents, properly :~ompleted in accordance with the Instructions to Bidders, and shall furnish . -.a -P~rformance Bond for its faithful performance of the Contract, and a . . Payment Bond for the payment of all persons performing labor or furnishing materials or supplies in connection therewith, in the forms contained in the Contract Documents and shall provide satisfactory evidence of all required insurance coverage and shall provide evidence satisfactory to the Owner of the authority of the person or persons executing the Contract and all other documents on its behalf and shall provide the statements, certifications and data relating to Equal Employment Opportunity, Non-Segregated Facilities and Minority Business Enterprise identified in the Instructions to Bidders and shall in all other respects perform its obligations pursuant to the terms of the Bid, then this obligation shall be void, otherwise the same shall remain in full force and effect; it being expressly understood and agreed that the liability of the Surety for any and all claims hereunder shall, in no event, exceed the Penal Sum of this obligation as herein stated. The Surety, for value received, hereby stipulates and agrees that the obligations of said Surety and its Bond shall be in no way impaired or affected by an extension of the time within which the Owner may provide Notice of Intent to Award the Contract or within which the Principal or the Owner may execute, deliver, furnish, provide or SB - 1 ----4 ..... perform its obligations and the Surety does hereby waive notice of any such extensions. IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Principal and the Surety have hereunto set their hands and seals and such of them as are corporations have caused their corporate seals to be hereto affixed and these presents to be signed by their proper officers, on the day and year first set forth above. Signed, sealed and delivered in th~e pro ese ce :. Jj~(k-J; I / tit )e-~) k./ €(~/{./ iJ.~57. Sc.:~~.t-7.;K/4::y I ' ; / The Brewer Co. of Florida, Inc. . 1 / · ~ I / / ~~' /f/~/" ~i~- By: 00- Walter R. BrJMwne and Title) \1" P .d (SEAL) ,.lce · reSJ ent II:: Principal By: AMWEST SURETY INSURANCE COMPANY Surety /? /' ~.,/~' ,/' / ~'I c:< c.<- fL.~'i'-V- ....~/-l (Name and TIe) , ~.(8E-AL Ridhard D. Zwetsch!Attorney-iIl-{1.act Note: If Principal or Surety are corporations, the respective corporate seals should be affixed and attached. IMPORTANT: Surety companies executing Bonds must appear on the Treasury Department's most current list (Circular 570 as amended) and be authorized to transact business in the state where the project is located. 88 - 2 ,;; I .'< "i~' ,f 't" ..4 I~:'yl ............ ,,- ,. .t 'li. ,.~..... ..' ..~.;'~f. '. ~,~'l" ... .'. .:.:..-;,;:::-- - . The Brewer Co. of Florida) Ine Bidder: CERTIFICATE AS TO CORPORATE PRINCIPAL , I I, C ,'/ :,. / , certify that I am the Secretary of the cOrporation named as Principal in the foregoing Bid Bond; that / /I'-I ,'/ / ~,'. /' who signed the said Bond on behalf of the Principal was then / ,'" /;;f''''' ~. ~~/ " of said corporation; that I know (his, her) signature, and (his, her) signature thereto is genuine, and that said Bond wa~ duly signed, sealed and attested for and in behalf of said corporation by authority of its governing body. L .(y- (Corporate eil) l STATE OF FAA . DADs COUNTY OF Befor me, a Notary Public duly commissioned, qualified and acting personally, appeared 2 ~ ,; JC ~ ' to me well known, who being by me )!J:J duly swor~ upon ,th sa~ ~ that (he, she) is the attorneY-in-fact for the lL/~.J. El-Y - "pS~ Co and that (he, she) has been authorized by · P{)lA(n~ OF- Arr~ .' ~ · ,', . . . _ to execute the foregoing' BId Bond on ben 6f fhe'IP.'rtlnrlnJ:l J na rn o~ +10._____ ._ ", N8IlU:)eS 'U8110~~ ;:;v- ~A [[-6ntL2TT .ON puog Sfl,,. '1~ 4 aTt?pJapnt?'I · ~41. pel'" puw peuDIS '-nrr6~ ....vqw"'~(f<:Js ,O,(8P q~9 6_..._ 00 '8::U01 UI MOU ale '-UV /.. .dwo~ 8tH 10 8M81-/..9 e..u '0 8UOf8'AOJd .", a..a 'eJOw 10 J8N10d 8lH UIlIUOll88 8JOl08JIP '0 pJeoq 811l '0 8uonnI08:~ 80i~:~;'J:NlOd P81108U8 put! OUI0158JO,.8111 le"l kUJ.YiO A8iYiH -J&lIlJnI pue 'pe)f0^8J ueeq lOU 8811 put! 80JO,"n, UI SUleW8J ~~J.1SiM';V 811l '0 .trel8J08S 'peuO,.-pun 8\U 'I 00 IUO'leJodJo~ 81UJOltl80 . 'ANYdWOO iONYlllnSNI AJ3" iI.1 Y:>I=lI.1..:a:> IS - S313E>NV S01 ~O A.lNnOO 'VfN~O~I'VO ~O IJ.Y~S ~ l -"""'. /J r _ _ ~ _ _... --- _._ .......... _ .. i J .... "-- t ~/ , ~I I >,.~i I :'(,/ /' AMWEST SURETY INSURANCE CO. P.O. Box 4500 Woodland H1118, CA 91365 (818) 704-1111 / / POWER OF ATTORNEY KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS, That AMWEST SURETY INSURANCE COMPANY, A CALIFORNIA CORPORATION doeI hereby make, constitute and appoint RICHARD D. ZWETSCH Its true and lawful Attorney(srin-Fact, with full power and authority for and on behalf of the company as surety, to execute and deliver and affix the ..., of the company thereto If a seat Is required, bonds. undertakings, recognizances or other written obfiga- tlon. In the nature thereof, as follows: Contract, Court, License, Permit and Miscellaneous Bonds and to bind AMWEST SURETY INSURANCE COMPANY thereby, and aU of the acts of said Attorneys-in-Fact, pursuant to these presents, are hereby ratified and confirmed. This appointment Is made under and by authority of the following provisions of the By- Laws of the company, which are now In full force and effect: Art Ie I. III, Section 7 of the By-Laws of AMWEST SURETY INSURANCE COMPANY Thl. Pow. of Attorney Is signed and s..'ed by facslmUe under and by the authority of the following resolutions adopted by the board of directors of AMWEST SURETY INSURANCE COMPANY at a meeting duly held on December 15, 1975. RESOLVED that the president or any vice-president, in conjunction with the secretary or any assistant secretary, may appoint attomey.'n-fact or agents with authority a. defined or limited In the Instrument evidencing the appoint- ment In each c.... for and on behalf of the company to execute and deliver and affix the s8at of the company to bonds. undertakings. recognizances, and suretyship obligations of all kinds; and said officers may remo~e any such attorney- In-factor agent and revoke any power of attorney previously granted to such person. RESOLVED FURTHER that any bond, undertaking, recognizance, or suretyship obligation shall be valid and binding upon the company (I) when signed by the p.resident or any vice-president and attested and sealed (If a seat be required) by any ,ec. ' , retary or ....stant secretary; or (II) when algned by the president or any vice-president or secretary or assistant secretary, and countersigned and...1ed (If a .al be required) by a duly authorized attorney-in-fact or agent; or (III) when duly executed and sealed (If a seal be required) by one or more attorneys-in-fact or agents pursuant to and within theUmltaof the authority evidenced by the power of attorney issued by the company to such person or persons. RESOLVED FURTHER that the signature of any authorized officer and the seal of the company may be affixed by facsimile to any power of attorney or certification thereof authorizing the execution and delivery of any bond, under- tatclng. recognizance, or other suretyship obligations of the company; and such signature and seal when so used shall have the aame force and effect as though manually affixed. IN WITNESS WHEREOF, AMWEST SURETY INSURANCE COMPANY has caused these presents to be signed by its proper of- ficer, and Its corporate ..al to be hereunto affixed this 1 st day of JANUARY 19 88 AMWEST SURETY INSURANCE COMPANY ~.t!f. ~-:ry~elerson. Presiden1 ~ ~ C~n G. Cohen, Secretary STATE OF CALIFORNIA, COUNTY OF LOS ANGELES - 55 On this 1st day of JANUARY A.D. 19~, personally came before me Gary R. Peterson and Karen G. Cohen to me known to be the individuals and officers of AMWEST SURETY INSURANCE COM- PANY, CALIFORNIA who executed the above instrument, and they each acknowledged the execution of the same. and being by me duly sworn. did MY.ally depose and say: that they are the said officers of the corporation aforesaid. and that the seal affixed to the above Instrument's the ...1 of the corporation. and that said corporate seal and their signatures as such officers were duty affixed and .ubscrlbed to the s.ld instrument by the authority of the board of directors of said corporation. (SEAL) OFFICIAL SEAL JANtCE CRUEZ NOTARY PUILIC · CALIFORNIA LOS MaLES COUNTY Y I l' CONTRACT AGREEMENT THIS AG~MENT made and entered into this -d...DfL- day of _~, in the year 19 , by and between Monroe County, Florida, as party of the First part, hereinafter ca led the Owner, and The Brewer Co. of Florida. Inc. , Party of the Second Part, hereinafter called Contractor. WITNESSETH, that the Contractor, for and in consideration of the payments hereinafter specified and agreed to be made by the Owner, hereby covenants and agrees to furnish and deliver all of the materials and supplies, to do and perform all of the work and labor required to "Expand, Sealcoat and Stripe Commercial Service and Cargo Aircraft Parking Aprons" at the Key West International Airport and complete the Work within a Total Contract Time of 180 calendar days in conformity with the Plans, Specifications and all other Contract Documents on file at the Office of the · Director of Airports, Key West, Florida, which Plans, Specifications and other Contract Documents are incorporated herein and made a part of this Agreement with the same effect as if they had been set forth fully in the body of this Agreement. The Contractor agrees to make payment of all proper charges for labor, materials, supplies and services required in the aforementioned work, and to defend, indemnify, and save harmless the Owner and all their members, officers, agents, employees and servants, and each and everyone of them, against and from all suits and costs of every kind and description, and against and from all damages to which the Owner or any of its members, officers, agents, employees or servants may be put, by reason of injury to the persons or property of others resulting from the performance of the Work, or through the Negligence of the Contractor, or through any improper or defective maChinery, implements or appliances used by the Contractor in the Work or through any act or omission on the part of the Contractor, its agents, employees, servants or any other person or entity for whom the Contractor is responsible. If the Contr~ctor shall fail to comply with any of the terms, conditions, provisions, or stipulations of this Contract, according to the true intent and meaning thereof, then the Owner may avail itself of any or all remedies provided in the Contract and shall have the right and power to proceed in accordance with the provisions thereof. It is also understood and agreed that the acceptance of final payment by the Contractor shall be considered as a release in full of all claims against the Owner or any of its members, officers, agents, employees or servants directly or indirectly arising out of, or by reason of, the work or labor performed or the materials, services or supplies furnished under this Contract. In consideration of the premises, the Owner will pay to the Contractor for the said Work, when fully completed, the Total Contract Price of One Million Seven Hundred Seventy Thousand Six Hundred Eighty-Six and 29/100DOLLARS ($1 J 770 f 6R6 29 ) subject to such additions and deductions as provided for in the Contract Documents. Payments shall be made at the unit prices and/or lump sums specified for the. various Bid Items in the Contractor's Schedule. of Prices Bid, as provided for and upon the terms set forth in the Contract Documents. It is understood that the total amount to be paid shall be based on the said unit prices and/or lump sums contained in said Schedule of Prices Bid and made a part of this Agreement for the work actually completed in accordance with the Contract Documents. CA - 1 Unless otherwise declared in an addendum hereto, Contractor warrants to Owner that no member, officer or employee of the Owner has any material interest (as defined in Section 112.312 (1), Florida Statutes), either directly or indirectly, in the business of the Contractor to be conducted hereunder, and that no such person shall have any such interest at any time during the term hereof. This Contract shall be binding upon the Owner, its successor or successors, and upon the Contractor and its heirs, executors, administrators, successors and assigns, and is voidable and may be terminated by the Owner, in accordance with the provisions of the Contract Documents which are made a part of this Agreement, or if the provisions of the statutes relative thereto are not complied with. CA - 2 (Use this page if the Contractor is a Corporation) IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the said Monroe County, Florida, has caused this Contract to be executed in its name by Euszene R. L vt ton. Sr. and has caused the seal of said Owner to be hereto attached; and the said party of the Second Part has caused this Contract to be executed in its name by Wal ter R. Brewer , attested by Gwen Luecke , and has caused the seal of said corporation to be hereunto attached, all on the day and year first above written. Signed, sealed and delivered in the presence of: As to party of the First Part BY f:f Attorney'. OllIe. Monroe ~unty, Florida 4 By: g~~/.. b/ Mayor/Ch . Jan of the Board of County Commissioners . A TTEST:PANNY L. KOLH.t\.GE Clerli By: ~.1~. ~4~,l)'~1 C erk As to party of the Second Part \^la iter R. Brewer By: ATTEST: By: \'- Gwen Luecke Assistant Secretary CA - 3 (Use this page if the Contractor is a Partnership or an Individual) IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the said Monroe County, Florida, has caused this Contract to be executed in its name by the and has caused the seal of said Owner to be hereto attached; and the said party of the Second Part has hereunto set hand and seal all on the day and year first above written. Signed, sealed and delivered in the presence of: As to party of the First Part As to party of the Second Part Monroe County, Florida By: ATTEST: By: (Party of the Second Part) CA - 4 (SEAL) (SEAL) (SEAL) (SEAL) =---., BOND PREMIUM BASED ON FINAL CONTRACT PRICE PAYMENT BOND FORM BOND NO. 1167505 PREMIUM: $35,414.00 MONROE COUNTY, FLORIDA "BOND EXECUTED IN SIX ORIGINAL.COPIES" KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS that THE ,{JREWER CQIIPANY OF FLORIDA9 INC. hereinafter called Principal, and AMWEST SURETY INSURANCE COMPaNY - . . , a corporation organized under the layvs of the State of . Califdrnia '. '..-"having its home office in the City of Woodland Hills a.nd licensed to do business in the State of Florida, hereinafter called'Surety, 'are held and firmly bound unto Monroe County, Florida, hereinafter called Owner, for the u~e a.nd benefit of claimants as hereinbelow defined in the Penal Sum of gy~ ftuA~ga ~rllieyHHY~dS~2S'r~~*tV~V~iP~* DOLLARS ($1, 770,686.29) for the payment of which sum well and truly to be made, Principal and Surety bind ourselves, our heirs, personal representatives, successors and assigns, jointly and severally" firmly by these presents. WHEREAS, Principal has by written agreement dated October 12 , 19 l!L, entered into a contract with Owner for Project No. 3-12-0037-0488 in accordance with the Contract Documents which are incorporated herein by reference and made a part hereof, and are herein referred to as the Contract. WHEREAS, Surety is authorized to do business in the State of Florida. NOW, TI-JEREFORE, the condition of this obligation is such that if Principal shall promptly make payments to all claimants as defined in Section 255.05(1), Florida Statutes, supplying Principal with labor, materials, or supplies, used directly or indirectly by Principal in the prosecution of the work provided for in the Contract, then this obligation shall be void; otherwise, it shall remain in full force and effect subject, however, to the following conditions: 1. This bond is furnished for the sole purpose of complying with the requirements of Section 255.05, Florida Statutes. 2. It -is a specific condition of this bond that a claimant's right of action on the bond is limited to the provisions of Section 255.05, Florida Statutes, including, but not limited to, the one-year time limitation within which suits may be brought. Therefore,', a claimant, except a laborer, who is not in privity with the Contractor and who has not received payment for his labor, materials or supplies shall, within fourth-five (45) days after beginning to furnish labor, materials or supplies for the prosecution of the work, furnish the Contractor with a notice that he intends to look to the bond for protection. A claimant who is not in privity with the Contractor and who has not received payment for his labor, materials or supplies shall within ninety (90) days after performance of the labor or completion of delivery of the materials or supplies, deliver to the Contractor and to the Surety written notice of the performance of the labor or delivery of the materials or supplies and of the nonpayment.. No action for the labor, materials or supplies may be instituted against the Contractor or the Surety unless both notices have been given. No action shall be instituted against the Contractor or the Surety on the bond after one (1) year from the performance of the labor or completion of the delivery of the materials or supplies. 3. The Surety's obligations hereunder shall remain in full force and effect notwithstanding (i) amendments or modifications to the Contract entered into PB -1 by Owner and Principal without the Surety's knowledge or consent, (ii) waivers of compliance with or any default under the Contract granted by Owner to Principal without the Surety's knowledge or consent, (Hi) the discharge of Principal from its obligations under the Contract as a result of any proceeding initiated under The Bankruptcy Code of 1978, as the same may be amended, or any similar state or federal law, or any limitation of the liability of Principal or its estate as a result of any such proceeding, or (iv) any other action taken ey Owner or Principal that would, in the absence of this clause, result in the release or discharge by operation of law of the Surety from its obligations hereunder. 4. Any changes in or under the Contract Documents (which include the Plans, Drawings and Specifications) and compliance or noncompliance with any formalities connected with the Contractor the changes therein shall affect Surety's. obligations under this Bond and Surety hereby waives notice of any such changes. Further, Principal and Surety acknowledge that the Penal Sum of this Bond shall increase or decrease in accordance with the approved changes or other modifications to the Contract Documents. IN WITNESS \VHEREOF, the Principal and Surety have executed this instrument under their several seals on this 12th day of October , 1988 , the name and corporate seal of each corporate party being hereto affixed and these presents fully signed by its undersigned representative, pursuant to authority of its governing body. Signed, sealed and delivered in the presence of: "w~tt1 ~lL- Gwen Luecke Assistanl Secre~ary . INC. By: Walter R BreJM,ame and Title) .. (SEAL) V,ce - President By: Note: If Principal or Surety are corporations, the respective corporate seals should be affixed and attached. A ttach a certified copy of Power-of-A ttorney appointing individual A ttorney-in- Fact for execution of Payment Bond on behalf of Surety. PB - 2 Bidder: The Brewer Co. of Florida, Inc. CERTIFICATE AS TO CORPORATE PRINCIPAL I, Gwen Luecke , certify that I am th~'Se~~etary of the corporation named as Principal in the foregoing Performance and Payment Bonds; that Walter R. Brewer who signed the said Bond on behalf of the Principal was then Vice - ~re~'uellt of said corporation; that I know (his, her) signature, and (his, her) signature thereto is genuine, and that said Bond was duly signed, sealed and attested for and in behalf of said corporation by authority of its governing body. ri~ . ~\A '. t.UJee /I.5f57: ~ecre ry. (Corporate Seal) Attach a Certificate of Insurance and/or Policy Binder indicating that Contractor has obtained Contractor's Liability and other required insurance. Attach a Certificate of Insurance and/or Policy Binder indicating that Contractor has obtained the required Owner's Protection Liability Insurance. PB - 3 PERFORMANCE BOND FORM BOND NO. 1167505 PREMIUM: $35,414.00 MONROE COUNTY, FLORIDA nBOND EXECUTED IN SIX:ORIGINALCOPIEsn KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS that THE BREWER COMPANY OF FLORIDA. , hereinafter called Principal, and AMWEST SURETY INSURANCE COMPANY , a corporation organized under the laws of the State of California and licensed to do business in the State of Florida, hereinafter called Surety, are held and firmly bound unto Monroe County, Florida, hereinafter called Owner, in the Penal Sum of One Million Seven Hundred Sevent~ Thousand Six Hundred EiRhty Six and 29/100** DOLLARS ($1~110,686.29*) for the payment of which sum well and truly to be made, Principal and Surety bind ourselves, our heirs, personal representatives, successors and assigns, jointly and severally, firmly by these presents. WHEREAS, Principal has by written agreement dated October 12 , 19 88, entered into a contract with Owner for Project No. 3-12-0037-0488 in accordance with the Contract Documents which are incorporated herein by reference and made a part hereof, and are herein referred to as the Contract. WHEREAS, Surety is authorized to do business in the State of Florida. NOW, THEREFORE, the condition of this obligation is such that if Principal: 1. Promptly and faithfully performs the Contract including, but not limited to, its warranty provisions in the time and manner prescribed in the Contract, and 2. Pays Owner all losses, damages (liquidated or actual), expenses, costs and attorneys' fees, including appellate proceedings, that Owner sustains resulting directly or indirectly from any breach or default by principal under the Contract, and 3. Pays Owner all losses, damages, expenses, costs and attorney's fees, including appellate proceedings, that the Owner sustains resulting directly or indirectly from conduct of the Principal including, but not limited to, want of care or skill, negligence, patent infringement, or intentionally wrongful conduct on the part of the Principal, its officers, agents, employees or any other person or entity for whom the Principal is responsible, then this bond is void; otherwise it shall remain in full force and effect. II In the event that the Principal shall fail to perform any of the terms, covenants and conditions of the Contract during the period in which this Performance Bond is in effect, the Surety shall remain liable to the Owner for all such loss or damage (including reasonable attorney's fees) resulting from any failure to perform up to the amount of the Penal Sum. III II II II II In the event that the Surety fails to fulfill its obligations under this Performance Bond, then the Surety shall also indemnify and save the owner harmless from any and all loss, damage, cost and expense, including reasonable attorneys' fees for all trial and appellate proceedings resulting directly or indirectly from the Surety's failure to fulfill its obligations hereunder. This paragraph shall survive the termination or cancellation of this Performance Bond. PG - 1 . The Surety's obligations hereunder shall be direct and immediate and not II conditional or contingent upon Owner's pursuit of its remedies against principal, and shall remain in full force and effect notwithstanding (i) amendments or modifications to the Contract entered into by Owner and Principal without the Surety's knowledge or II consent, (ii) waivers of compliance with or any default under the Contract granted by Owner to Principal without the Surety's knowledge or consent, (iii) the discharge of Principal from its obligations under the Contract as a result of any proceeding II initiated under The Bankruptcy Code of 1978, as the same may be amended, or any similar state or federal law, or any limitation of the liability of Principal or. its estate as a result of any such proceeding, or (iv) any other action taken by Owner or Principal that would, in the absence of this clause, result in the release or discharge by operation of law of the Surety from its obligations hereunder. The institution of suit upon this Bond is subject to not less than a four-year and not more than a five-year limitations period in accordance with Section 95.11, Florida Statutes. Any changes in or under the Contract Documents (which include the Plans, Drawings and Specifications) and compliance .or noncompliance with' any formalities connected with the Contract or the changes therein shall not affect Surety's obligations under this Bond and Surety hereby waives notice of any such changes. Further, Principal and Surety acknowledge that the Penal Sum of this bond shall increase or decrease in accordance with approved changes or other modifications to the Contract Documents. IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Principal and Surety have executed this instrument under their several seals on this 12th day of October ,1988, the name and corporate seal of each corporate party being hereto affixed and these presents fully signed by its undersigned representative, pursuant to authority of its governing body. PO - 2 .~Y;'~"fl".' ...;:'ti/..;, (J;.: "',' . "':;\~~="i '),:\1, i I I I Signed, sealed and delivered in the presence of: -"" INC. I *~ By: Walter R. BrevJ~,. (Official Title) Vice - President I ~wen Luecke Assistant Secretary (SEAL) I By: RiChaJ D. I I (SEAL) I I I I Note: If Principal or Surety are corporations, the respective corporate seals should be affixed and attached. I Attach a certified copy of Power-of-Attorney appointing individual Attorney-in- Fact for execution of Payment Bond on behalf of Surety. I I I I I PG - 3 I Jhe Brewer Co. of florida, 11}~J Bidder: CERTIFICATE AS TO CORPORATE PRINCIPAL Gwen Luecke · I, .~ , certIfy that I am the Secretary of the corporation named as Principal in the foregoing Performance and Payment Bonds; that The Brewer Co. of Florida InC, who signed the said Bond on behalf of the Principal was then I Vice - President of said corporation; that I know (his, her) signature, and (his, her) signature thereto is genuine, and that said Bond was duly signed, sealed and attested for and in behalf of said corporation by authority of its governing body. /!.:5:J ~T. ~u~Jlf - ecre r (Corporate Seal) Attach a Certificate of Insurance and/or Policy Binder indicating that Contractor has obtained Contractor's Liability and other required insurance. Attach a Certificate of Insurance and/or Policy Binder indicating that Contractor has obtained the required Owner's Protection Liability Insurance. PG - 4 AMWEST SURETY INSURANCE CO. P.O. Box 4500 Woodland Hills, CA 91365 (818) 704-1111 POWER OF ATTORNEY KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS, .ThatAMWISTIUIETYINSURANCECOMPANY, A CALIFORNIA CORPORATION does hereby make, constitute and appoint RICHARDD".iZWETSCH Its true and lawful Attorney(s)-in-Fact, with. full powerandauthorttyfor.and.on behalf of.' the company as surety, to execute and deliver and affix the seal of the company thereto If a sealls.requlred,bonds,.undertakings, recognizances or other written obliga- tions In the nature thereof, as follows: Contract, Court, License,. Permit and Miscellaneous Bonds and to bind AMWEST SURETY IN8UIANCECOMPANYthereby, and all of the acts of said Attorneys-In-Fact, pursuant to these presents, are hereby ratified and .confirmed.This appointment is made under and by authority of the following provisions of the By- Laws of the company, whlcha,e ".ow In fun force and effect: Article III, Section 7 Onhe~y.~W8 of ~.\V..l~R~"!~S~ftANCe COMtt.MIV This Power of AttorneYI.~i."ed.and~"Ctdbyf~cllmi'~l.I~c:terandbY the authorttyofthe.followlng resolutions adopted by the board of directors ofAMWE''''SUAE'NIN8URANCE CeM"~NV'.ta meeting dulyhefd .onDecember 151 1975. RESOLVEDtl't.tt~epresidentoranyv'ce-pre.'d."tfl,.[Conjunction with the secretary. or any asslst.ant secretary, may appolntattorney..ln-factoragent8wlth authorltY~IClt'flned or limited in the Instrum.enl evidencing the appoint- ment In each cas"IOf'lind ont)ehallofthe company to execute and deliver and affix these.tof the company to bonds, undertakings, recognlzancea.anasuretyshfpQbUgatfons.of aU kinds; and said officers may remo~eany such. attorney- fn.fact or agentand revoke any power ofattorne)' previoultygrantedto such person. RESOLVED FURTHERthalany bond, undertaking, recognizance.. or suretyship obligation shall be valid and binding upon the company (I) when slgnedbythepresid.entorany vice-president and attested and sealed (if a seal be reQuired) by any sec- retary. or .a..llta"1 .secretaryror (lI)whenS'gnedbythe president or any vice-president or secretary or. aSsistant secretary,. and countersigned and""ed (llasealberequlrecS)byaduly authorized attorney.in.fact.oragent;or (III) when duly executed and sealed (if a seal be required) by one ormoreattorneys.in-fact oragents pursuant to and within theUmltsofthe authority evidenced by the power of attorney issued by .thecompany to such person or persons. RESOLVED FURTHERthatlhe signature of, any authorized officer and the seal of the company may be affixed by facsimile to any power of attorney or certification thereof authorizing the execution anddeHveryof any bond, under. t.klno, recognizance, or other suretyship obligations of the company; and such signature and seal when soused shall have the same force and effect as though manually affixed. IN WITNESS WHEREOF, AMWEST SURETY INSURANCE COMPANY has caused these presents to be signed by its proper of. flcer, and Its corporate seal to be hereunto affixed this 1 st day of JANUARY 19 88 ~~ ~eterson. President AMWEST SURETY INSURANCE COMPANY ~~C~ Karen G. Cohen, Secretary STATE OF CALIFORNIA, COUNTY OF LOS ANGELES - 55 On this 1st day of JANUARY A.D.. 19~, personally came before me Gary R. Peterson and Karen G. Cohen to me known to be the individuals and officers of AMWEST SURETY INSURANCE COM. PANY, CALIFORNIA who executed the above instrument, and they each acknowledged the execution of the same, and being by me duly sworn, did severally depose and say: that they are the said officers of the corporation aforesaid, and that the seal affixed to the above instrument Is the s8al of the corporation, and that said corporate seal and their signatures as such officers were duly affixed and subscribed to the said instrument by the authority of the board of directors of said corporation. OFFICIAL SEAL JANICE CRUEZ NOTARY PUBLIC · CALIFORNIA LOS ANGELES COUNTY .., 0lIlIIII. apii'll MAY 1, 1_ (SEAL) Notary Public :8 STATE OF CALIFORNIA, COUNTY OF LOS ANGELES - ss CERTIFICATE I, the undersigned, secretary of the AMWEST SURETY INSURANCE COMPANY, a California corporation, DO HEREBY CERTIFY that the foregoing and attached Power of Attorney remains In full force and has not been revoked, and further- more, that the provisions of the By-Laws of the company and the Resolutions of the board of directors set forth in the Power of Attorney, ar. now In force. Signed and sealed at Ft. Lauderdale Bond No. 1167505 this 12th day of October 19.JHL. ~ ~ ~cohen. Secretary NOTICE OF INTENT TO A WARD DATE: TO: PROJECT: The Owner has reviewed the Bid submitted by you for the above described work in response to its Advertisement for Bids dated and Instructions to Bidders. of FAA funds. You are hereby notified that your Bid is being considered for acceptance for in the Total Amount of $ , subject to the availability You are required by the Instructions to Bidders to execute the enclosed six (6) copies of the Contract Documents and furnish the required Contractor's Performance Bond, Payment Bond, evidences of all required insurance coverage and authority to execute plus satisfactory evidence of compliance with the Bid Conditions pertaining to the Minority Business Enterprise Program within ten (10) calendar days from the date of this Notice to you. If you fail to execute said Contract Documents and to furnish said Bonds and other required documents and information within ten (10) calendar days from the date of this Notice, said Owner will be entitled to consider all your rights arising out of the Owner's acceptance of your Bid as abandoned and as a forfeiture of your Bid Bond. The Owner will be entitled to such other rights as may be granted by law. You are required to return an acknowledged copy of this Notice of Intent to Award to the Owner. Dated this day of , 19_. Monroe County, Florida Owner By: Director of Airports ACCEPTANCE OF NOTICE Receipt of the above Notice of Intent to A ward is hereby acknowledged by this the day of 19__ By: Ti tIe: NIA - 1 NOTICE TO PROCEED DATE: TO: PROJECT: You are hereby given notice to commence Work in accordance with the Contract Agreement dated , 19_, on or before , 19_, and you are to complete the Work within consecutive calendar days thereafter. The date of completion of all Work is therefore , 19 · You are required to return an acknowledged copy of this Notice to Proceed to the Owner. Monroe County, Florida Owner By: Director of Airports ACCEPTANCE OF NOTICE Receipt of the above Notice to Proceed is hereby ack~owledged by day of this the , 19_- By: Title: NTP - 1 FINAL RELEASE OF LIEN MONROE COUNTY KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS, that the undersigned for and in consideration of the payment of sum of DOLLARS ($ ), paid by Monroe County, Florida, hereinafter referred to as "Owner", receipt of which is hereby acknowledged as total and complete compensation for performance of the below-described Contract, does hereby fully and completely discharge and release the owner from and waives any and all debts, accounts, promises, damages, liens, encumbrances, causes of action, suits, bonds, judgments, claims and demands whatsoever, in law or in equity, which the undersigned ever had, now has or might hereafter have on account of labor performed, material furnished or services rendered, directly or indirectly, for the Contract between the parties dated , 19_, known as except for those claims, disputes and other matters arising out of or relating to said Contract which have been raised by written demand in a~cordance with the Contract Documents prior to this data and identified by the Contractor as unsettled in the final Application for Payment and are either in arbitration or court litigation, as the case may be, in accordance with the Contract Documents. The undersigned further covenants that subcontractors, suppliers and materialmen, and any or all other persons supplying materials, supplies., service or labor used directly or indirectly in the prosecution of the work provided for in the Contract, have been paid in full for all work under this Contract. The undersigned shall maintain in full force and effect the provisions of the Contract Documents respecting the guaranty against defective work, and any other special guaranties required by the Contract Documents, for the terms provided in the Contract Documents, which terms shall begin to run from the date specified in the Contract Documents. The undersigned represents and warrants that the statements contained in the foregoing Release are true and correct. IN WITNESS WHEREOF, I have hereunto set my hand and seal this , 19_. day of WITNESSES: CONTRACTOR By: Title: STATE OF COUNTY OF Sworn to and subscribed before me this day of ,19_ NOTARY PUBLIC My Commission Expires: (NOTARIAL SEAL) FRL - 1 APPENDIX PART 1 - WAGE AND LABOR REQUIREMENTS a. M1m1mum rllages. C 1 ) All laborers and mechanics employed or working upon the 3i te of the work will be paid unconditionally and not less often than once a week, and without subsequent deduction or ~ebate on any account (except such payroll deductions as are permitted by ~egulat1ons issued by the Secretary of Labor under the Copeland Act (29 eFR Part 3)), the full amount of wages and bona fide fringe benefi ts (or cash equivalents thereof) due at t~e of payment computed at rates not less than those contained in the wage determination of the Secretary of Labor which 13 attached hereto and made a part hereof, regardless of any contractual relationship which may be alleged to exist between the contractor and such laborers and mechanics. Contributions made or costs reasonably anticipated for bona fide fringe benefits under section 1(b)(Z) of the Davis-Bacon Act on behalf of laborers or mechanics are considered wages paid to laborers or mechanics, subject to the provi- sions of subparagraph a.(4) below; also, regular contributions made or COSt3 incurred for more than a weekly period (but not less often than quarterly) under plans, funds, or programs ~Nh1ch cover the particular weekly period, are deemed to be constructively made or incurred during such weekly period. Such laborers and mechanics shall be paid the appropriate wage rate and fringe benefits on the wage determination for the classification of work actually performed, without regard to skill, except as proVided in paragraph d. of this clause. Laborers or mechanics perfo~1ng work in more than one classification may be compensated at the ~ate spec~ied ~or each classification for the time actually worked therei~: Provided, That the employer's payroll records accurately set forth the time spent in each classification in which work is performed. The wage determination (1nclud1~g any additional classification and wage rates conformed under a.(2) of this section) and the Davis-Bacon pester CWH-1321) shall be posted at all times by the contractor me its subcontractors at the site of the work in a prominent and accessible place where it can easily be seen by the workers. (2) (1) The contracting officer sbalJ. require that any class of laborers or mechanics which is not listed in the wage determination and which is to be employed under the contract shall be classified in conformance with the wage determ1.nat1on. The contracting officer shal~ approve an. additional. classification and wage rate and fringe benefits therefor only when tbe following criteria have been met: (A) The work to be performed by the classification requested i3 not performed by a classificat1.on in the wage determ:.lnatj.on; and (B) The classification 1s ut1.l1zed in the area by the construc- tion industry; and __ (C) !he proposed wage rate, including any bona fide fringe benefits, bears a reasonable relationship to the wage rates contained in the wage determination. (i1) If the contractor and the laborers and mechanics to be employed in the classification (if known), or their representatives, and the contracting officer agree on the classification and wage rate (including the amount designated for fringe benefits where appropriate), a report of the action taken shall be sent by the contracting officer to the Administrator of the Wage .and Hour Division, Employment Standar-as Administration, U.S. Department of Labor, Washington, D.C. 20210. The Administrator, or an authorized representative, will approve, modify, or disapprove every additional classification action within 30 days of receipt and 30 advise the contracting officer or will notify the contracting officer within the 3D-day period that additional t~e is necessary. (Approved by the Office of Management and Budget under OMB control n~ber 1215-0140.) (i11) In the event the contractor, the laborers o~ mechanics to be employed in the class~icat1on or their ~epresentat1ves and the contracting officer do not agree on the proposed classification and wage rate (including the amount designated for fringe benefits where appropriate), the contract~ng officer s~ refer the questions, including the views of all interested parties and the ~ecom- AP1-1 ~endation of the contracting officer, to the Administrator for determination. The Administrator, or an authorized representative, ~ill issue a determination within 30 days of ~eceipt and so advise the contracting officer or will notify the contracting officer ~ithin the 30-day period that additional time is necessary. (Approved by the Office of Management and Budget under OMB control number 1215-0140. ) (1v) The wage rate (including fringe benefits where appropriate) determined pursuant to subparagraphs (2)(11) or (111) of this paragraph, shall be paid to all worke~ performing work in the classification under this contract from the first day on which work is performed in the classification. (3) Whenever the minimum wage rate prescribed in the contract for a class of laborers or mechanics includes a fringe benefit which is not expressed as an hourly ~ate, the contractor shall either' pay the benefit as stated in ~he wage determination or shall pay another bona fide fringe benefit or an hourly cash equivalent thereof. (4) If the contractor does not make payments to a trustee or other third person, the contractor may consider- as part of the wages of any laborer or mechanic the amount of any costs reasonably anticipated in providing bona fide fringe bene- fits under a plan or program, Provided, That the Secretary of Labor has found, upon the T~1tten request of the contractor, that the applicable standards of the Davis-Bacon Act have been met. The Secretary of Labor may require the contractor to set aside in a separate account assets for the meeting of obligations under the plan or ~rogram. (Approved by the Office of Management and 3udget under OMB control number 1215-0140.) J. 'tlithhold1ng. The FAA or the sponsor shall upon its own acr,ion or ~..lpon ~Nr1tten ~equest of an authorized ~9presen~at1ve of the Department of ~abor .~thhold or cause to be 'Nithheld from the contract,or under this contract or my ot,her Federal contract with the same prime contractor, or any other ~ederally-assi3ted contract subject to Davis-Bacon prevailing wage requirements, which is held by ~he same pr~e contractor, so much of the accrued payments or advances as may be con- sidered necessary to pay laborers and mechanics, including apprentices, trainees, and helpers, employed by the contractor or any subcon~rac~or ~he :ull amoun~ of wages required by the contract. In the event of failure to pay any laborer or mechanic, including any apprentice, trainee, or helper, employed or working on the site of work, all or part of the wages required by the contract, the Federal Aviation Administration may after written notice to the contractor, sponsor, applicant, or owner, take such action as may be necessary to cause the suspension of any further payment, advance, or guarantee of funds until such violations have ceased. c. Payrolls and Basic Records. (1) Payrolls and basic records relating thereto shall be maintained by the contractor during the course of the work and preserved for a period of three years thereafter for all laborers and mechanics working at the site of the work. Such records shall contain the name, address, and social security number of each such worker, his or her correct classification, hourly rates of wages paid (including rates of contributions or costs anticipated for bona fide fringe benefits or cash equivalents thereof of the types described in section 1(b)(2)(B) of the Davis-aacon Act), daily and weekly number of hours worked, deductions made and actual wages paid. Whenever the Secretary of Labor has found under paragraph a(4) of this clause that the wages of any laborer or mechanic include the amount of any costs reasonably anticipated in providing benefits under a plan or program described in section 1(b)(2)(B) of the Davis-Bacon Act, the contractor shall ~ntain records which show that the commitment to provide such benefits is enforceable, that the plan or program is financially responsible, and that the plan or program has been communicated in writing to the laborers or mechanics affected, and records which show the costs anticipated or the actual costs incurred in providing such benefits. Contractors employing apprentices or trainees under approved programs shall main- tain written evidence of the registration of apprenticeship programs and cer- AP1-2 t1fication of trainee programs, the ~eg1stration of the apprentices and trainees, and the ~atios and wage rates prescribed in the applicable programs. (Approved by the Office of Management an4 Budget under OMB control numbers 1215-0140 and 1215-0017.) (2) (1) The contractor shall sutDit ~Neekly for each ~..eek in t..rhich any contract work is performed a copy of all payrolls to the applicant, sponsor, or owner, as the case may be, for transmission to the Federal Aviation Administration. The payrolls submitted shall set out accurately and completely all of the infor- mation required to be maintained under paragraph c( 1) above. This information may be submi tted in any form desired.. Optional Form. WH-347 is available for this pur- pose and may be purcbased from the Superintendent of Documents (Federal Stock Number 029-005-00014-1), U.S. Government Printing Office, Washington, D.C. 20402. The prime contractor is responsible for the submission of copies of payrolls by all subcontractors. (Approved by the Office of Management and Budget under OMB control number 1215-0149.) (11) Each payroll 3ubmi tted shall be accompanied by a "Statement of Compliance," signed by the contractor or subcontractor or his or her agent ",.;ho pays or supervises the payment of the persons employed under the contract and shall cer- tify the following: (A) That the payroll for the payroll period contains the infor- mation ~equired to be maintained under paragrah c(1) above and that 3uch infor- ~ation is cor~ect and complete; (3) That each laborer and mechanic (including 9ach ~elper, apprentice and trainee) employed on the contract during the ~ayroll period ~as Jeen ?aid the full Neekly ~ages ear~ed, "Nithout ~ebate, either d1~ect17 or :ndirectly, and that no deductions ~ave been ~ade either directly or indirectly :~om ~he full ~ages earned, other than permissible deductions as set forth in Regulations 29 CFR ?art 3; (C) That each laborer or ~echanic has been paid not less ~han the applicable wage rates and fringe benefits or cash equivalents for the classif~- cation of work performed, as specified in the applicable wage determination incor- porated into the contract. _______ (11i) The weekly submission of a properly executed certification set forth on the reverse side of Optional ?orm WH-347 shall satisfy the ~equ1rement for submission of the "Statement of Compliance" required by paragraph c.(Z)(b) of this section. (iv) The falsification of any of the above certifications may 3ubject the contractor or subcontractor to civil or criminal prosecution under Section 1001 of Title 18 and Section 231 of Title 31 of the United states Code. - ---.---- -- ---.-----._---._- (3) The contractor or subcontractor shall make the ~ecords required under paragraph c(1) of this section available for inspection, copying or transcription by authorized representatives of the sponsor, the Federal Aviation Administration or the Department of Labor, and shall permit such representatives to interview employees during working hours on the job. If the contractor or subcontractor fails to subnit the required records or to make them available, the Federal agency may, after written notice to the contracto~, sponsor, applicant or- owner, take such action as may be necessary to cause the suspension of any further payment, advance, or guarantee of funds. Furthermore, failure to submit the required ~ecords upon request or to make such ~ecords available may be grounds for- debarment action pur- suant to 29 CFR 5. 12. d. Apprentices and Tra~ees. (1) Apprentices. Apprentices T~l be permitted to work at less than the predetermined rate for the work they performed when they are employed pursuant to and indiVidually ~eg1stered in a bona fide apprenticeship program ~eg1stered ~N1th the U.S. Department of Labor, Employment and Training Admini3tration, 3ureau of Apprenticeship and Train~g, or with a state Apprenticeship Agency recognized by the Bureau, or if a person is employed in his or her first 90 days of probationary AP1-3 employment as an apprentice in such an apprenticeship program, who is not individually registered in the program, but who has been certified by the Bureau of Apprenticeship and Training or a State Apprenticeship Agency (where appropriate) to be aligible for probationary employment as an apprentice. The allowable ~atio of apprentices to journeymen on the job site in any craft classification shall not ~e greater than the ~atio permitted to the contractor as to the entire work force under the registered program. Any worker listed on a payroll at an apprentice wage rate, who is not registered or otherwise employed as stated above, shall be ?aid not less than the applicable wage rate on the wage determination for the classifi- cation of work actually performed. In addition, any apprentice performing work on the job site in excess of the ratio permitted under the registered program shall be ~aid not less than the applicable wage rate on the wage determination for the work actually performed. Where a contractor is performing construction on a project in a locality other than that in which its program is re~stered, the ratios and wage rates (expressed in percentages of the journeyman's hourly ~ate) specified in the contractor's or subcontractor's registered program shall be observed. Every apprentice must be paid at not less than the ~ate specified in the registered ~rogram for the apprentice's level of progress, expressed as a percentage of the journeymen hourly rate specified in the applicable wage dete~i~ation. Apprentices shall ~e paid fringe benefits in accordance 'N1th the proVisions of the appren- t~ceship program. If the apprenticeship program does not specifiy f~inge benefits, apprentices ~us~ be ~aid the full amount of fringe benefits listed on the ~age jece~i~aticn :or the ~pplicable classi~ication. If the ldministr~cor dete~~es ~hat a dif~erent ~ractice prevails for the applicable apprentice classification, :~inges shall be ~aid i~ accordance ~~th that dete~nation. :n the event ~he 3ureau of Apprenticeship and :rai~ing, or a state lppren~iceshi~ Agency ~ecognized by :he 3ureau, fNithdrgws approval of an apprenticeship progr~, the contr~ctor ~~l: ~o longer be ~ermitted to utilize apprentices at less than the applicable ?redeter- ~~ed ~ate for the Nork performed until an acceptable program is ~pproved. (2) Trainees. Sxcept as provided in 29 eFR 5.16, trainees ~~ll not be permitted to work at less than the predetermined ~ate for the Nork performed unless they are employed pursuant to and individually registered in a program which has received prior approval, evidenced by formal certification by the U.S. Depar~ment of Labor, Employment and Training Administration. The ~atio of trainees to jour- neymen on the job site shall not be greater than pe~tted under the plan approved by the ~ployment and Training Administration. Every.trainee must be paid at not less than the rate specified in the approved program for the trainee's level of progress, expressed as a percentage of the journeyman hourly rate specified in the applicable wage determination. Trainees shall. be paid fringe benefits in accor- dance with the provisions of tbe trainee program. If the trainee program does not mention fringe benefits, trainees shall be paid the ful~ amount of fringe benefits listed on the wage determination unless the Administrator of the Wage and Hour Division determines that there is an apprenticeship program.. assoc1.ated w1.th the corresponding journeyman wage rate on the wage dete~tion which provides for less than fuLl fringe' benefits for apprentices. Any employee listed on the payroll at a trainee rate woo is not registered and. participating in a training plan approved by the ~ployment and Training Administration shall be paid not less than the applicable wage rate on the wage determiniation for the classification of work actually performed. In addition, any trainee performing work on the job site in excess of the ~at1o permitted under the registered program shall be paid not less than the applicable wage rate on the wage determination for the work actually per- formed. In the event the Employment and Trai.ning Administration withdraws approval of a training program, the contractor will no longer be permitted to utilize trainees at less than the applicable predetermined rate for the work performed until an acceptable program is approved. AP1-4 (3) Equal Employment Opportunity. The utilization of apprentices, trainees and journeymen under this part shall be in conformity with the equal employment opportunity ~equ1rements of Executive Order 112ij6, as amended, and 29 CFR Part 30. e. Compliance With Copeland Act Requirements. The contractor shall comply 'Kith the requirements of 29 CFR Part 3, which are incorporated by reference in this contract. f. Subcontracts. The contractor or subcontractor shall insert in any sub- contracts the clauses contained in paragraphs a. through j. of this contract and such other clauses as the Federal Aviation Administration may by appropriate instructions require, and also a clause requiring the subcontractors to include these clauses in any lower tier subcontracts. The prime contractor shall be responsible for the compliance by any subcontractor or lower tier subcontractor 'Nith all the contract clauses in 29 CFR 5.5. g. Contract Termination: Debarment. A breach of the contract clauses in paragraphs a. through j. of this clause and a. through e. of the second clause below may be grounds for termination of the contract, and for the debarment as a contractor and a subcontractor as pro~d~_d_ in ~9 eFR 3. 12. __.. __._._ h. Compliance With Davis-Bacon and ~elated Act ~equirement3. All r'Jlings and interpretations of the Davis-Bacon and Related Acts contained in 29 CFR Parts 1, 3, and 5 are herein incorporated by reference in this contract. i. Disputes Concerning Labor Standards. Disputes arising out of the labor standards provisions of this contract shall not be subject to the general disputes clause of this contract. Such disputes shall be resolved ~ accordance ~Nith the procedures of the Department. of Labor set forth in 29 eFR ?arts 51 5 and 7. Disputes T~thin the meaning of this clause include disputes betNeen the contractor (or any of its subcontractors) and the contracting agency, the u.S. Department of Labor, or the employees or their representat1 ves.. j. Certification of E11gj.bility. (1) By ente~ng into this contract~ the contractor certifies that neither it (nor he or she) nor any person or firm wbo has an interest in the contractor's firm is a person or firm ineligj.ble to be awarded Government contracts by Virtue or sect:Lon 3(a) of the Dayis-Bacon Act or 29_qf~j~12(a)(1). (2) No part of this contract shall be subcontracted to any person or firm ineligible for award of a Government contract by virtue of section 3(a) of the Davis-Bacon Act or 29 CFR S.12(a)(1). (3) The penalty for making false statements is prescribed in the U.S. Criminal Code, 18 U. s. C . 1 001 · _u_ _. __________. ___ 2. The following clauses in paragraphs a., b., c., d., and e. below, required by the Contract Work Hours and Safety Standards Act, will also be inserted in full in AIP construction contracts in excess of $2,000 in addition to the clauses required by 29 CFR S.S(a) or 4.6 of Part 4 of Title 29. As used in the following, the term "labore~s" and "mechanics" include watc~~n and guards. a. Overtime Requirementa. No contractor or subcontractor contracting for any part of the contract work which may require or involve the employment of labor~rs or mechanics shall ~equire or permit any such laborer or mecbanic in any workweek in which he or she 1s employed" on such work to work in excess of forty hours in such workweek unless such laborer or mechanic receives compensation at a rate not less than one and one-half times the basic rate of pay for all hours worked in excess of forty hours in such workweek, which~ve~greater. o. Violation; Liability for Unpaid Wages; Liquidated Damages. In the event of any violation of the clause set forth in paragraph a. above, the contractor or any subcontractor responsible therefor shall be liable for the unpaid wages. In addition, such contractor and subcontractor shall be liable to the United States (in the case of work done under contract for the District of Columbia or a territory, to such District or to such territory), for liquidated damages. Such liquidated damages shall be computed .~th respect to each individual laborer O~ AP1-5 mechanic, including watchmen and guards, employed in 7iolation of the ~lause set forth in paragraph a. above, in the sum of $10 for each calendar day on which 3uch individual Nas required or ~ermitted to Nark in excess of the standard Norkweek of forty hours i~thout payment of the overtime wages required by the clause set forth in paragraph ~. above. c. Withholding for Unpaid Wages and Liquidated Damages. The Federal Aviation Administration or the sponsor shall upon its own action or upon written request ~f an authorized representative of the Department of Labor TNithhold or cause ~o be T~thheld, from any monies payable on account of work performed by the contractor or subcontractor under any such contract or any other Federal contract .~th the same pr~e cont~actor, or any other federally-assisted contract 3ubject to the Contract Work Hours and Safety Standards Act, which is held by the 3ame ?rime contractor, such sums as may be determined to be necessary to 3atisfy any liabilities of such contractor or subcontractor for unpaid wages and liquidated damages as provided in the clause set forth. in paragraph b. above. d. Subcontracts. The contractor or subcontractor shall insert in any sub- contracts the clauses 3e~ forth in paragraphs a. tb~ough d. and also a clause ~equ1ring the subcontr~ctcr to include these clauses in any lower tier subcon- tracts. The ~rime contractor shall be ~espons1ble for compliance by any 3UD- con~r~ctor or lower tier subcontractor "Nith the clauses set :Jrth in ~aragraphs ~. through d. ~. ~ork1ng Conditions. ~o contractor or subcon~rac~or ~ay ~equi~e ~ny :abore~ or ~echanic ~mployed ~n the ~erfo~ance of any contract to ~ork ~n 3~~undi~gs ,J~ under ~orking conditio~~ t~at are ur~ani:ary, hazardous or dangerous :~ ~is ieal:~ or safacy ~s jete~i~ed '~de~ const~~ction safety and iea::h standards ~29 :?~ ?art 1926) issued oy the aepar~~ent of Labor. 3. In addition :0 the ~rovi3ions in i and 2 above :or contracC3 ~n excess of $2,000, the following ~3 :0 oe :ncluded in all con~r~cts for Nark on ~i~?or~ developmenc ?rojects involving labor: --- Veteran's Preference. In the employment of labor (except in executive, administra- :ive and supervisory ~osi~ions), 9reference shall be 6iven ~o 7e~erar~ of :~a Vie~nam er~ and disabled veterans. ~owever, this ~reference shall apply only where :he individuals ar.e available and qualified ~o perform ~he wor~~ :0 which the employment relates. AP1-o u.s. Department- of Labor -~ GENEKAL WAGE OECISION NO. ~L8a-J5 Supe~sede~ General Wage Decision No. FLS7-35 St3"tS: FLORIOA Coun-ey ( ; es) : CHARLOTTE. COL~!ER9 DeSO~O, GLAOES. HAROE:. HENORY, HIGHLAND. MONROE. and OKEaCHOBEa Cons-tr'uc"'t1on Type: HIGHWAY Cons-tr'uc"t1on Oescr-ip-e1on: HIGHWAY CONSTRUCTION ~RO~ECTS (exclud1ng tunnels, building S~r'uc~ures in ~est area prOjec~s, & ~a11~oad constr'uc~1on: cascule. suspenSion & scanar~l arCh bridges: O~idges designed for comme~c1al navigation; bridges involving marine conS~r'uC~ion; & o~her major or ; dges ) . MOd1fica~1on Record: No. 1 ~ubl1ca~ion Date Mar" . 1 1, 1988 Page No.(s) 184 ~a~ VOt.1 API -6A . u.s. Department of Labor ~ r:Lsa-J5 Basic Hour 1 y Ra~es Fr-inge Bene-rits -CARPENTERS (Bridge) -CONC~EiE FINISHERS -eLECTRICIANS -FORM SEiTER -LABORERS: Aspnalt ~aket" Pipelayer' Unskilled -PAINTERS -TRAFFIC S!GNALIZATION: Ins"ta'ler Mecnanic *TRUCK DRIVERS: LowbOY Multi-Rea,... Axle Single-Rear Axle -POWER EOU:PMENT OPERATORS: Asphalt Dis~~ibu~or Aschalt Paving Mac~ine Asphalt Screed Backhoe Bu 1 1 dozer Crane, DerriCK, or D~ag' ine Fr-on~ End Loader, over one cu. yd. Fr-ont End Loader, 1 cu. yd. and under Miil1ng MaCM1ne a~erator Mechanic Mo1:ot" Grader Pavemen~ St~1p1ng Machine Ro 1 1 er s : Finish Rough Self-P~op. Rubber Tire Scraper- Sign Et"ec1:or Tr"ac"tors: Ligh1: Oper-a1:o~ (80 HP O~ Less) 8.06 7.21 12.16 6.50 6.50 7.21 5.24- 7.00 7.57 9.00 6.03 5.91 5.91 6.erQ 6.76 6.56 7.09 6 . 1 6 7.40 6.50 5.95 6.74 8.22 7.39 7.00 6.51 5.25 5.31 5.51 1.50 5.25 5.26 Unl1s~ed classifications needed for work not included within the sco~e of the elass1f1ca~1ons 11s~ed ~ay be added af~e~ awa~d only as p~ov1ded in the laOor s~andards con~rac~ clauses (29 CFR, 5.5 (a) (1) (11)). WE~OERS -- ~eceive ~a~e p~esc~ibed for c~a~~ per-Torming o~e~at1on to which welding is 1nciden~al. VoL I 184 (Mar. 11. 1988) API - 68 PART II - EQUAL EMPLOYMENT OPPORTUNITY REQUIREMENTS A. STANDARD FEDERAL EQUAL EMPLOYMENT OPPORTUNITY CONSTRUCTION CONTRACT SPECIFICATIONS (EXECUTIVE ORDER 11246, AS AMENDED). 1. As used in these specifications: a. "Covered area" means the geographical area described in the solicitation from which this contract resulted; b. "Director" means Director, Office of Federal Contract Compliance Programs, United States Department of Labor, or any person to whom the Director delegates authority; c. "Employer identification number" means the Federal Social Security number used on the Employer's Quarterly Federal Tax Return, U.S. Treasury Department Form 941. d. "Minority" includes: (i) Black (all persons having origins in any of the Black African racial groups not of Hispanic origin); (ii) Hispanic (all persons of Mexican, Puerto Rican, Cuban, Central or South American or other Spanish Culture or origin, regardless of race); (iii) Asian and Pacific Islander (all persons having origins in any of the original peoples of the Far East, Southeast Asia, the Indian Subcontinent, or the Pacific Islands); and (iv) American Indian or Alaskan Native (all persons having origins in any of the original peoples of North America and maintaining identifiable tribal affiliations through membership and participation or community identification). 2. Whenever the Contractor, or any Subcontractor at any tier, subcontracts a portion of the work involving any construction trade, it shall physically include in each subcontract in excess of $10,000 the provisions of these specifications and the Notice which contains the applicable goals for minority and female participation and which is set forth in the solicitations from which this contract resulted. 3. If the Contractor is participating (pursuant to 41 CFR 60-4.5) in a Hometown Plan approved by the U.S. Department of Labor in the covered area either individually or through an association, its affirmative action obligations on all work in the Plan area (including goals and timetables) shall be in accordance with the Plan for those trades which have unions participating in the Plan. Contractors must be able to demonstrate in compliance with the provisions of any such Hometown Plan. Each Contractor or Subcontractor participating in an approved Plan is individually required to comply with its obligations under the EEO clause, APl-7 and to make a good faith effort to achieve each goal under the Plan in each trade in which it has employees. The overall good faith performance by other Contractors or Subcontractors toward a goal in an approved Plan does not excuse any covered Contractor's or Subcontractor's failure to take good faith efforts to achieve the Plan goals and timetables. NOTICE TO CONTRACTORS WHO ARE SIGNATORIES TO A HOMETOWN PLAN 41 CFR 60-4.5 Hometown Plans (a) A contractor participating, either individually or through an association, in an approved Hometown Plan (including heavy highway affirmative action plans) shall comply with its affirmative action obligations under Executive Order 11246 by complying with its obligations under the Plan: PROVIDED, That each contractor or subcontractor participating in an approved Plan is individually required to comply with the equal opportunity clause set forth in 41 CFR 60-1.4; to make a good faith effort to achieve the goals for each trade participating in the Plan in which it has employees; and that the overall good performance by other contractors or subcontractors toward a goal in an approved Plan does not excuse any covered contractor's or subcontractor's failure to take good faith efforts to achieve the Plan's goals and timetables. If a contractor is not participating in an approved Hometown Plan it shall comply with the Specifications set forth in Section 60-4.3 of this part and with the goals and timetables for the appropriate area as listed in the Notice required by 41 CFR 60-4.2 with regard to that trade. For the purposes of this part 60-4, a contractor is not participating in a Hometown Plan for a particular trade if it: (1) Ceases to be signatory to a Hometown Plan covering that trade; (2) Is signatory to a Hometown Plan for that trade but is not party to a collective bargaining agreement for that trade; (3) Is signatory to a Hometown Plan for that trade but is party to a collective bargaining agreement with labor organizations which are not or cease to be signatories to the same Hometown Plan for that trade; (4) Is signatory to a Hometown Plan for that trade and is party to a collective bargaining agreement with a labor organization for that trade but the two have not jointly executed a specific commitment to minority and female goals and timetables and incorporated the commitment in the Hometown Plan for that trade; APl-8 (5) Is participating in a Hometown Plan for that trade which is no longer acceptable to the Office of Federal Contract Compliance Programs; (6) Is signatory to a Hometown Plan for that trade but is party to a collective bargaining agreement with a labor organization for that trade and the labor organization and the contractor have failed to make a good faith effort to comply with their obligations under the Hometown Plan for that trade. (b) Contractors participating in Hometown Plans must be able to demonstrate their participation and document their compliance with the provisions of the Hometown Plan. 4. The Contractor shall implement the specific affirmative action standards provided in paragraphs 7a through p of these specifications. The goals set forth in the solicitation from which this contract resulted are expressed as percentages of the total hours of employment and training of minority and female utilization the Contractor should reasonably be able to achieve in each construction trade in which it has employees in the covered area. Covered construction contractors performing construction work in geographical areas where they do not have a Federal or federally assisted construction contract shall apply the minority and female goals established for the geographical area where the work is being performed. Goals are published periodically in the Federal Register in notice form, and such notices may be obtained from any office of Federal Contract Compliance Programs office or from Federal Procurement contracting officers. The Contractor is expected to make substantially uniform progress toward its goals in each craft during the period specified. 5. Neither the provisions of any collective bargaining agreement, nor the failure by a union with whom the Contractor has a collective bargaining agreement, to refer either minorities or women shall excuse the Contractor's obligations under these specifications, Executive Order 11246, or the regulations promulgated pursuant thereto. 6. In order for the nonworking training hours of apprentices and trainees to be counted in meeting the goals, such apprentices and trainees must be employed by the Contractor during the training period, and the Contractor must have made a commitment to employ the apprentices and trainees at the completion of their training, subject to the availability of employment opportunities. Trainees must be trained pursuant to training programs approved by the U .5. Department of Labor. 7 The Contractor shall take specific affirmative actions to ensure equal employment opportunity. The evaluation of the Contractor's compliance with these specifications shall be based upon its effort to achieve maximum results from its actions. The Contractor shall document these efforts fully, and shall implement affirmative action steps at least as extensive as the following: AP1-9 a. Ensure and maintain a working environment free of harassment, intimidation, and coercion at all sites, and in all facilities at which the Contractor's employees are assigned to work. The Contractor, where possible, will assign two or more women to each construction project. The Contractor shall specifically ensure that all foremen, superintendents, and other on-site supervisory personnel are aware of and carry out the Contractor's obligation to maintain such a working environment, with specific attention to minority or female individuals working at such sites or in such facilities. b. Establish and maintain a current list of minority and female recruitment sources, provide written notification to minority and female recruitment sources and to community organizations when the Contractor or its unions have employment opportunities available, and maintain a record of the organizations' responses. c. Maintain a current file of the names, addresses and telephone numbers of each minority and female off-the-street applicant and minority or female referral from a union, a recruitment source or community organization and of what action was taken with respect to each such individual. If such individual was sent to the union hiring hall for referral and was not referred back to the Contractor by the union or, if referred, not employed by the Contractor, this shall be documented in the file with the reason therefor, along with whatever additional actions the Contractor may have taken. d. Provide immediate written notification to the Director when the union or unions with which the Contractor has a collective bargaining agreement has not referred to the Contractor a minority person or woman sent by the Contractor, or when the Contractor has other information that the union referral process has impeded the Contract efforts to meet its obligations. e. Develop on-the-job training opportunities and/or participate in training programs for the area which expressly include minorities and women, including upgrading programs and apprenticeship and trainee programs relevant to the Contractor's employment needs, especially those programs funded or approved by the Department of Labor. The Contractor shall provide notice of these programs to the sources compiled under 7b above. f. Disseminate the Contractor's EEO policy by providing notice of the policy to unions and training programs and requesting their cooperation in assisting the Contractor in meeting its EEO obligations; by including it in any policy manual and collective bargaining agreement; by publicizing it in the company newspaper, annual report, etc., by specific review of the policy with all management personnel and with all minority and female employees at least once a year; and by posting the company EEO policy on bulletin boards accessible to all employees at each location where construction work is performed. g. Review, at least annually, the company's EEO policy and affirmative action obligations under these specifications with all employees APl - 10 having any responsibility for hiring, assignment, layoff, termination or other employment decisions including specific review of these items with on-site supervisory personnel such as Superintendents, General Foremen, etc., prior to the initiation of construction work at any job site. A written record shall be made and maintained identifying the time and place of these meetings, persons attending, subject matter discussed, and disposition of the subject matter. h. Disseminate the Contractor's EEO policy externally by including it in any advertising in the news media, specifically including minority and female news media, and providing written notification to and discussing the Contractor's EEO policy with other Contractors and Subcontractors with whom the Contractor does or anticipates doing business. i. Direct its recruitment efforts, both oral and written, to minority, female and community organizations, to schools and minority and female students and to minority and female recruitment and training organization serving the Contractor's recruitment area and employment needs. Not later than one month prior to the date for the acceptance of applications for apprenticeship or other training by any recruitment source, the Contractor shall send written notification to organizations such as the above, describing the openings, screening procedures, and tests to be used in the selection process. j. Encourage present minority and female employees to recruit other minority persons and women and where reasonable provide after school, summer and vacation employment to minority and female youth both on the site and in other areas of a Contractor's workforce. k. Validate all tests and other selection requirements where there is an obligation to do so under 41 CFR Part 60-3. 1. Conduct, at least annually, an inventory and evaluation at least of minority and female personnel for promotional opportunities and encourage these employees to seek or to prepare for, through appropriate training, etc., such opportunities. m. Ensure that seniority practices, job classifications, work assignments and other personnel practices, do not have a discriminatory effect by continually monitoring all personnel and employment related activities to ensure that the EEO policy and the Contractor's obligations under these specifications are being carried out. n. Ensure that all facilities and company activities are nonsegregated except that separate or single-user toilet and necessary changing facilities shall be provided to assure privacy between the sexes. o. Document and maintain a record of all solicitations of offers for subcontracts from minority and female construction contractors and suppliers, including circulation of solicitations to minority and female contractor associations and other business associations. AP 1 - 11 p. Conduct a review, at least annually, of all supervisors' adherence to and performance under the Contractor's EEO policies and affirmative action obligations. 8. Contractors are encouraged to participate in voluntary associations which assist in fulfilling one or more of their affirmative action obligations (7a through p). The efforts of a contractor association, joint contractor-union, contractor-community, or other similar group of which the contractor is a member and participant, may be asserted as fulfilling anyone or more of its obligations under 7a through p of these Specifications provided that the contractor actively participates in the group, makes every effort to assure that the group has a positive impact on the employment of minorities and women in the industry, ensures that the concrete benefits of the program are reflected in the Contractor's minority and female workforce participation, makes a good faith effort to meet its individual goals and timetables, and can provide access to documentation which demonstrates the effectiveness of actions taken on behalf of the Contractor. The obligation to comply, however, is the Contractor's and failure of such a group to fulfill an obligation shall not be a defense for the Contractor's noncompliancee 9. A single goal for minorities and a separate single goal for women have been established. The Contractor, however, is required to provide equal employment opportunity and to take affirmative action for all minority groups, both male and female, and all women, both minority and non- minority. Consequently, the Contractor may be in violation of the Executive Order if a particular group is employed in a substantially disparate manner (for example, even though the Contractor has achieved its goal for women generally, the Contractor may be in violation of the Executive Order if a specific minority group of women is underutilized). 10. The Contractor shall not use the goals and timetables or affirmative action standards to discriminate against any person because of race, color, religion, sex, or national origin. 11. The Contractor shall not enter into any Subcontract with any person or firm debarred from Government contracts pursuant to Executive Order 11246, as amended. 12. The Contractor shall carry out such sanctions and penalties for violation of these specifications and of the Equal Opportunity Clause, including suspension, termination and cancellation of existing subcontracts as they may be imposed or ordered pursuant to Executive Order 11246, as amended, and its implementing regulations, by the Office of Federal Contract Compliance Programs. Any Contractor who fails to carry out such sanctions and penalties shall be in violation of these specifications and Executive Order 11246, as amended. 13. The Contractor, in fulfilling its obligations under these specifications shall implement specific affirmative action steps, at least as extensive as those standards prescribed in paragraph 7 of these specifications, so as to achieve maximum results from its efforts to ensure equal employment opportunity. If the Contractor fails to comply with the requirements of API - 12 the Executive Order, the implementing regulations, or these specifications, the Director shall proceed in accordance with 41 CFR 60-4.8. 14. The Contractor shall designate a responsible official to monitor all employment related activity to ensure that the company EEO policy is being carried out, to submit reports relating to the provisions hereof as may be required by the Government and to keep records. Records shall at least include for each employee the name, address, telephone numbers, construction trade, union affiliation, if any, employee identification number when assigned, social security number, race, sex, status (e.g., mechanic, apprentice, trainee, helper, or laborer), dates of changes in status, hours worked per week in the indicated trade, rate of pay, and locations at which the work was performed. Records shall be maintained in an easily understandable and retrievable form; however, to the degree that existing records satisfy this requirement, contractors shall not be required to maintain separate records. 15. Nothing herein provided shall be construed as a limitation upon the application of other laws which establish different standards of compliance or upon the application of requirements for the hiring of local or other area residents (e.g., those under the Public Works Employment Act of 1977 and the Community Development Block Grant Program). B. CONTRACTOR CONTRACTUAL REQUIREMENTS. 1. Compliance with Regulations. The contractor shall comply with the Regulations relative to nondiscrimination in federally assisted programs of the Department of Transportation (hereinafter, "DOT") Title 49, Code of Federal Regulations, Part 21, as they may be amended from time to time (hereinafter referred to as the Regulations), which are herein incorporated by reference and made a part of this contract. 2. Nondiscrimination. The contractor, with regard to the work performed by it during the contract, shall not discriminate on the grounds of race, color, or national origin in the selection and retention of subcontractors, including procurements of materials and leases of equipment. The contractor shall not participate either directly or indirectly in the discrimination prohibited by section 21.5 of the Regulations, including employment practices when the contract covers a program set forth in Appendix B of the regulations. 3. Solicitations for Subcontracts, including- Procurement of Materials and Equipment. In all solicitations either by competitive bidding under a subcontract, including procurements of materials or leases of equipment, each potential subcontractor's obligation under this contract and the Regulations relative to nondiscrimination on the grounds of race, color, or national origin. 4. Information and Reports. The contractor shall provide all information and reports required by the Regulations or directives issued pursuant thereto and shall permit access to its books, records, accounts, other sources of information, and its facilities as may be determined by the sponsor or the Federal A viation Administration (FAA) to be pertinent to ascertain AP1 - 13 compliance with such regulations, order, and instructions. Where any information required of a contractor is in the exclusive possession of another who fails or refuses to furnish this information, the contractor shall so certify to the sponsor or the FAA, as appropriate, and shell set forth what efforts it has made to obtain the information. 5. Sanctions for Noncompliance. In the event of the contractor's non- compliance with the nondiscrimination provisions of this contract, the sponsor shall impose such contract sanctions as it or the FAA may determine to be appropriate, including, but not limited to: a. Withholding of payments to the contractor under the contract until the contractor complies, and/or b. Cancellation, termination, or suspension of the contract, in whole or in part. 6. Incorporation of Provisions. The contractor shall include the provisions of paragraph 1 through 5 in every subcontract, including procurements of materials and leases of equipment, unless exempt by the Regulations or directives issued pursuant thereto. The contractor shall take such action with respect to any subcontract or procurement as the sponsor of the FAA may direct as a means of enforcing such provisions including sanctions for noncompliance. Provided, however, that in the event a contractor becomes involved in, or is threatened with, litigation with a subcontractor or supplier as a result of such direction, the contractor may request the sponsor to enter into such litigation to protect the interests of the sponsor and, in addition, the contractor may request the United States to enter into such litigation to protect the interests of the United States. C. EQUAL EMPLOYMENT OPPORTUNITY CLAUSE. During the performance of this. contract, the contractor, for itself, its assignees and successors in interest (hereinafter referred to as the "contractor") agrees as follows: 1. The contractor will not discriminate against any employee or applicant for employment because of race, color, religion, sex, or national origin. The contractor will take affirmative action to ensure that applicants are employed, and that employees are treated without regard to their race, color, religion, sex, or national origin. Such action shall include, but not be limited to the following: employment, upgrading, demotion, or transfer; recruitment or recruitment advertising; layoff or termination; rates of pay or other forms of compensation; and selection for training, including apprenticeship. The contractor agrees to post in conspicuous places, available to employees and applicants for employment, notices to be provided by the contracting officer setting forth the provisions of this nondiscrimination clause. 2. The contractor will, in all solicitations or advertisements for employees placed by or on behalf of the contractor, state that all qualified applicants will receive consideration for employment without regard to race, color, religion, sex, or national origin. API - 14 3. The contractor will send to each labor union or representative or workers with which he has a collective bargaining agreement or other contract or understanding, a notice (see paragraph C) advising the labor union or workers' representative of the contractor's commitments under this section and shall post copies of the notice in conspicuous places available to employees and applicants for employment. 4. The contractor will comply with all provisions of Executive Order No. 11246, as amended, of September 24, 1965, and of the rules, regulations, and relevant orders of the Secretary of Labor. 5. The contractor will furnish all information and reports required by Executive Order No. 11246, as amended, of September 24, 1965, and by the rules, regulations, and orders of the Secretary of Labor, or pursuant thereto, and will permit access to his books, records, and accounts by the contracting agency and the Secretary of Labor for purposes of investigation to ascertain compliance with such rules, regulations, and orders. 6. In the event of the contractor's noncompliance with the nondiscrimination clauses of this contract or with any of such rules, regulations, or orders, this contract may be cancelled, terminated, or suspended in whole or in part and the contractor may be declared ineligible for further government contracts in accordance with procedures authorized in Executive Order No. 11246, as amended, of September 24, 1965, and such other sanctions may be imposed and remedies invoked as provided in Executive Order No. 11246, as amended, of September 24, 1965, or by rule, regulation, or order of the Secretary of Labor, or as otherwise provided by law. 7. The contractor will include the provisions of Paragraphs (1) through (7) in every subcontract or purchase order unless exempted by rules, regulations, or orders of the Secretary of Labor issued pursuant to Section 206 of Executive Order No. 11246, as amended, of September 24, 1965, so that such provisions will be binding upon each subcontractor or vendor. The contractor will take such action with respect to any subcontract or purchase order as the contracting agency may direct as a means of enforcing such provisions including sanctions for noncompliance: Provided, however, that in the event the contractor becomes involved in, or is threatened with, litigation with a subcontractor or vendor as a result of such direction by the contracting agency, the contractor may request the United States to enter into such litigation to protect the interests of the United States. D. NOTICES TO BE POSTED. The "Equal Employment Opportunity is the Law" poster is to be posted by the contractor in a conspicuous place available to employees and applicants for employment as required by paragraphs (1) and (3) of the EEO clause. Copies of this poster will be furnished to contractors at the preconstruction conference. E. NOTICE OF REQUIREMENT FOR AFFIRMATIVE ACTION TO ENSURE EQUAL EMPLOYMENT OPPORTUNITY (EXECUTIVE ORDER 11246, AS AMENDED). 1. The Offeror's or Bidder's attention is called to the "Equal Opportunity Clause" and the "Standard Federal Equal Employment Opportunity Construction Contract Specifications" set forth herein. API - 15 2. The goals and timetables for minority and female participation, expressed in percentage terms for the Contractor's aggregate workforce in each trade on all construction work in the covered area, are as follows: Timetables Goals for minority participation for each trade Goals for female participation for each trade (Until further Notice) 15.5% 6.9% These goals are applicable to all the Contractor's construction work (whether or not it is Federal of federally assisted) performed in the covered area. If the contractor performs construction work in a geographical area located outside of the covered area, it shall apply the goals established for such geographical area where the work is actually performed. With regard to this second area, the contractor also is subject to the goals for both its federally involved and nonfederally involv'ed construction. The Contractor's compliance with the Executive Order and the regulations in 41 CFR Part 60-4 shall be based on its implementation of the Equal Opportunity Clause, specific affirmative action obligations required by the specifications set forth in 41 CFR 60-4.3(a), and its efforts to meet the goals established for the geographical area where the contract resulting from this solicitation is to be performed. The hours of minority and female employment and training must be substantially uniform throughout the length of the contract, and in each trade, and the contractor shall make a good faith effort to employ minorities and women evenly on each of its projects. The transfer of minority or female employees or trainees from Contractor to Contractor or from project to project for the sole purpose of meeting the Contractor's goals shall be a violation of the contract, the Executive Order and the regulations in 41 CFR Part 60-4. Compliance with the goals will be measured against the total work hours performed. 3. The Contractor shall provide written notification to the Director of the office of Federal Contract Compliance Programs within 10 working days of award of any construction subcontract in excess of $10,000 at any tier for construction work under the contract resulting from this solicitation. The notification shall list the name, address and telephone number of the subcontractor; employer identification number of the subcontractors; estimated dollar amount of the subcontract; estimated starting and completion dates of the subcontract; and the geographical area in which the subcontract is to be performed. 4. As used in this Notice, and in the contract resulting from this solicitation, the "covered area" is Monroe and Dade Counties, Florida. F. REQUIRED REPORTS 1. Monthly Employment Utilization Report. File monthly with the U.S. Department of Labor, ESA/OFCCP Office of Federal Contract Compliance, Suite 500, 111 NW 183rd Street, Miami, Florida 33169, Telephone (305) 350-5060, to reach that office by the fifth of each month, API - 16 beginning with the effective date of the contract for the duration of the project, Monthly Employment Utilization Reports (Standard Form CC-257, Rev. 9-78) reflecting the prime contractor's and each subcontractor's aggregate workforce in each covered craft within the area and a one-time listing of all Federally-Funded or assisted contracts within the area by the agency, contract number, location, dollar volume, percent completed, projected completion date, and a listing of all covered non-federal work. Monthly reports, thereafter, should only include a listing of new contracts received and current contracts completed. 2. Annual EEO-l Report. Contractor/subcontractor working on federally assisted airport construction projects are required to file annually, on or before March 31 complete and accurate reports on Standard Form 100 (Employee Information Report, EEO-1). The first such report is required within 30 days after award unless the contractor/subcontractor has submitted such a report within 12 months preceding the date of award (the FAA or Department of Labor OFCCP can designate other intervals). This form is normally furnished based on a mailing list, but can be obtained from the Joint Reporting Committee, 1800 G. Street, N.W., Washington, D.C. 20506. This report is required if a contractor or subcontractor meets all of the following conditions: a. Nonexempt. Contractors/subcontractors are not exempt based on 41 CFR 60-1.5, and b. Number of Employees. Has 50 or more employees, c. Contractor's Subcontractor. Is a prime contractor or first tier subcontractor, and d. Dollar Level. There is a contract, subcontract, or purchase order amounting to $50,000 or more or serves as a depository of government funds in any amount, or is a financial institution which is an issuing and paying agent for u.S. savings bonds and savings notes. Some subcontractors below the first tier who work at the site are required to file if they meet the requirements of 41 CFR 60-1.7. 3. Records. The FAA or Department of Labor OFCCP may require a contractor to keep employment or other records and to furnish, in the form requested within reasonable limits, such information as necessary. AP 1 - 17 EQUAL OPPORTUNITY REPORT STATEMENT Each bidder shall complete, sign and include in his Bid the Equal Opportunity Report Statement. A Bid shall be considered unresponsive and shall be rejected if it fails to include the Bidder's fully executed Statement or if the Bidder fails to furnish required data. When a determination has been made to award a Contract to a specific Contractor, such Contractor shall, prior to award, furnish such other pertinent information regarding his own employment policies and practices as well as those of his proposed subcontractors as the FAA, the Owner, or the Executive Vice Chairman of the President's Committee may require. The Bidder shall furnish similar Statements executed by each of his first-tier and second-tier subcontractors and shall obtain similar compliance by such subcontractors, before awarding such sub-contracts. No sub-contract shall be awarded to any non- complying subcontractor. EQual Opportunity Report Statement as ReQuired at 41 CFR 60-1.7(b) The Bidder (Proposer) shall complete the following statements by checking the appropriate boxes. Failure to complete these blanks may be ground for rejection of bid: 1. The Bidder (Proposed) has has not at each establishment affirmative action 41 CFR 60-1.40 and 41 CFR 60-2. developed and has on file programs pursuant to 2. The Bidder (Proposed) has has not participated in any previous contract or subcontract subject to the equal opportunity clause prescribed by Executive Order 11246, as amended. 3. The Bidder (Proposed) has has not filed with the Joint Reporting Committee the annual compliance report on Standard Form 100 (EEO-l Report). employ fifty or more 3. The Bidder (Proposed) does employees. does not (N ame of Bidder) Dated: By Title API - 18 G. REQUIREMENT FOR CERTIFICATION OF NONSEGREGATED FACILITIES 1. Notice to Prospective Federally Assisted Construction Contractors a. Certification of Nonsegregated Facilities must be submitted prior to the award of a federally assisted construction contract exceeding $10,000 which is not exempt from the provisions of the equal opportunity clause. b. Contractors receiving federally assisted construction contract awards exceeding $10,000 which are not exempt from the provisions of the equal opportunity clause will be required to provide for the forwarding of the following notice to prospective subcontractors for supplies and construction contracts where the subqontractors exceed $10,000 and are not exempt from the provisions of the equal opportunity clause. NOTE: The penalty for making false statements in offers is prescribed in 18 USC 1001. 2. Notice to Prospective Subcontractors of ReQuirement for Certification of Nonseg-regated Facilities 8. A Certification of Nonsegregated Facilities must be submitted prior to the award of a subcontract exceeding $10,000 which is not exempt from the provisions of the equal opportunity clause. b. Contractors receiving subcontract awards exceeding $10,000 which are not exempt from the provisions of the equal opportunity clause will be required to provide for the forwarding of this notice to prospective subcontractors for supplies and construction contracts where the subcontracts exceed $10,000 and are not exempt from the provisions of the equal opportunity clause. CERTIFICATION TO BE SUBMITTED BY FEDERALLY ASSISTED CONSTRUCTION CONTRACTORS OF APPLICANTS AND THEIR SUBCONTRACTORS (APPLICABLE TO FEDERALL Y ASSISTED CONSTRUCTION CONTRACTS AND RELATED SUBCONTRACTS EXCEEDING $10,000 WHICH ARE NOT EXEMPT FROM THE EQUAL OPPORTUNITY CLAUSE) API - 19 CERTIFICATION OF NONSEGREGATED FACILITIES By the submission of this bid, the bidder, offeror, applicant, or subcontractor certifies that he does not maintain or provide for his employees any segregated facilities at any of this establishments, and that he does not permit his employees to perform their services at any location, under his control, where segregated facilities are maintained. He certifies further that he will not maintain or provide for his employees any segregated facilities at any of his establishments, and that he will not permit his employees to perform their services at any location, under his control, where segregated facilities are maintained. The bidder, offeror, applicant, or subcontractor agrees that a breach of this certification is a violation of the Equal Opportunity clause in this contract. As used in this certification, the term "segregated facilities" means any waiting rooms, work areas, rest rooms and wash. rooms, restaurants and other eating areas, time clocks, locker rooms and other storage or dressing areas, parking lots, drinking fountains, recreation or entertainment areas, transportation, and housing facilities provided for employees which are segregated by explicit directive or are in fact segregated on the basis of race, color, religion, or national origin, because of habit, local custom, or otherwise. The federally assisted construction contractor further agrees that (except where he has obtained identical certifications from proposed subcontractors for specific time periods) he will obtain identical certifications from proposed subcontractors prior to the award of subcontracts exceeding $10,000 which are not exempt from the provisions of the Equal Opportunity clause; that he will retain such certifications in his files; and that he will forward the following notice to such proposed subcontractors (except where the proposed subcontractors have submitted identical certifications for specific time periods). Signature & Contractor Date Name and Title of Signer (Please Type) NOTE: The penalty for making false statements in offers is prescribed in 18 USC 1001. API - 20 PART III - MISCELLANEOUS REQUIREMENTS A. CLEAN AIR AND WATER POLLUTION CONTROL REQUIREMENTS FOR ALL CONSTRUCTION CONTRACTS AND SUBCONTRACTS EXCEEDING $100,000. Contractors agree: 1. That any facility to be used in the performance of the contract or to benefit from the contract is not listed on the Environmental Protection Agency (EP A) List of Violating Facilities. 2. To comply with all the requirements of Section 114 of the Clean Air Act and Section 308 of the Federal Water Pollution Control Act and all regulations issued thereunder. 3. That as a condition for award of a contract, they will notify the awarding official of the receipt of any communication from the EPA indicating that a facility to be utilized for performance of or benefit from the contract is under consideration to be listed on the EP A List of Violating Facilities. 4. To include in any subcontract which exceeds $100,000, the requirements of (1), (2), and (3) above. PART IV - REQUIREMENTS OF 49 CFR PART 23 A. MINORITY BUSINESS ENTERPRISE PROGRAM. 1. POLICY. It is the 'policy of the Department of Transportation that minority business enterprises as defined in 49 CFR Part 23 shall have the maximum opportunity to participate in the performance of contracts financed in whole or in part with federal funds. Consequently, the Minority Business Enterprise (MBE) requirements of 49 CFR Part 23 apply to this contract. 2. MBE OBLIGATION. The contractor agrees to ensure that minority business enterprises as defined in 49 CFR Part 23 have the maximum opportunity to participate in the performance of this contract or subsequent subcontracts. In this regard, the contractor shall take all necessary and reasonable steps in accordance with 49 CFR Part 23 to ensure that minority business enterprises have the maximum opportunity to compete for and perform subcontracts. The contractor shall not discriminate on the basis of race, color, national origin, or sex in the performance of this contract or subsequent subcontracts. 3. COMPLIANCE. All contractors, or subcontractors for this DOT assisted contracts are hereby notified that failure to carry out the DOT policy and the MB~ obligation, as set forth above, shall constitute a breach of contract which may result in termination of the contract of such other remedy as deemed appropriate by the owner. API - 21 APPENDIX 2 BID CONDITIONS DISADVANTAGED BUSII'lESS ENTERPRISE PROGRAM The following bid conditions apply to this Department of Transportation (DOT) assisted contract. Submission of a bid/proposal by a prospective contractor shall constitute full acceptance of these bid conditions. 1. Definition. Disadvantaged Business Enterprise (DBE) as used in this contract shall have the same meaning as defined in paragraph 23.549 CPR Part 23. 2. Policy. It is the policy of DOT that disadvantaged business enterprises as defined in 49 CFR Part 23 shall have the maximum opportunity to participate in the performance of contracts and subcontracts financed in whole or in part with federal funds. Consequently, the DBE requirements of 49 CPR Part 23 apply to this contract. 3. DaE Obligation. The contractor agrees to ensure that minority business enterprises as defined in 49 CFR Part 23 have the maximum opportunity to participate in the performance of contracts and subcontracts financed in whole or in part with federal funds. In this regard all contractors shall take all necessary and reasonable steps in accordance with 49 CPR Part 23 to ensure that disadvantaged business enterprises have the maximum opportunity to compete for and perforln contracts. Contractors shall not discriminate on the basis of race, color, national origin or sex in the award and performance of DOT assisted contracts. 4. Compliance. All bidders, potential contractors, or subcontractors for this DOT assisted contract are hereby notified that failure to carry out the DOT polity and the DBE obligation, as set forth above, shall constitute a breach of contract which may result in termination of the contract or such other remedy as deeJned appropriate by the owner. 5. Subcontract Clause. All bidders and potential contractors hereby assure that they will include the above clauses in all subcontracts which offer further subcontracting opportunities. 6. Contract A ward. Bidders are hereby advised that meeting DBE subcontract goals or making an acceptable good faith effort to Ineet such goals are conditions of being awarded this DOT assisted Contract. The owner proposed to award the contract to the lowest responsive and responsible bidder submitting a reasonable bid provided he has met the goals for DBE participation or, if failing to meet the goals, he has made an acceptable good faith effort to meet the established goals for DBE participation. Bidder is advised that the owner has sole authority to determine if the bidder has made sufficient effort toward meeting DBE goals to qualify for contract award. The owner reserves the right to reject any or all bids submitted. 7. Subcontract Goals. The attainment of the DBE goal established for this contract is to be measured as a percentage of the total dollar value of the contract. The goal established for this contract is derived as follows: AP2 - 1 a. 11 percent to be perforlned by DBE's owned and operated by minorities. b. 3 percent to be perforlned by DBE's owned and operated by women. c. 0 percent to be performed by other DBE's. 8. Available DBE's. The owner has on file an DBE program which has been approved by the Federal Aviation Administration. This program contains a listing of DBE's (certified and uncertified). Bidders are encouraged to inspect this list to assist in locating DBE's for the work. Other DBE's may be added to the list in accordance with the owner's approved DBE program. Credit toward the DBE goals will not be counted unless the DBE to be used can be certified by the owner. 9. Contractor's Required Submission. Prior to award of the contract under this solicitation the prospective contractor must submit the following information concerning DBE participation in the contract. ETHNIC MINORITY SUBCONTRACTS Ethnic Subcontractors Names and Addresses Subcontract Work Itein Dollar Value of Subcontract Work Total Dollar Value of Subcontract Work Total Dollar Value of Basic Bid Percent of Total % WOMEN SUBCONTRACTS Women Subcontractors Names and Addresses Subcontract Work Item Dollar Value of Subcontract Work Total Dollar Value of Subcontract Work Total Dollar Value of Basic Bid Percent of Total % OTHER DBE SUBCONTRACTS Other DBE Subcontractor Names and Addresses Subcontract Work Item Dollar Value of Subcontract Work Total Dollar Value of Subcontract Work Total Dollar Value of Basic Bid Percent of Total % If the contractor fails to Jneet the contract goals established in paragraph 7 above, information is to be submitted prior to contract award to assist the owner in determining whether or not the contractor made acceptable good faith efforts to lneet the contract goals. Suggested guidance for use in deterrnining if good faith efforts were rnade by a contractor are included in Appendix A to 49 CFR Part 23, Subpart 23.45(h) revised as of April 27, 1981. AP2 - 2 A list of the efforts that a contractor may rnake and the owner may use is making a determination as to the acceptability of a contractor's efforts to meet the goals as included in Appendix A are as follows: (1) Whether the contractor attended any pre-solicitation or pre-bid meetings that were scheduled by the recipient to inform DBE's of contracting and subcontracting opportunities; (2) Whether the contractor advertised in general circulation, trade association, and minority-focus media concerning the subcontracting opportunities; (3) Whether the contractor provided written notice to a reasonable number of specific DBE's that their interest in the contract was being solicited, in sufficient time to allow the DBE's to participate effectively; (4) Whether the contractor followed up initial solicitations of interest by contacting DBE's to determine with certainty whether the DBE's were interested; (5) Whether the contractor selected portions of work to be performed by DBE's in order to increase the likelihood of meeting the DBE goals (including, where appropriate, breaking down contracts into economically feasible units to facilitate DBE participation); (6) Whether the contractor provided interested DBE's with adequate information about the plant, specifications and requirements of the contract; (7) Whether the contractor negotiated in good faith with interested DBE's, not rejecting DBE's as unqualified without sound reasons based on a thorough inv estiga tion of their capabili ties; (8) Whether the contractor made efforts to assist interest DBE's in obtaining bonding, lines of credit, or insurance required by the recipient.. or contractor, and (9) Whether the contractor effectively used the services of available minority community organizations; minority contractors' groups; local, state and Federal minority business assistance offices; and other organiza tions tha t provide assistance in the recruitment and placement of DBE's. NOTE: The nine (9) items set forth above are merely suggested criteria and the owner may specify that you submit information on certain other actions a contractor took to secure DBE participation in an effort to meet the goals. A contractor may also submit to the owner other information on efforts it made to meet the goals. 10. Contractor Assurances. The bidder hereby assures that he will.meet one of the following as appropria te: a. The DBE participation goals as established in paragraph 7 above. b. The DBE participation percentage shown in paragraph 9 which was submitted as a condition of contract award. AP2 - 3 Agreements between bidder/proposer and an DBE in which the DBE promises not to provide subcontracting quotations to other bidders/proposers are prohibited. The bidder shall make a good faith effort to replace an DBE subcontract that is unable to perform successfully with another DBE subcontractor. Substitution must be coordinated and approved by the owner. The bidder shall establish and maintain records and submit regular reports, as required, which will identify and assess progress in achieving DBE subcontract goals and other DBE affirlnative action efforts. AP2 - 4 PROJECT SAFETY REQUIREMENTS 1.0 GENERAL The Contractor shall be solely and completely responsible for initiating and supervising all safety precautions and programs in connection with the work. The Contractor shall comply with all applicable laws, ordinances, rules, regulations, and orders of any public body having jurisdiction for the safety of persons or property or to protect them from damage, injury, or loss. This section sets forth certain minimum requirements for airport safety applicable to this project, but does not limit in any way the Contractor's responsibility to initiate, maintain, and supervise all safety precautions and programs which are appropriate for the safe performance of the work. The Contractor is cautioned that construction will impact safe operating conditions on the airport. All construction activity must be proven safe, regarding aircraft while moored, when taxiing, or when taking off or landing. Aircraft taxiing or landing always have the right-of-way over ground vehicles. Aircraft safety and safety of occupants and users is of utmost concern for the satisfactory execution of this contract. Of equal concern is the safety of all airport personnel, contractors, and their personnel operating vehicles and equipment related to the construction project. Final instructions regarding operations on or near an active runway, taxiway or apron shall be obtained form the Owner's Director of Airports prior to planning the work. The Contractor's field supervision shall be aware of and comply with basic project safety requirements as identified in the following paragraphs of the General Conditions: 40-05 70-07 70-08 80-04 Maintenance of Traffic Public Convenience and Safety Barricades, Warning Signs and Hazard Markings Limitation of Operations Reference is made to FAA Advisory Circular 150/5370-2C, "Operational Safety on Airports During Construction." The project safety requirements set forth herein were derived from this Advisory Circular, as applied to the proposed construction; however, the Contractor shall remain responsible for conformance with all FAA regulations pertinent to the work. In the event of any conflict between the General Conditions and the Project Safety Requirements, the Project Safety Requirements shall govern. In the event of any conflict between the Project Safety Requirements and FAA regulations, the FAA regulations shall govern. In no case shall the Contractor attempt to move, relocate, or tie down aircraft. If aircraft are found moored in a scheduled and authorized work are, the Contractor shall notify the Director of Airports for immediate removal. The Contractor shall assure safety for aircraft operations and movements on the active apron areas, taxiways and runways. Areas of the runway and adjoining taxiways under construction shall be identified with painted barricades equipped with flashing lights to warn pilots of construction in progress. The areas adjacent to the construction must remain clear and free of debris which would prove a hazard to both PSR - 1 personnel and aircraft operation thereon. Barricades shall be weighted sufficiently to protect against overturning from prop wash, jet blast, or wind. Under no circumstances is the Contractor allowed to use, cross, traverse, or perform any construction tasks on the runways, taxiways, or actively used aircraft parking aprons, unless permission has been properly authorized by the Director of Airports and coordinated with the Engineer and appropriate FBO operations personnel in accordance with paragraph 4.0. The Contractor shall exercise extreme caution in the vehicle parking areas and access roads, taking whatever measures necessary to insure the safety of personnel using the airport, construction personnel, and property and equipment at the airport. 2.0 BACKGROUND Operational safety.for aircraft, vehicles, equipment, and personnel during construction programs at an airport may be affected by obvious and many times subtle Contractor induced hazards or marginal safety conditions that develop during the course of the project. Examples of such hazards or marginal conditions which have occurred in the past that resulted in accidents or incidents are: 2.1 Improperly supervised and/or open trenches and excavations adjacent to runways, taxiways and apron areas. 2.2 Mounds of earth, construction material, temporary structures and other obstacles in or in proximity to operational areas, including approach zones, runway safety areas, and runway primary surfaces. 2.3 Runway, taxiway, or apron resurfacing projects which result in sharp or excessive lips between the old and new surfaces at the runway, taxiway, or apron edges and ends. 2.4 Heavy equipment, both stationary and mobile, operating or being left for unnecessary periods of time within the boundaries of active airport movement areas. 2.5 Operation of heavy equipment, storage of material or equipment where it may degrade radiated signals or impair monitoring of terminal and enroute navigational aids. 2.6 Tall but relatively low visibility equipment, such as cranes, drills, and the like located in approach and other critical areas such as safety areas and primary surfaces. 2.7 Improper or malfunctioning runway, taxiway or other lights or unlighted hazards. 2.8 Debris resulting from construction such as loose asphalt, aggregate, shipping cartons, excess materials, and plastic bags located on or near runways, taxiways, aprons, and safety areas. 2.9 Disruption of security: accidental or inadvertent opening of fencing protecting passengers from aircraft operations and aircraft operating on or stored on ramps or aprons. PSR - 2 2.10 Hazards created due to weather conditions such as standing water on or adjacent to runways, taxiways, and aprons; wind driven sand accumulations from construction areas, etc. 2.11 Improper marking and lighting of runways, taxiways and displaced thresholds. 2.12 Deterioration or damage by construction of runway, taxiway or ramp markings or lighting to the extent that visual guidance is no longer provided. 2.13 Runway, taxiway or ramp slipperiness caused by rubber deposits, painted markings, or other contaminants or weather conditions. 2.14 Improper methods of marking temporarily closed operational areas such as the use of portable street barricades. 2.15 Attractions for birds such as trash, grass seeding, or ponded water on or near active operational areas. 3.0 SAFETY RESPONSIBILITY The Airport Operator is responsible for maintaining and assuring operational safety when hazardous or marginal conditions typical of construction projects develop at a public use airport. He must inform users of the airport, the FAA Airway Facilities Sector and Area Field Office, all commercial carriers, and airport tenants that hazardous or marginal conditions may exist on the airport. If such conditions occur, the Contractor shall immediately advise the Director of Airports. 3.1 Notice to Airmen (NOTAM): The Director of Airports will provide the necessary information describing hazardous or marginal conditions to the FAA Flight Service Station so that a Notice to Airmen (NOT AM) can be issued according to established procedures. Pilots or persons engaged in aviation activities are requested to report hazardous or marginal airport conditions to the airport management, Air Traffic Facilities, Flight Standards Field Offices, or Airport District Offices. Insurance of NOT AMs must provide adequate time to allow users of the airport to make other arrangements. The enable the provision of necessary NOTAM information or advisories to airport service or tenants, no runway, taxiway, apron, or airport roadway shall be closed without prior written approval of the Director of Airports. If any portion of an Active Operational Area (AOA) is to be closed, a minimum of 48 hours notice of requested closing shall be directed to the Director of Airports. It is important that NOT AMs be kept current and reflect the actual conditions with respect to construction situations. Active NOT AMs should be reviewed periodically by the Director of Airports and the Contractor to reflect current conditions. 3.2 Responsible Personnel: Listed below are the names, locations, and telephone numbers for responsible management personnel concerned with the safe conduct of operations at the Key West International Airport: PSR - 3 Facility Person to Contact Emergency Contact & Phone Director of Airports Administrative Assistant Arthur Skelly Lorraine Castillo (305) 296-5439 (Day) (305) 296-2332 (Eve) 3.3 Schedulina- of Work: Prior to commencement of any work, the Director of Airports, FAA representative, FBOs, and any other affected airport tenants and/or users must confer with the Contractor to assure that the scheduling of construction activities in conjunction with aircraft operations is fully understood. Construction work should be phased so that it will result in minimum delays to aircraft movement. In moving from one area of construction activity to another area, appropriate advance notice shall be provided by the Contractor to the Director of Airports, the Resident Project Representative, and affected airport users. The Director of Airports will coordinate the Contractor's proposed schedule of operations with the airport users and Flight Standards District Office. As required in Section 3.1, the Contractor shall notify the Director of Airports a minimum of 48 hours prior to scheduling and initiating work that would require closing of any portion of the runways, taxiways, and aprons to traffic. 4.0 GUIDELINES FOR SAFETY DURING CONSTRUCTION These guidelines apply to all construction work which may affect the movement of aircraft, operating procedures for aircraft and ground handling equipment, passenger or cargo handling and the movement of emergency ground equipment. 4.1 Construction Activity and Aircraft Movements: 4.1.1 Prior to any construction activity affecting aircraft movement areas, the Director of Airports and the Contractor will coordinate safety requirements with airport users and appropriate representatives of the FAA. This coordinated approach to construction activity will determine any restrictions required for the project's special provisions which should result in a minimum of interference to aircraft operations. For example: the restrictions may result in closing a portion of the airport, runway or taxiway areas for specified periods or they may result in phasing the work to accomplish certain activities at selected times. 4.1.2 For construction activity to be performed in other than active operational areas, the storage and parking of equipment and materials, when not in use or about to be installed, should not encroach upon active operational areas. In protecting operational areas, the minimum clearances maintained for runways should be in agreement with Part 77 of the Federal Aviation Regulations. 4.1.3 Because of the necessity to accomplish construction within areas defined by FAR Part 77, while aircraft operations are in progress, the following distances from runway or taxiway edges and runway approach areas could be authorized due to construction activity before it would be necessary to close temporarily a runway or taxiway. PSR - 4 Runway Ends: Construction equipment shall not penetrate a 34:1 approach surface. Runway Edges: Construction activities shall not be permitted within 200 feet of the active runway centerline. Taxiways: Construction activities shall not be permitted within 84 feet from the centerline of an active taxiway. 4.1.4 The presence of construction equipment, rough grades, or open excavation in excess of three (3) inches deep within the above areas will require closure of runway, taxiway or operations areas until removed or corrected. Warning signs, low profile weighted barriers, and yellow flashing caution lights shall be located in taxi areas in advance of the construction activities. 4.2 Limitation on Construction: 4.2.1 Open flame welding or torch cutting operations shall be prohibited, especially near fuel farm areas, unless adequate fire and safety precautions are provided and have been approved in writing by the Director of Airports and County Fire Marshall. 4.2.2 Open trenches, excavations and stockpiled material at the construction site should be prominently marked with orange flags and lighted with approved flashing yellow light units (acceptable to the Director of Airports and the FAA) during hours of restricted visibility and/or darkness. Under!!Q circumstances are flare pots to be used. 4.2.3 Debris, waste, and loose material capable of causing damage to aircraft landing gears, propellers or being ingested in jet engines shall not be placed or allowed on or near active aircraft movement areas. Materials such as asphalt coated aggregate particles and/or other objects tracked on these areas shall be removed immediately and continuously during the construction project. 4.2.4 Necessary temporarily stockpiled material within inactive. operation areas or construction limits shall be constrained in a manner to prevent movement resulting from aircraft blast or wind onto active operational areas. 4.3 Motor Vehicle Operators: 4.3.1 Before Contractor personnel are allowed to proceed with construction, they must be adequately schooled in the safety requirements of this plan and checked carefully as to their understanding of the plan by the Contractor. Their movements near or across the active operations area must be supervised. Limitations imposed by authorized construction program phasing must be understood; also the means whereby approval and escort is provided for crossing unauthorized areas of aircraft movement. Operation safety instructions shall be reviewed periodically, especially as new personnel are added to Contractor's staff. PSR - 5 4.3.2 When any vehicle operator other than personnel routinely working in the aircraft movement area and runway approach area is required to travel over any portion of that area, that operator should be escourted by authorized personnel in a vehicle properly authorized to operate in the area, or the vehicle must be provided with a flag on a staff so attached to the vehicle that the flag will be readily visible. The flag should not be less than three feet square, consisting of a checkered pattern of international orange and white squares of not less than one foot on each side and displayed in full view above the vehicle. A flag or escort vehicle is not required for vehicles which have been painted, marked, and lighted for routine use on aircraft movement areas and operated by qualified personnel. Any vehicle operating on the movement area shall also be equipped with a yellow flashing dome-type light in accordance with local and/or state codes. All construction vehicles/equipment must have automatic signalling devices to sound an alarm when moving in reverse. 4.3.3 Vehicle operators crossing active movement areas shall be controlled by either two-way radio communications, at 118.2 Mhz, by escort, flagman, or signal light. Clearance should be confirmed by the vehicle operator's personal observation that no aircraft is approaching his position. 4.3.4 It may be desirable to identify vehicles for control purposes by either assigned initials or numbers prominently displayed on each side. The identifying symbols should be of eight inch minimum, block type characters of a color easily read. They may be applied by use of tape or water soluble paint to facilitate removal. 4.4 Access to the Site: Contractor's access to the site shall be as shown on the plans or as directed by the Director of Airports. No other access points shall be allowed unless approved by the Director of Airports. All contractor traffic authorized to enter the site shall be experienced in the route or guided by contractor personnel. The contractor shall be responsible for traffic control to and from the various construction areas on the site and for the operations of the access gate to the site. A contractor's flagman or traffic control person shall monitor and coordinate all contractor traffic at the access gate. The contractor shall not permit any unauthorized construction personnel or traffic on the site. The contractor is responsible for immediate cleanup of any debris deposted along the access route as a result of his construction traffic. Directional signing at the access gate and along the delivery route to the storage area, plant site or work shall be as directed by the Director of Airports. 4.5 Materials Delivery to the Site: All contractor's material orders for delivery to the work site will use as a delivery address the gate number assigned to the access point at the contractor's storage site at the airport. 5.0 SAFETY CONSIDERATIONS FOR DISCUSSION AT PRECONSTRUCTION CONFERENCE The Contractor shall be prepared to discuss his plans for dealing with the following matters for which he will retain complete responsibility: PSR - 6 5.1 Accurate information and telephone numbers to contact hospital, ambulance, police or fire departments in event of emergency, names and locations of hospitals including direct access routes. 5.2 Crash, Fire and Rescue Department notification when construction could alter or block access routes. 5.3 Temporary closing and reopening of runway, taxiway or apron areas, including importance of timing to coordinate with scheduled air carrier service, including delays in such service, use of temporary marking and li.ghting, and low profile weighted barriers. 5.4 The effect of proposed construction on air carrier and general aviation operations; instrument approach procedures such as raising of takeoff or landing minimums; temporary displacement of thresholds. 5.5 The time sequence of Contractor events related to the required shutdown of a navigational aid system, if required, during a prescribed time when use is not required or forecast to assure minimum facility shutdown time. 5.6 Careful understanding and coordination between construction forces, inspection forces, Flight Service Stations, and airport management personnel. 5.7 Need for and timing of NOT AMs during construction. 5.8 Marking and/or lighting of construction equipment and vehicles. 5.9 Temporary Contractor's personnel and vehicle identification requirements in air operation areas during the construction period. If the Contractor has an exclusive access road, it must be secured or guarded to keep out unauthorized personnel or animals. 5.10 Requirement for signalmen or vehicular traffic control to prevent conflict between aircraft and surface vehicles and along haul routes off airport property onto public property. 5.11 Detailed discussion of Contractor activities, according to area of work. 5.11.1 Employee auto parking. 5.11.2 Telephone service and number. 5.11.3 Access routes for equipment and materials. (See "Constuction Safety and Sequence Plan," Sheets 3 thru 6 of 17 of the Construction Drawings.) 5.11.4 Secure storage area for project materials. (See "Construction Safety and Sequence Plan," Sheets 3 thru 6 of 17 of the Construction Drawings.) 5.11.5 Secure storage area for construction equipment and tools. (See "Construction Safety and Sequence Plan," Sheet 3 thru 6 of 17 of the Construction Drawings.) 5.11.6 The parking of construction equipment and vehicles when not engaged in construction during non-working days and at night. (See "Construction Safety and Sequence Plan," Sheets 3 thru 6 of 17 of the Construction Drawings.) PSR - 7 5.11.7 Haul routes for off site debris or waste disposal. 5.12 Designation of responsible Contractor representative available on a 24-hour basis, including telephone number, for ~mergency maintenance of airport hazard lighting and barricades, or any other emergency involving Contractor's operations. 5.13 Interim fencing, gates, barriers, or other controls where existing fencing is to be relocated. Contractor plan must satisfy approved airport security program. 5.14 Environmental and safety requirements such as: 5.14.1 Dust control - use of water, chemicals, straw, mulch and seeding. 5.14.2 Smoke or open fires - comply with local ordinances. 5.14.3 On site disposal and burning of construction debris or waste is prohibited. 5.14.4 Noise abatement - comply ~ith local regulations pertaining to noise levels and the Occupational Safety and Health Administration rules. 5.14.5 Blasting prohibited. 5.14.6 Location or relocation of utilities such as power, water, sewer, control cables, and provisions for te.mporary services and testing, as required. 5.14.7 Toxic substances. 6.0 MARKING AND LIGHTING OF CLOSED OR HAZARDOUS AREAS ON THE AIRPORT 6.1 Temporarily Closed Runways and Taxiways: For runways and taxiways which have been temporarily closed, the lighting circuits should be disconnected. With runways, crosses of the temporary type (constructed of material such as fabric or plywood and painted in International Orange or other acceptable contrasting color) shall be placed at each runway end. The crosses shall be located on top of the runway numerals. Each cross leg dimension shall be sixty (60) feet long by ten (10) feet wide. Temporarilly closed taxiways shall be treated as an unusable area as explained in paragraph 6.3 below. 6.2 Closed Airport: When taxiways "E" and "F" are closed temporarily, the taxiways shall be marked as in paragraph 6.1 above. 6.3 Hazardous Areas: Hazardous areas, in which no part of an aircraft may enter, are indicated by use of barricades with alternate orange and white markings. The barricades are supplemented with orange flags at least 20 by 20 inches square and made and installed so that they are always in the extended position and properly oriented. For nighttime use, the barricades shall be supplemented with flashing yellow lights. The intensity of the lights and spacing for barricades, flags, and lights must be such to delineate adequately the hazardous area. PSR - 8 7.0 CONSTRUCTION SEQUENCING AND CONTRACT TIME Construction sequencing shall be arranged to keep the airport operational and aircraft scheduling delays to a minimum, without placing unnecessary hardship on the Contractor. In order to minimize disruption of airport operations, the work shall be accomplished in ten (10) sequential stages as shown in the "Construction Safety and Sequence Plan", Sheet 3 thru 6 of 17 of the construction plans. The required construction staging and corresponding airfield status is summarized below: STAGES AIRFIELD STATUS 1 T /W "E"s access to apron is CLOSED. East half of T/W "A" is CLOSED. T/W "Fits access to apron is OPEN. 2, 4, 6, 8, and 10 T /W "F"s access to apron is CLOSED. T /W "E"s access to apron is OPEN. 3, 5, 7 and 9 T /W "E"s access to apron is CLOSED. T /W "F"s access to apron is OPEN. East half of T/W "A" is CLOSED. Contract time shall consist of a total of one hundred eighty (180) calendar days as provided for in these Contract Documents. The Contractor will be required to submit a construction schedule and sequence plan for review by the Director of Airports and the Engineer at least five (5) working days prior to the scheduled date of the Preconstruct ion Conference. At least one aircraft access taxiway to and from the terminal apron, the general aviation apron and each end of the Runway shall be kept open at all times. When construction work is authorized within 200 feet of the centerline of Runway 9/27, it shall be performed under the limitations and conditions of Section 4.1 and shall be authorized only after the issuance of appropriate NOTAM advising of the temporary closure of the respective Runway. Under no circumstances shall work be performed within the above designated area until the Contractor's schedule has been reviewed by the Director of Airports and the Engineer. PSR - 9 DIVISION I GENERAL PROVISIONS SECTION 10 DEFINITION OF TERMS Whenever the following items are used in these specifications, in the contract, in any documents or other instruments pertaining to construction where these specifications govern, the intent and meaning shall be interpreted as follows: 10-01 AASHTO. The American Association of State Highway and Transportation Officials, the successor association to AASHO. 10-02 ACCESS ROAD. The right-of-way, the roadway and all improvements constructed thereon connecting the airport to a public highway. 10-03 AlP. The Airport Improvement Program, a grant-in-aid program, administered by the Federal Aviation Administration. 10-04 ADVERTISEMENT. A public announcement, as required by local law, inviting bids for work to be performed and materials to be furnished. Work to be performed at location stated in the Advertisement for Bids. 10-05 AIR OPERATING AREA. For the purpose of thes.e specifications, the term air operations area shall mean any area of the airport used or intended to be used for the landing, takeoff, or surface maneuvering of aircraft. An air operation area shall include such paved or unpaved areas that are used or intended to be used for the unobstructed movement of aircraf} in addition to its associated runway, taxiway, or apron. 10-06 AIRPORT. Airport means an area of land or water which is used or intended to be used for the landing and takeoff of aircraft, and includes its buildings and facilities, if any. . 10-07 ASTM. The American Society for Testing and Materials. 10-08 AWARD. The acceptance, by the Owner, of the successful bidder's proposal. 10-09 BIDDER. Any individual, partnership, firm, or corporation, acting directly or through a duly authorized representative, who submits a proposal for the work contemplated. 10.09.1 BID. The written offer of a bidder, submitted on the bid form, to perform the work in accordance with the requirements of the contract documents and stating the consideration which the bidder will require for so doing. 10-09.2 BID FORM. The attached form on which it is required that bids be submitted. GP -1 10-10 BUILDING AREA. An area on the airport to be used, considered, or intended to be used for airport buildings or other airport facilities or rights-of-way together with all airport buildings and facilities located thereon. 10-11 CALENDAR DA Y. Every day shown on the calendar. 10-12 CHANGE ORDER. A written order to the Contractor covering changes in the plans, specifications, or proposal quantities and establishing the basis of payment and contract time adjustment, if any, for the work affected by such changes. The work, covered by a change order, shall be within the scope of the contract. 10-13 CONTRACT. The written agreement covering the work to be performed. The awarded contract shall include, but not be limited to: The Advertisement; the Contract Form; the Proposal; the Performance and Guaranty Bond; the Payment Bond; and required insurance certificates; the Specifications; the Plans; and any addenda issued to bidders. 10-14 CONTRACT ITEM (PAY ITEM). A specific unit of work for which a price is provided in the contract. 10-15 CONTRACT TIME. The number of calendar days or working days, stated in the proposal, allowed for completion of the contract, including authorized time extensions. If a calendar date of completion is stated in the proposal, in lieu of a number of calendar or working days, the contract shall be completed by that date. 10-16 CONTRACTOR. The individual, partnership, firm, or corporation primarily liable for the acceptable performance of the work contracted and for the payment of all legal debts pertaining to the work who acts directly or through lawful agents or employees to complete the contract work. 10-17 DRAINAGE SYSTEM. Th~ system of pipes, ditches, and structures by which surface or subsurface waters are collected and conducted from the airport area. 10-18 ENGINEER. The individual, partnership, firm, or corporation, duly authorized by the Owner (sponsor) to be responsible for Engineering observation of the contract work and acting directly or through an authorized representative. 10-19 EQUIPMENT. All machinery, together with the necessary supplies for upkeep and maintenance, and also all tools and apparatus necessary for the proper construction and acceptable completion of the work. 10-20 EXTRA WORK. An item of work not provided for in the awarded contract as previously modified by change order or supplemental agreement, but which is found by the Engineer to be necessary to complete the work within the intended scope of the contract as previously modified. 10-21 FAA. The Federal Aviation Administration of the U.S. Department of Transportation. When used to designate a person, FAA shall mean the Ad.ministrator or his duly authorized representative. 10-22 FEDERAL SPECIFICATIONS. The Federal Specifications and Standards, and supplements, amendments, and indices thereto are prepared and issued by the General Services Administration of the Federal Government. They may be obtained from the GP - 2 Specifications Activity, Printed Materials Supply Division, Building 197, Naval Weapons Plant, Washington, D.C. 20407. 10-23 INSPECTOR. An employee or representative of the Owner authorized to inspect work performed or being performed, or the materials furnished or being furnished by the Contractor in the execution of this contract. 10-24 INTENTION OF TERMS. Any reference to a specific requirement of a numbered paragraph of the Contract Specifications or a cited standards shall be interpreted to include all general requirements of the entire section, specification item, or cited standard that may be pertinent to such specific reference. 10-25 LABORATORY. The official testing laboratories of the Owner or such other laboratories as may be designated by the Engineer. 10-26 LIGHTING. A system of fixtures providing or controlling the light sources used on or near the airport or within the airport buildings. The field lighting includes all luminous signals, markers, fioodlights, and illuminating devices used on or near the airport or to aid in the operation of aircraft landing at, taking off from, or taxiing on the airport surface. 10-27 MAJOR AND MINOR CONTRACT ITEMS. A major contract item shall be any item that is listed in the proposal, the total cost of which is equal to or greater than 10 percent of the total amount of the awarded contract. All other items shall be considered minor contract items. 10-28 MATERIALS. Any substance specified for us~ in the construction of the contract work. 10-29 NOTICE TO PROCEED. A written notice to the Contractor to begin the actual work on a previously agreed to date. If applicable, the Notice to Proceed shall state the date on which the contract time begins. 10-30 OWNER (SPONSOR). MONROE COUNTY, FLORIDA 10-31 PAVEMENT. The combined surface course, base course, and subbase course, if any, considered as a single unit. 10-32 PAYMENT BOND. 4~ bond executed by the Contractor and his surety on the attached form guaranteeing that the Contractor will, in good faith, perform the work in full conformity with the terms of the contract documents and will promptly pay all persons supplying the labor and materials for the work. 10-33 PERFORMANCE AND GUARANTY BOND. A bond executed by the Contractor and his surety on the attached form guaranteeing that the Contractor will truly perform and fulfill all the undertakings, covenants, terms, conditions and agreements in accordance with the terms of the contract. 10-34 PLANS. The official drawings or exact reproductions, preparE!d by the Engineer, which show the . location, character, dimensions and which are to be considered as a part of the contract, supplementary to the specifications. A listing of the plan sheets for this project is given in the Instructions of Bidders, Page 1B-1, Paragraph 2 "Examination of Contract Documents and Site." GP - 3 10-35 PROJECT. The agreed scope of work for accomplishing specific airport development with respect to a particular airport. 10-36 PROPOSAL. The written offer of the Bidder (when submitted on the approved proposal form) to perform the contemplated work and furnish the necessary materials in accordance with the provisions of the plans and specifications. In this specification, the work "BID" shall be substituted or used interchangeably with the worD "PROPOSAL". 10-37 PROPOSAL GUARANTY - Bid Bond. A Bond executed by a Bidder and its surety on a form shown in this Document, guaranteeing that the Bidder, if awarded the Contract, will execute the same and will furnish the required Performance and Guaranty Bond and Payment Bond. 10-38 RESIDENT PROJECT REPRESENTATIVE. The Resident project Representative is the Engineer's agent and will act as directed by and under the supervision of Engineer, and will confer with Engineer regarding his actions. Resident Project Representative's dealings in matters pertaining to the on-site work shall, in general, be only with Engineer and Contractor, and dealing with subcontractors shall only be through, or with, the full knowledge of Contractor. Written communications with Owner will be only through or as directed by Engineer. 10-39 R UNW A Y. The area on the airport prepared for the landing and takeoff of aircraft. 10-40 SPECIFICATIONS. A part of the contract containing the written directions and requirements for completing the contract work. Standards for specifying materials or testing which are cited in the contract specifications by reference shall have the same force and effect as if included in the contract physically. 10-41 STRUCTURES. Airport facilities such as bridges; culverts; catch basins; inlets; retaining walls; cribbing; storm and sanitary sewer lines; water lines; underdralns; electrical ducts, manholes, lighting fixtures and bases; transformers; flexible and rigid pavements; navigational aids; buildings; vaults; and other manmade features of the airport that may be encountered in the work and not otherwise classified herein. 10-42 SUBGRADE. The soil which forms the pavement foundation. 10-43 SUPERINTENDENT. The contractor's executive representative who is present on the work during progress, authorized to receive and fulfill instructions from the engineer, and who shall supervise and direct the construction. 10-44 SUPPLEMENTAL AGREEMENT. A written agreement between the contractor and the owner covering: 1) work that would increase or decrease the total amount of the awarded contract, or any major contract item, by more than 25 percent, such increased or decreased work being within the scope of the originally awarded contract, or 2) work' that is not within the scope of the originally awarded contr~ct, but is required to satisfy the general scope of the contract. 10-45 SURETY. The corporation, partnership, or individual, other than the contractor, executing payment or performance bonds which are furnished to the owner by the contractor. GP - 4 10-46 TAXIWAY. For the purpose of this document, the term taxiway means the portion of the air operations area of an airport that has been designated by competent airport authority for movement of aircraft to and from the airport's runway or aircraft parking areas. 10-47 WORK. The furnishing of all labor, materials, tools, equipment, and incidentals necessary or convenient to the contractor's performance of all duties and obligations imposed by the contract, plans, and specifications. 10-48 WORKING DAY. A working day shall be any day other than a legal holiday, Saturday, or Sunday on which the normal working forces of the contractor may proceed with regular work for at least 6 hours toward. completion of the contract. Unless work is suspended for causes beyond the contractor's control, Saturdays, Sundays, and holidays on which the contractor's forces engage in regular work, requiring the presence of an inspector, will be considered as working days. GP - 5 SECTION 20 PROPOSAL REQUIREMENTS AND CONDITIONS 20-01 ADVERTISEMENT. See Advertisement for Bids, Page A-I in these Contract Documents. 20-02 PREQUALIFICATION OF BIDDERS. Each bidder shall furnish the Owner satisfactory evidence of his competency to perform the proposed work. Such evidence of competency, unless otherwise specified, shall consist of statements covering the bidder's past experience on similar work, a list of equipment that would be available for the work, and a list of key personnel that would be available. In addition, each bidder shall furnish the Owner satisfactory evidence of his financial responsibility. Such evidence of financial responsibility, unless otherwise specified, shall consist of a confidential statement or report of the bidder's financial resources and liabilities as of the last calendar year or the contractor's last fiscal year. Such statements or reports shall be certified by a public accountant. At the time of submitting such financial statements or reports, the bidder shall further certify whether his financial responsibility is approximately the same as stated or reported by the public accountant. If the bidder's financial responsibility has changed, the bidder shall qualify the public accountant's statement or report to reflect his (bidder's) true financial condition at the time such qualified statement or report is submitted to the Owner. Unless otherwise specified, a bidder may submit evidence that he is prequalified with the State Highway Division and is on the current "bidder's list" of the state in which the proposed work is located. Such evidence of State Highway Division prequalification may be submitted as evidence of financial responsibility in lieu of the certified statements or reports hereinabove specified. Each bidder shall submit "evidence of competency" and "evidence of financial responsibility" to the Owner with its bid. 20-03 CONTENTS OF PROPOSAL FORMS. The Owner shall furnish bidders with proposal forms. All papers bound with or attached to the proposal forms are necessary parts and must not be detached. The plans, specifications, and other documents designated in the proposal form shall be considered a part of the proposal whether attached or not. 20-04 ISSUANCE OF PROPOSAL FORMS. The Owner reserves the right to refuse to issue a proposal form to a prospective bidder should such bidder be in default for any of the following reasons: (a) Failure to comply with any prequalification regulations of the Owner, if such regulations ar cited, or otherwise included, in the proposal as a requirement for bidding. (b) Failure to pay, or satisfactorily settle, all bills due for labor and materials on former contracts in force (with the Owner) at the time the Owner issues the proposal to a prospective bidder. OP - 6 (c) Contractor default under previous contracts with the Owner. (d) Unsatisfactory work on previous contracts with the Owner. 20-05 INTERPRETATION OF ESTIMATED PROPOSAL QUANTITIES. An estimate of quantities of work to be done and materials to be furnished under these specifications is given in the proposal. It is the result of careful calculations and is believed to be correct. It is given only as a basis for comparison of proposals and the award of the contract. The Owner does not expressly or by implication agree that the actual quantities involved will correspond exactly therewith; nor shall the bidder plead misunderstanding or deception because of such estimates of quantities, or of the character, location, or other conditions pertaining to the work. Payment to the Contractor will be made only for the actual quantities of work performed or materials furnished in accordance with the plans and specifications. It is understood that the quantities may be increased or decreased as hereinafter provided in the subsection titled ALTERNATION OF WORK AND QUANTITIES of Section 40 without in any way invalidating the unit bid prices. 20-06 EXAMINATION OF PLANS, SPECIFICATIONS, AND SITE. The bidder is expected to carefully examine the site of the proposed work, the proposal, plans, specifications, and contract forms. He shall satisfy himself as to the character, quality and quantities of work to be performed, materials to be furnished, and as to the requirements of the proposed contract. The submission of a proposal shall be prima facie evidence that the bidder has made such examination and is satisfied as to the conditions to be encountered in performing the work and as to the requirements of the proposed contract, plans, and specifications. Boring logs and other records of subsurface investigations and tests are available for inspection of bidders. It is understood and agreed that such subsurface information, whether included in the plans, specifications, or otherwise made available to the bidder, was obtained and is intended for the Owner's design and estimating purposes only. Such information has been made available for the convenience of all bidders. It is further understood and agreed that each bidder is solely responsible for all assumptions, deductions, or conclusions which he may make or obtain from his examination of the boring logs and other records of subsurface investigations and tests that are furnished by the Owner. 20-07 PREPARATION OF PROPOSAL. The bidder shall submit his proposal on the forms furnished by the Owner. The Bid Form shall not be detached from the contract documents. All blank spaces in the proposal forms must be correctly filled in where indicated for each and every item for which a quantity is given. The bidder shall state the price (written in ink or typed) for which he proposes to do each pay item furnished in the proposal. The bidder shall sign his proposal correctly in ink. If the proposal is made by an individual, his name and post office address must be shown. If made by a partnership, the name and post office address of each member of the partnership must be shown. If made by a corporation, the person signing the proposal shall give the name of the state under the laws of which the corporation was, chartered and the name, titles, and business address of the president, secretary, and the treasurer. Anyone signing a 20-08 IRREGULAR PROPOSALS. Proposals shall be considered irregular for the following reasons: (a) If the proposal is on a form other than that furnished by the Owner, or if the Owner's form is altered, or if any part of the proposal form is detached. (b) If there are unauthorized additions, conditional or alternative pay items, or irregularities of any kind which make the proposal incomplete, indefinite, or otherwise ambiguous. (c) If the proposal does not contain a unit price for each pay item listed in the proposal, except in the case of authorized alternate pay items, for which the bidder is not required to furnish a unit price. (d) If the proposal contains unit prices that are obviously unbalanced. (e) If the proposal is not accompanied by the proposal guaranty specified by the Owner. For AlP contracts, proposals shall be considered irregular for any of the reasons stated, and, in addition, if the proposal is "nonresponsive" with respect to the requirements of Part 152 of the Federal Aviation Regulation as specified in the Proposal Form. The Owner reserves the right to reject any irregular proposal and the right to waive technicalities if such waiver is in the best interest of the Owner and conforms to local laws and ordinances pertaining to the letting of construction contracts. 20-09 PROPOSAL GUARANTY. Each bid shall be accompanied by a bid bond in the form of a cashier's check made payable to the Owner or a bid bond prepared on the form attached hereto, duly executed by the bidder as principal having as Surety thereon a surety company satisfactory to the Owner. The guaranty so furnished shall be in the amount not less than ten percent (10%) of the amount of the total bid price. Attorneys-in-fact who sign bid bonds must file with such bond a certified copy of their power of attorney to sign such bonds. All bonds must be countersigned by a resident Florida agent of the Surety with proof of agency attached. 20-10 DELIVERY OF PROPOSAL. Each proposal submitted shall be placed in a sealed envelope plainly marked with the project number, location of airport, and name and business address of the bidder on the outside. When sent by mail, preferably registered, the sealed proposal, marked as indicated above should be enclosed in an additional envelope. No proposal will be considered unless received at the place specified in the advertisement before the time specified for receipt of all bids. Proposals received after the specified time shall be returned to the bidder unopened. 20-11 WITHDRAWAL OR REVISION OF PROPOSALS. A bidder may withdraw or revise (by withdrawal of all proposal and submission of another) a proposal provided that the bidder's request for withdrawal is received by the Owner in writing or by telegram before the time specified for receipt of bids. Revised proposals must be received at the place specified in the advertisement before the time specified for receipt of all bids. GP - 8 20-12 PUBLIC OPENING OF PROPOSALS. Proposals shall be opened, and read, publicly at the time and place specified in the advertisement. Bidders, their authorized agents, and other interested persons are invited to attend. Proposals that have been withdrawn (by written or tel~OTaphic request) or received after the time specified for receipt of bids shall be returned to the bidder unopened. 20-13 DISQUALIFICATION OF BIDDERS. A bidder shall be considered disqualified for any of the following reasons: (a) Submitting more than one proposal from the same partnership, firm, or corporation under the same name or different name. (b) Evidence of collusion among bidders. Bidders participating in such collusion shall be disqualified bidders for any future work of the Owner until any such participating bidder has been reinstated by the Owner as a qualified bidder. (c) If the bidder is considered to be in "default" for any reason specified in the subsection titled ISSUANCE OF PROPOSAL FORMS of this section. (d) Submission of an unbalanced bid in which the prices bid for some items are out of proportion to the prices bid for other items. (e) Lack of responsibility as shown by past work judged from the standpoint of workmanship and progress. (f) Lack of competency, as revealed by inability to produce valid license as required by law. (g) Uncompleted work for which the bidder is committed by contract, which, in the judgement of the Owner, J'!1ight hinder or prevent the prompt completion of work under this contract if awarded to such bidder. (h) Being in arrears on any of his existing contracts with the Owner or in litigation with the Owner having defaulted on a previous contract with the Owner. GP - 9 SECTION 30 A WARD AND EXECUTION OF CONTR.~CT 30-01 CONSIDERATION OF PROPOSALS. After the proposals are publicly opened and read, they will be compared on the basis of the summation of the products obtained by multiplying the estimated quantities shown in the proposal by the unit bid prices. In the event of a discrepancy between a unit bid price and an extension, the unit bid price will govern. If a bidder's proposal contains a discrepancy between unit bid prices written in words and unit bid prices written in numbers, the unit price written in words shall govern. Discrepancies between the indicated sum of any column of figures and the correct sum thereof, will be resolved in favor of the correct sum. Until the award of a contract is made, the Owner reserved the right to reject a bidder's proposal for any of the following reasons: (a) If the proposal is irregular as specified in the subsection titled IRREGULAR PROPOSALS of Section 20. (b) If the bidder is disqualified for any of the reasons specified in the subsection titled DISQUALIFICATION OF BIDDERS of Section 20. In addition, until the award of a contract in made, the Owner reserves the right to reject any or all proposals; waive technicalities, if such waiver is in the best interest of the owner and is in conformance with applicable state and local laws of regulations pertaining to the letting of construction contracts; advertise for new proposals; or proceed with the work otherwise. All such actions shall promote the Owner's best interests. 30-02 AWARD OF CONTRACT. Award of the contract is subject to the availability of FAA AlP funds, and will be- made after the necessary investigations of the responsibility of the low bidders have been made. Upon approval by the Federal aviation Administration and on the recommendations of the Engineer, contract award notification will be made. Such award will be made, or all bids rejected, within sixty (60) days of the bid opening. A ward of the contract shall be made by the Owner to the lowest, qualified bidder whose proposal conform to the cited requirements of the Owner. To determine the lowest qualified Bidder, the O.wner may consider the Alternate Bid Item 9A as a replacement for Bid Item 9 and the Additive Bid Items. 30-03 CANCELLATION OF AWARD. The Owner reserves the right to cancel the award without liability to the bidder, except return of the proposal guaranty, at any time before a contract has been fully executed by all parties and is approved by the Owner in accordance with the subsection titled APPROVAL OF CONTRACT of this section. 30-04 RETURN OF PROPOSAL GUARANTY. All proposal guaranties, except those of the two lowest bidders, will be returned immediately after the Owner has made a comparison of bids as hereinbefore specified in the subsection titled CONSIDERATION OF PROPOSALS in this section. OP - 10 Proposal guaranties of the two lowest bidders will be retained by the Owner until such time as an award is made, at which time the unsuccessful bidder's proposal guaranty will be returned. The successful bidder's proposal guaranty will be returned as soon as the Owner. receives the contract bonds as specified in the subsection titled REQUIREMENTS OF CONTRACT BONDS of this section. 30-05 REQUIREMENTS OF CONTRACT BONDS. At the time of the execution of the contract, the successful bidder shall furnish the Owner a surety bond or bonds which have been fully executed by the bidder and his surety guaranteeing the performance of the work and the payment of all legal debts that may be incurred by reason of the contractor's performance of the work. The surety and the form of the bond or bonds shall be acceptable to the Owner. For contracts under $100,000, the performance, payment and guaranty bond or bonds shall be in a sum equal to the full amount of each contract awarded. For contracts exceeding $100,000, separate performance and payment bonds shall each be in a sum equal to the full amount of each contract awarded. The bond shall be written through a company licensed to do business in the State of Florida and meeting the following requirements: (a) . ~ualifications - Management and Strength (1) The surety must be rated no less than "An as to management, and no less than "AAA" as to strength, by the latest edition of Best's Insurance Guide, published by Alfred M. Best Company, Inc., 75 Fulton St., New York, New York 10038. (2) The surety company executing the bond shall be listed by the U.S. Treasury Department as being approved by and for writing bonds for federal projects on it current list in an amount not less than the amount of the bond to the Owner. (b) Bonding Limit - Any One Risk. The bonding limit of the sureties 'shall not exceed five percent (596) of the policyholder surplus (capital and surplus) as listed by the aforementioned Best's Insuranc~ Guide. (c) Authorization. Attorneys-in-fact who sign performance, payment and guaranty bonds must file with such bond a certified copy of their power of attorney to sign such bonds. All bonds must be countersigned by a resident Florida agent of the surety with proof of agency attached. 30-06 EXECUTION OF CONTRACT. The successful bidder shall sign (execute) the necessary agreements for entering into the contract and return such signed contract to the Owner, along with the fully executed surety bond or bonds specified in the subsection titled REQUIREMENTS OF CONTRACT BONDS of this section, within 10 calendar days from the date mailed or otherwise delivered to the successful bidder. The successful bidder shall provide satisfactory evidence of all required insurance coverage and proof satisfactory to the Owner or the persons executing the contract. The above documents must be furnished, executed, and delivered before the contract will be executed by the Owner and a copy of such fully executed contract is delivered to the Contractor. If the contract is mailed, special handling is recommended. 30-07 APPROVAL OF CONTRACT. Upon receipt of the contract and contract bond or bonds that have been executed by the successful bidder, the Owner shall complete the execution of the contract in accordance with local laws or ordinances, and return the fully executed contract to the Contractor. Delivery of the fully executed contract to the Contractor shall constitute the Owner's approval to be bound by the successful bidder's proposal and the terms of the contract. GP - 11 30-08 FAILURE TO EXECUTE CONTRACT. Failure of the successful bidder to execute the contract and furnish an acceptable surety bond or bonds within the 10 calendar day period specified in the subsection titled REQUIREMENTS OF CONTRACT BONDS of this section shall be just cause for cancellation of the award and forfeiture of the proposal guaranty, not as a penalty, but as liquidation of damages to the Owner. GP - 12 SECTION 40 SCOPE OF WORK 40-01 INTENT OF CONTRACT. The intent of the contract is to provide for construction and completion, in every detail, of the work described. It is further intended that the Contractor shall furnish all labor, materials, equipment, tools, transportation, and supplies required to complete the work in accordance with the plans, specifications, and terms of the contract. 40-01.1 PRE-CONSTRUCTION CONFERENCE. After contract has been awarded and signed, but prior to the commencement of the work, a Pre-Construction Conference shall be held at the office of the Owner. Such conference shall be attended by authorized representatives of the Owner, Engineer, Contractor, FAA, FDOT; and appropriate airport users. The purpose of this conference will be to review the Contractor's submitted progress schedule, integrate same, clarify any questions that might arise with regard to responsibility and jurisdiction, and acquaint all parties with the authorized representatives to be notified. The progress schedule shall be furnished to the Engineer five (5) working days in advance of this conference. The exact time and place of this meeting shall be established by the Owner and written notice shall be given. 40-02 ALTERATION OF WORK AND QUANTITIES. The Owner reserves and shall have the right to make such alterations in the work as may be necessary or desirable to complete the work originally intended in an accepta~le manner. Unless otherwise specified herein, the Engineer shall be and is hereby authorized to make such alterations in the work as may increase or decrease the originally awarded contract quantities, provided that the aggregate of such alternations does not change the total contract cost or the total cost o( any major contract item by more than 25 percent (total cost being based on the unit prices and estimated quantities in the awarded contract). Alterations which do not exceed 25 percent limitation shall not invalidate the contract nor release the surety, and the Contractor agrees to accept payment for such alterations as if the altered work had been a part of the original contract. These alterations which are for work within the general scope of the contract shall be covered by "change orders" issued by the Engineer. Change orders for altered work shall include extensions or contract time where, in the Engineer's opinion, such extensions are commensurate with the amount and difficulty of added work. Should the aggregate amount of altered work exceed the 25 percent limitation hereinabove specified, such excess altered work shall be covered by supplemental agreement. If the Owner and the Contractor are unable to agree on a unit adjustment for any contract item that requires a supplemental agreement, the Owner reserves the right to terminate the contract with respect to the item and make other arrangements for its completion. 40-03 OMITTED ITEMS. The Engineer may, in the Owner's best interest,. omit from the work any contract item, except major contract items. Major items may be omitted by a supplemental agreement. Such omission of contract items shall not invalidate any other contract provisions or requirements. OP - 13 Should a contract item be omitted or otherwise order to be non-performed, the Contractor shall be paid for all work performed toward completion of such item prior to the date of the order to omit such item. Payment for work performed shall be in accordance with the subsection titled PAYMENT FOR OMITTED ITEMS of Section 90. 40-04 EXTRA WORK. Should acceptable completion of the contract require the Contractor to perform an item of work for which no basis of payment has been provided in the original contract or previously issued change orders or supplemental agreements, the same shall be called Extra Work. Extra work that is within the general scope of the contract shall be covered by written change order. Change orders for such extra work shall contain agreed unit prices for performing the change order work in accordance with the requirements specified in the order, and shall contain any adjustment to the contract time that, in the Engineer's opinion, is necessary for completion of such extra work. When determined by the Owner to be in its best interest, he may order the Contractor to proceed with extra work by force account as provided in the subsection titled PAYMENT FOR EXTRA WORK AND FORCE ACCOUNT WORK of Section 90. Any claim for payment of extra work that is not covered by written agreement (change order or supplemental agreement) shall be rejected by the Owner. 40-05 MAINTENANCE OF TRAFFIC. It is the explicit intention of the contract that the safety of aircraft, as well as the Contractor's equipment and personnel, is the most important consideration. It is understood and agreed that the Contractor shall provide for the free and unobstructed movement of aircraft in the air operations areas of the airport with respect to his operatiom and the operations of all his subcontractors as specified in the subsection titled LIMITATION OF OPERATIONS of Section 80. It is further understood and agreed that the Contractor shall provide for the uninterrupted operation of visual and electronic signals (including power supplies thereto) used in the guidance of aircraft while operating to, from, and upon the airport as specified in the subsection titled CONTRACTOR'S RESPONSffiILITY FOR UTILITY SERVICE AND FACILITIES OF OTHERS in Section 70. With respect to his o.wn operations and the operations of all his subcontractors, the Contractor shall provide marking, lighting, and other acceptable means of identifying: f)ersonnel; equipment; vehicles; storage areas; and any work area or conditions that may be hazardous to the operation of aircraft, ~ire-rescue equipment, or maintenance vehicles at the airport. When the contract requires the maintenance of vehicular traffic on an existing road, street, or highway during the Contractor's performance of work that is otherwise provided for in the contract, plans, and specifications, the Contractor shall keep such road, street, or highway open to all traffic and shall provide such maintenance as may be required to accommodate traffic. The Contractor shall furnish, erect, and maintain barricades, warning signs, flagmen, and other traffic control devices in reasonable conformity with the Manual of Uniform Traffic Control Devices for Streets and Highways (published by the United States Government Printing Office), unless otherwise specified herein. The Contractor shall also construct and maintain in a safe condition any temporary connections necessary for ingress and egress from abutting property or intersecting roads, streets, or highways. GP - 14 The Contractor shall make his own estimate of all labor, materials, equipment and incidentals necessary for providing the maintenance of aircraft and vehicular traffic as specified in this subsection. ' The cost of maintaining the aircraft and vehicular traffic specified in this subsection shall not be measured or paid for directly, but shall be included in the various contract items. Cars, trucks, and construction equipment shall be limited to the areas of runway and taxiway which are closed to air traffic, except when approved by the Owner. Safety practices shall be in accordance with FAA AC 150/5370-2C, Safety on Airports During Construction Activity. Vehicle traffic patterns to and from construction areas shall be as approved by the Owner after coordination with the Owner. Grassed areas damaged by ground traffic shall be restored by the Contractor at his expense prior to completion and acceptance of the project. The Contractor shall furnish watchmen in sufficient numbers to protect .and divert vehicular, aircraft, and pedestrian traffic from working areas closed to traffic, or to protect any new work. Failure to eomply with these requirements will result in the Owner shutting down the work until the Contractor shall have provided the necessary protection. When contractor vehicles must repeatedly cross the active runway, or be within 150 feet of an active runway, the Contractor shall furnish flagmen to control such movements to assure safety to aircraft and personnel using the active runway. Vehicles shall be flagged and lighted in accordance wi.th AC 150/5370-2C. 40-06 . REMOVAL OF EXISTING STRUCTURES. All existing structures encountered within the established lines, grades, or grading sections shall be removed by the Contractor, unless such existing structures are otherwise specified to be relocated, adjusted up or down, salvaged, abandoned in place, reused in the work or to remain in place. The cost of removing such existing structures shall not be measured or paid for directly, but shall be included in the various contract items. Should the Contractor encounter an existing structure (above or below ground) in the work for which the disposition is not indicated on the plans, the Engineer shall be notified prior to disturbing such structure. The disposition of existing structures so encountered shall be immediately determined by the Engineer in accordance with the provisions of the contract. Except as provided in the subsection titled RIGHTS IN AND USE OF MATERIALS FOUND IN THE WORK of this section, it is intended that all existing materials or structures that may be encountered (within the lines, grades, or grading sections established for completion of the work) shall be utilized in the work as otherwise provided for in the contract and shall remain the property of the Owner when so utilized in the work. 40-07 RIGHTS IN AND USE OF MATERIALS FOUND IN THE WORK. .Should the Contractor encounter any material such as (but not restricted to) sand, stone, gravel, slag, or concrete slabs within the established lines, grades, or grading sections, the use of which is intended by the terms of the contract to be either embankment or waste, he may at his option either: GP - 15 (a) Use such material in another contract item, providing such use is reviewed by the Engineer and is in conformance with the contract specifications applicable to such use; or, . (b) Remove such material from the site, upon written approval of the Owner; or, (c) Use such material for his own temporary construction site; or, (d) Use such material as intended by the terms of the contract. Should the Contractor wish to exercise option (8), (b), or (c), he shall request the Engineer's review in advance of such use. Should the Contractor exercise option (a), (b), or (c), the Contractor shall be paid for the excavation or removal of such material at the applicab~e contract price. The Contractor shall replace, at his own expense, such removed or excavated material with an agreed equal volume of material that is acceptable for use in constructing embankment, backfills, or otherwise to the extent that such replacement material is needed to complete the contract work. The Contractor shall not be charged for his use of such material so used in the work or removed from the site. Should the Contractor exercise option (a), the Contractor shall be paid, at the applicable contract price, for furnishing and installing such material in accordance with requirements of the contract item in which the material is used. It is understood and agreed that the Contractor shall make no claim for delays by reason of his exercise of option (a), (b) or (c). The Contractor shall not excavate, remove, or otherwise disturb any material, structure, or part of a structure which is located outside the lines, grades, or grading sections established for the work, except where such excavation or removal is provided for in the contract, plans, or specifications. 40-08 FINAL CLEANING UP. Upon completion of the work and before acceptance and final payment will be made, the Contractor shall remove from the site all machinery, equipment, surplus and discarded materials, rubbish, temporary structures, and stumps or portions of trees. He shall cut all brush and woods within the limits indicated and shall leave the site in a neat and presentable condition. Material cleared from the site and deposited on adjacent property will not be considered as having been disposed of satisfactorily unless the Contractor has obtained the written permission of such property owner. Areas disturbed during construction are to be restored to the conditions existing prior to construction. No separate payment will be made for this work. 40-09 UTILITIES AND TEMPORARY FACILITIES. (a) Existing Utilities and Facilities indicated on the drawings may not be complete and location could vary from that shown. The Contractor shall verify the exact location of those existing utilities and facilities which are directly involved in the construction and/or within the limits of the work. GP - 16 (b) Protection. Preserve in operating conditions all active utilities and facilities traversing the site of the work; protect all property including, but not limited to, sewer and water mains, conduit, manholes, catch basins, valve boxes', poles, guys, electrical and telephone cables and other appurtenances. The Contractor shall repair damage to any such utility and facility due to the work under this contract to the satisfaction of the local authority and the utility at no cost to the Owner. (c) Approval shall be obtained from the appropriate utility authority prior to making adjustments to, or in any way altering the operation of existing utilities and facility or making connections to existing pipes and structures. (d) Electrical Power. Temporary wiring and electrical power for construction shall be furnished by the Contractor. Contractor shall make all necessary arrangements with the local power company for temporary services, at Contractor's expense. (1) Temporary wiring shall meet all safety requirements of the National Electrical Code and local code requirements. (2) Temporary power shall be made available by the Contractor to all subcontractors to enable them to properly carry out their work. An adequate number of outlets shall be provided, each properly and clearly labeled with maximum voltage and fuse protection, and provided with ground fault protection. (3) Temporary lighting shall consist of a weatherproof socket properly insulated and provided with a locking wire-type guard. (4) All devices shall be properly grounded. (e) Water. The Construction shall arrange with local authorities for water and pay all costs in connection therewi~h. (f) Temporary Sanitary Facilities. (1) Provide temporary toilet facilities separate from the job office. Maintain these during the entire period of construction under this Contract for the use of all construction personnel on the job. Provide enough chemical toilets to conveniently serve the needs of all personnel. (2) Chemical toilets and their maintenance shall meet the requirements of the State and local health regulations and ordinances. Any facilities or maintenance methods failing to meet these requirements shall be corrected immediately. GP - 17 SECTION 50 CONTROL OF WORK 50-01 AUTHORITY OF THE ENGINEER. The Engineer shall decide any and all questions which may arise as to the quality and acceptability of materials furnished, work performed, and as to the manner of performance and rate of progress of the work. He shall decide all questions which may arise as to the interpretation of the specifications or plans relating to the work, the fulfillment of the contract on the part of the Contractor, and the rights of different contractors on the project. The Engineer shall determine the amount and quality of the several kinds of work performed and materials furnished which are to be paid for under the contract. All notices given by the Owner or the Engineer under the provisions of this contract shall be in writing and service of same may be in either of the following manners: (a) By delivery of such notice to the Contractor or to any officer of the Contractor if said Contractor be a corporation, or to any agent or superintendent of the Contractor. (b) By mailing such notice by certified mail to the address of the Contractor shown on the Contractor's bid. The Contractor shall allow and permit the Owner or his duly authorized representative to inspect and review all payrolls, records or personnel, conditions of employment, invoices of materials, books of accounts, and other relevant data and records pertinent to the contract and subcontracts. It is acknowledged that nothing is the performance of the Engineer's services in connection with this project implies any undertaking for the benefit of, or which may be enforced by the Contractor, itS sub-contractors, or the surety of any of them, it being understood that the Engineer's obligations are solely to the Owner and that, in meeting such obligations, the Engineer may increase the burdens and expenses of the Contractor, its subcontractors, or the surety of any of them. Resident Project Representative will: 1. Schedules: Review the progress schedule, schedule of Shop Drawing submissions and schedule of values prepared by Contractor and consult with Engineer concerning their acceptability. 2. Conferences: Attend preconstruction conferences. Arrange a schedule of progress meetings and other job conferences as required in consultation with Engineer and notify those expected to attend in advance. Attend meetings, and maintain and circulate copies of minutes thereof. 3. Liaison: 8. Serve as Engineer's liaison with Contractor, working principally through Contractor's superintendent and assist him in understanding the intent of the Contract Documents. Assist Engineer in serving as Owner's liaison with Contractor when Contractor's operations affect Owner's on-site opera tions. GP - 18 b. As requested by Engineer, assist in obtaining from Owner additional details or information, when required at the job site for proper execution of the work. 4. Shop Drawings and Samples: &. Receive and record date of receipt of shop drawings and samples, receive samples which are furnished at the site by Contractor, and notify Engineer of their availability for examination. b. Advise Engineer and Contractor or its superintendent immediately of the commencement of any work requiring a shop drawing or sample submission if the submission has not been reviewed by Engineer. 5. Review of Work, Rejection of Defective .Work, Inspections and Tests: a. Conduct on-si te observ& tions of the work in progress to assist Engineer in determining if the work is proceeding in accordance with the Contract Documents and that completed work will conform to the Contract Documents. b. Report to Engineer whenever he believes that any work is unsatisfactory, faulty or defective, or does not conform to the Contract Documents, or does not meet the requirements of any inspections, tests, or approval required to be made or has been damaged prior to final payment; and advise Engineer when he believes work should be corrected or rejected or should be uncovered for observation, or requires special testing, inspection or approval. c. Verify that tests, equipment and systems startups and operating and maintenance instructiQIlS are conducted as required by the Contract Documents and in presence of the required personnel, and the Contractor maintains adequate records thereof; observe, record and report to Engineer appropriate details relative to the test procedures and startups. d. Accompany visiting inspectors representing public or other agencies having jurisdiction over the Project, record the outcome of these inspections and report to Engineer. 6. Interpretation of Contract Documents. Transmit to Contractor Engineer's clarification and interpretations of the Contract Documents. 7. Modifications: Consider and evaluate Contractor's suggestions for modifications in drawings or specifications and report them with recommendations to Engineer. 8. Records: &. Maintain at the job site orderly files for correspondence, reports of job conferences, shop drawings and sample submissions, reproductions of original Contract Documents, including all addenda, change orders, field orders, additional drawings issued subseqent to the execution of the contract, Engineer's clarifications and interpretations of the Contract Documents, progress reports and other project related documents. GP - 19 b. Keep a diary or log book, recording hours on the job site, weather conditions, data relative to questions of extras or deductions, list of visiting officials and representatives or manufacturers, fabricators, suppliers and distributors, daily activities, decisions, observations in general and specific observations in more detail as in the case of observing test procedures. Send copies to Engineer. c. Record names, addresses and telephone numbers of all contractors, subcontractors and major suppliers of material and equipment. 9. Reports: 8. Furnish Engineer daily reports as required to show progress of the work and Contractor's compliance with the approved progress schedule and schedule of shop dra wing sub missions. b. Consult with Engineer in advance of scheduled major tests, inspections or start of important phases of the work. c. Report immediately to Engineer upon the occurrence of any accident. 10. Payment Requisitions: Review applications for payment with Contractor for compliance with the established procedure for their submission and forward them with recommendations to Engineer, noting particularly their relation to the schedule of values, work completed and materials and equipment delivered at the site, but not incorporated in the work. 11. Certificates, Maintenance and Operation Manuals: During the course of the work, verify that certificates, maintenance and operation manuals and other data required to be assembled and furnished by Contractor are applicable to the items actually installed; and ..deliver this material to Engineer for his review and forwarding to Owner prior to final acceptance of the work. 12. Completion: 8. Before Engineer issues a Certificate of Substantial Completion, submit to Contractor a list of observed items requiring completion or correction. b. Conduct final inspection in the company of Engineer, Owner and Contractor and prepare a final list of items to be completed or corrected. c. Verify that all items on final list have been completed or corrected and make recommendations to Engineer concerning acceptance. Limitations of Authority Except upon written instructions of Engineer, Resident Project Representative shall not: 1. Authorize any deviation from the Contract Documents or approve any substitute materials or equipment; 2. Exceed limitations of Engineer's authority as set forth in the Contract Documents; OP - 20 3. Undertake any of the responsibility of Contractor, subcontractor or Contractor's superintendent, or expedite the work; 4. Advise on, or issue, directions relative to any aspect of the means, methods, techniques, sequences, or procedures of construction unless such is specifically called for in the Contract Documents. 5. Advise on, or issue, directions as to safety precautions and programs in connection with the work; 6. Authorize Owner to occupy the project in whole or in part; and, 7. Participate in specialized field or laboratory tests. 50-02 CONFORMITY WITH PLANS AND SPECIFICATIONS. All work and all materials furnished shall be in reasonably close conformity with the lines, grades, grading sections, cross sections, dimensions, material requirements, and testing requirements that are specified (including specified tolerances) in the contract, plans, or specifications. If the Engineer finds the materials furnished, work performed, or the finished product not within reasonably close conformity with the plans and specifications but that the portion of the work affected will, in his opinion, result in a finished product having a level of safety, economy, durability, and workmanship acceptable to the Owner, he will advise the Owner of his determination that the affected work be accepted and remain in place. In this event, the Engineer will document his determination and recommend to the Owner a basis of acceptance which will provide for an adjustment in the contract price for the affected portion of the work. The Engineer's determination and recommended contract price adjustments will be based on good engineering judgement and such tests or retests of the affected work as are, in his opinion, needed. Changes in the contract price shall be covered by contract modifications (change order or supplemental agreement) as applicable. If the Engineer finds the materials furnished, work performed, or the finished product are not in reasonable close conformity with the plans and specifications and have resulted in an unacceptable finished product, the affected work or materials shall be removed and replaced or otherwise corrected by and at the expense of the Contractor. For the purpose of this subsection, the term "reasonably close conformity" shall not be construed as waiving the Contractor's responsibility to complete the work in accordance with the contract, plans, and specifications. The term shall not be construed as waiving the Engineer's right to insist on strict compliance with the requirements of the contract, plans, and specifications during the Contractor's prosecution of the work, when, in the Engineer's opinion, such compliance is essential to provide an acceptable finished portion of the work. For the purpose of this subsection, the term "reasonably close conformity" is also intended to provide the Engineer with the authority to use good engineering. judgement in his determinations as to acceptance of work that is not in strict conformity but will provide a finished product equal to or better than that intended by the requirements of the contract, plans and specifications. GP - 21 50-03 COORDINATION OF CONTRACT, PLANS, AND SPECIFICATIONS. The contract, plans, specifications, and all referenced stand~rds cited are essential parts of the contract requirements. A requirement occurring in one is as binding as though occurring in all. They are intended to be complementary and to describe and provide for a complete work. In case of discrepancy, calculated dimensions will govern over scaled dimensions; contract technical specifications shall govern over contract general provisions, plans, cited standards for materials or testing, and cited FAA advisory circulars; contract general provisions shall govern over plans, cited standards for materials or testing, and cited FAA advisory circulars; plans shall govern over cited standards for materials or testing and cited FAA advisory circulars. The Contractor shall not take advantage of any apparent error or omission on the plans or specifications. In the event the Contractor discovers any apparent error or discrepancy, he shall immediately call upon the Engineer for his interpretation and decision, and such decision shall be final. 50-04 COOPERATION OF CONTRACTOR. The Contractor will be supplied with two copies each of the plans and specifications. He shall have available on the work at all times one copy each of the plans and specifications. Additional copies of the plans and specifications may be obtained by the Contractor for the cost of reproduction. The Contractor shall give constant attention to the work to facilitate the progress thereof, and he shall cooperate with the Engineer and his inspectors and with other contractors in every way possible. The Engineer shall allocate the work and designate the sequence of construction in case of controversy between contractors. The Contractor shall have a competent superintendent on the work at all times who is fully authorized as his agent on the work. The superintende~t shall be capable of reading 'and thoroughly understanding the plans and specifications and shall receive and fulfill instructions from the Engineer or his authorized representative. 50-05 COOPERATION BETWEEN CONTRACTORS. The Owner reserves the right to contract for and perform other or additional work on or near the work covered by this contract. When separate contracts are let within the limits of anyone project, each contractor shall conduct his work so as not to interfere with or hinder the progress of completion of the work being performed by other contractors. Contractors working on the same project shall cooperate with each other as directed. Each Contractor involved shall assume all liability, financial or otherwise, in connection with his contract and shall protect and save harmless the Owner and Engineer from any and all damages or claims that may arise because of inconvenience, delays, or loss experienced by him because of the presence and operations of other contractors working within the limits of the same project. The Contractor shall arrange his work and shall place and dispose of the materials being used so as not to interfere with the operations of the other contractors within the limits of the same project. He shall join his work with that of the others in an acceptable manner and shall perform it in proper sequence to that of the others. The Contractor shall not commit or permit any act which will interfere with the performance of the work by any other contractor or fail to perform such acts as required to avoid interference with the performance of work by any other contractor. GP - 22 If there be a difference of opinion as to the respective rights of the Contractor and others doing the work within the limits of or adjacent to the project, the Engineer will decide as to the respective rights of the various parties involved in order to secure the completion of the Owner's work in general harmony and in a satisfactory manner, and his decision shall be final and binding on the Contractor. 50-06 CONSTRUCTION LA YOUT AND STAKES. The Engineer shall establish horizontal and vertical control and the Contractor shall furnish all other surveys prior to and during construction. Initial staking for the construction layout and the final measurements for the proposed Work shall be performed by a competent surveyor at the expense of the Contractor, who shall cooperate with the Engineer to facilitate checking of the work. 50-07 AUTOMATICALLY CONTROLLED EQUIPMENT. Whenever batching or mixing plant equipment is required to be operated automatically under the contract and a breakdown or malfunction of the automatic controls occurs, the equipment may be operated manually or by other methods for a period of 48 hours following the breakdown or malfunction, provided this method of operations will produce results which conform to all other requirements of the contract. 50-08 A UTHORITY AND DUTIES OF INSPECTORS. Inspectors employed by the Owner shall be authorized to inspect all work done and all material furnished. Such inspection may extend to all or any part of the work and to the preparation, fabrication, or manufacture of the materials to be used. Inspectors are not authorized to revoke, alter, or waive any provisions of the contract. Inspectors are not authorized to issue instructions contrary to the plans and specifications or to act as foreman for the Contractor. Inspe~tors employed by the Owner are authorized to notify the Contractor or his representative of any failure of the work or materials to conform to the requirements of the contract, plans, or specific~tions and to reject such nonconforming materials in question until such issues can be referred to the Engineer for his decision. The payment of any compensation, whatever may be its character or form, or the giving of any gratuity, or the granting of any valuable favor, by the Contractor to any inspector, directly or indirectly, is strictly prohibited and any such act on the part of the Contractor will constitute a violation of this contract. 50-09 INSPECTION OF THE WORK. All materials and each part of detail of the work shall be subject to inspection by the Engineer. The Engineer shall be allowed access to all parts of the work and shall be furnished with such information and assistance by the Contractor as is required to make a complete and detailed inspection. If the Engineer requests it, the Contractor, at any time before acceptance of the work, shall remove or uncover such portions of the finished work as may be directed. After examination, the Contractor shall restore said portions of the work to the standard required by the specifications. Should the work thus exposed o~ examined prove acceptable, the uncovering, and the replacingof the covering or making good of the parts removed will be paid for as extra work; but should the work so exposed or examined prove unacceptable, the uncovering, or removing, and the replacing of the covering or making good of the parts removed will be at the Contractor's expense. Any work done or materials used without supervision or inspection by an authorized representative of the Owner may be ordered removed and replaced at the Contractor's GP - 23 expense unless the Owner's representative failed to inspect after having been given reasonable notice in writing that the work was to be performed. Should the contract work include relocation, adjustment, or any other modification to existing facilities, not the property of the (contract) Owner, authorized representatives of the Owner of such facilities shall have the right to inspect such work. Such inspection shall in no way interfere with the rights of the parties to this contract. 50-10 REMOVAL OF UNACCEPTABLE AND UNAUTHORIZED WORK. All work which does not conform to the requirements of the contract, plans, and specifications will be considered unacceptable, unless otherwise determined acceptable by the Engineer as provided in the subsection titled CONFORMITY WITH PLANS AND SPECIFICATIONS in this section. Unacceptable work, whether the result of poor workmanship, use of defective materials, damage through carelessness, or any other cause found to exist prior to the final acceptance of the work, shall be removed immediately and replaced in an acceptable manner in accordance with the provisions of the subsection titled CONTRACTOR'S RESPONSIBILITY FOR WORK in Section 70. No work shall be done without lines and grades having been given and reviewed by the Engineer. Work done contrary to the instructions of the Engineer, work done beyond the lines shown on the plans or as given, except as herein specified, or any extra work done without authority, will be considered as unauthorized and will not be paid for under the provisions of the contract. Work so done may be ordered removed or replaced at the Contractor's expense. Upon failure on the part of the Contractor to comply forthwith with any order of the Engineer made under the provisions of this subsection, the Owner will have the right to cause unacceptable work to be remedied or removed and replaced and unauthorized work to be removed and to deduct the costs (incurred by the Owner) from any monies due or to become due the Contractor. 50-11 LOAD RESTRICTIONS. The Contractor shall comply with all legal load restrictions in the hauling of materials on public roads beyond the limits of the work. A special permit will not relieve the Contractor of liability for damage which may result from the moving of materials or equipment. The operation of equipment of such weight or so loaded as to cause damage to structures or to any other type of construction will not be permitted. Hauling of materials over the base course or surface course under construction shall be limited as directed. No loads will be permitted on a concrete pavement, base, or structure before the expiration of the curing period. The Contractor shall be responsible for all damage done by his hauling equipment and shall correct such damage at his own expense. 50-12 MAINTENANCE DURING CONSTRUCTION. The Contractor shall maintain the work during construction and until the work is accepted. This maintenance shall constitute continuous and effect work prosecuted day by day, with adequate equipment and forces so that the work is maintained in satisfactory condition at all times. In the case of a contract for the placing of a course upon a course or subgrade previously constructed, the Contractor shall maintain the previous course or subgrade during all construction operations. GP - 24 All costs of maintenance work during construction and before the project is accepted shall be included in the unit prices bid on the various contract items, and the Contractor will not be paid an additional amount for such work. I 50-13 FAILURE TO MAINTAIN THE WORK. Should the Contractor at any time fail to maintain the work as provided in the subsection titled MAINTENANCE DURING CONSTRUCTION of this section, the Engineer shall immediately notify the Contractor of such noncompliance. Such notification shall specify a reasonable time within which the Contractor shall be required to remedy such unsatisfactory maintenance condition. The time specified will give due consideration to the exigency that exists. Should the Contractor fail to respond to the Engineer's notification, the Owner may suspend any work necessary for the Owner to correct such unsatisfactory maintenance conditions, depending on the exigency that exists. Any maintenance cost incurred by the Owner shall be deducted from monies due or to become due the Contractor. 50-14 PARTIAL ACCEPTANCE. If at any time during the prosecution of the project the Contractor substantially completes a usable unit or portion of the work, the occupancy of which will benefit the Owner, he may request the Engineer to make final inspection of that unit. If the Engineer finds upon inspection that the unit has been satisfactorily completed in compliance with the contract, he may accept it as being completed, and the Contractor may be relieved of further responsibility for that unit. Such partial acceptance and beneficial occupancy by the Owner shall not be void or alter any provision of the contract. 50-15 FINAL ACCEPTANCE. Upon due notice from the Contractor of presumptive completion of the entire project, the Engineer and Owner will make an inspection. If all construction provided for and contemplated by the contract is found to be completed in accordance with the contract, plans, and specifications, such inspection shall constitute the final inspection. The Owner shall notify the Contractor in writing of final acceptance as of the date of the final inspection. If, however, the inspection discloses any work, in whole or in part, as being unsatisfactory, the Owner will give the Contractor the necessary instructions for correction of same, and the Contractor shall immediately comply with and execute such instructions. Upon completion of the work, another inspection will be made which shall constitute the final inspection, provided the work has been satisfactorily completed. In such event, the Owner will make the final acceptance and notify the Contractor in writing of this acceptance as of the date of final inspection. 50-16 CLAIMS FOR ADJUSTMENT AND DISPUTES. If for any reason the Contractor deems that additional compensation is due him for work or materials not clearly provided for in the contract, plans, or specifications or previously authorized as extra work, he shall notify the Engineer in writing of his intention to claim such additional compensation before he begins the work on which he bases the claim. If such notification is not given or the Engineer is not afforded proper opportunity by the Contr9.ctor for keeping strict account of actual cost as required, then the Contractor hereby agrees to waive any claim for such additional compensation. Such notice by the Contractor and the fact that the Engineer has kept account of the cost of the work shall not in any way be construed as proving or substantiating the validity of the claim. When the work on which the claim for additional compensation is based has been completed, the Contractor shall, within 10 calendar days, submit his written claim to the Engineer who will present it to the Owner for consideration in accordance with localla ws or ordinances. GP - 25 Nothing in this subsection shall be construed as a waiver of the Contractor's right to dispute final payment based on differences in measurements or computations. GP - 26 SECTION 60 CONTROL OF MATERIALS 60-01 SOURCE OF SUPPLY AND QUALITY REQUIREMENTS. The materials used on the work shall conform to the requirements of the contract, plans, and specifications. Unless otherwise specified, such materials that are manufactured or processed shall be new (as compared to used or reprocessed). In order to expedite the inspection and testing of materials, the Contractor shall furnish complete statements to the Engineer as to the origin, composition, and manufacture of all materials to be used in the work. Such statements shall be furnished promptly after execution of the contract but, in all cases, prior to delivery of such materials. A t the Engineer's option, materials may be reviewed at the source of supply before delivery is started. If it is found after trial that sources of supply for previously reviewed materials do not produce specified products, the Contractor shall furnish materials from other sources. The Contractor shall furnish materials and products that conform to the requirements of cited material specifications. 60-02 SAMPLES, TESTS, AND CITED SPECIFICATIONS. All materials used in the work shall be inspected, tested, and reviewed by the Engineer before incorporation in the work. Any work in which untested materials are. used without review of the Engineer shall be performed at the Contractor's risk. Materials found to be unacceptable and unauthorized will not be paid for and shall be removed at the Contractor's expense. Unless otherwise designated, tests in accordance with the cited standard methods of AASHTO ..or ASTM which are current on the date of advertisement for bids will be made by and at the expense of the Owner. Samples will be taken by a qualified representative of the Owner. All materials being used are subject to inspection, test, or rejection at any time prior to or during incorporation into the Work. Copies of all tests will be furnished to the Contractor's representative at his request. All costs in connection with any retests necessary to reconfirm compliance with specifications, as a result of previously failed tests, shall be borne by the Contractor. Samples requiring laboratory tests will be delivered to the laboratory at the expense of the Owner, except when such laboratory test is required to be provided by the Contractor under the terms of the contract. If the Contractor desires that inspections or tests be made outside of the site, all expenses, including per diem for the Engineer or his inspectors, shall be borne by the Contractor. 60-03 CERTIFICATION OF COMPLIANCE. The Engineer may permit the use, prior to sampling and testing, of certain materials or products when accompanied by manufacturer's certificates of compliance stating that such materials or pro"ducts fully comply with the requirements of the contract. The certificate shall be signed by the manufacturer. Each lot of such materials or assemblies delivered to the work must be accompanied by a certificate of compliance in which the lot is clearly identified. GP - 27 Materials or products used on the basis of certificates of compliance may be sampled and tested at any time and, if found not to be in conformity with contract requirements, will be subject to rejection whether in place or not. I The form and distribution of certificates of compliance shall be reviewed by the Engineer. When a material or product is specified by "brand name or equal", and the contractor elects to furnish the specified "brand name", the Contractor shall be required to furnish the manufacturer's certificate of compliance for each lot of such material or product delivered to the work. Such certificate of compliance shall clearly identify each lot delivered and shall certify as to: (a) Conformance to the specified performance, testing, quality or dimensional requirements; and (b) Suitability of the material or product for the use intended in the contract work. Should the Contractor propose to furnish an "or equal" material or product, he shall furnish the manufacturer's certificates of compliance as hereinabove described for the specified brand name material or product. However, the Engineer shall be the sole judge as to whether the proposed "or equal" is suitable for use in the work. Time expended by the Engineer in excess of one hour to establish or determine the "or equal" status of a material or product substitution shall be at Contractor's expense. The Engineer reserves the right to refuse permission for: use of materials or products on the basis of certificates of compliance. 60-04 PLANT INSPECTION. The Engineer or his authorized representative may inspect, at its source, any speci(ied material or product to be used in the work. Manufacturing plants may be inspected from time to time for the purpose of determining compliance with specified manufacturing methods or materials to be used in the work and to obtain samples required for his acceptance of the material or product. Should the Engineer conduct plant inspections, the following conditions shall exist: (a) The Engineer shall have the cooperation and assistance of the Contractor and the producer with whom he has contracted for materials. (b) The Engineer shall have full entry at all reasonable times to such parts of the plant that concern the manufacture of production of the materials being furnished. (c) If required by the Engineer, the Contractor shall arrange for adequate office or working space that may be reasonably needed for conducting plant inspections. Office or working space should be conveniently located with respect to the plant. GP - 28 It is understood and agreed that the Owner shall have the right to retest any material which has been tested and approved at the source of supply after it has been delivered to the site. The Engineer shall have the right to reject only material which, when retested, does not meet the requirements of the contract, plans, or specifications. 60-05 ENGINEER'S FIELD OFFICE AND LABORATORY. - NOT A PART - 60-06 STORAGE OF MATERIALS. Materials shall be so stored as to assure the preservation of their quality and fitness for the work. Stored materials, even though approved before storage, may again be inspected prior to their use in the work. Stored materials shall be located so as to facilitate their prompt inspection. The Contractor shall coordinate the storage of all materials with the Engineer. Materials to be stored on airport property shall not create an obstruction to air navigation nor shall they interfere with the free and unobstructed movement of aircraft. Unless otherwise shown on the plans, the storage of materials and the location of the Contractor's plant and parked equipment or vehicles shall be as directed by the Owner. Private property shall not be used for storage purposes without written permission of the owner or lessee of such property. The Contractor shall make all arrangements and bear all expenses for the storage of materials on private property. Upon request, the Contractor shall furnish the Engineer a copy of the property owner's permission. All storage sties on private or airport property shall be restored to their original conditions by the Contractor at his expense. All delivered materials and all portions of completed work shall become the property of the Owner but the Contractor shall store the materials and shall be responsible for and shall maintain all partly or wholly finished work during the continuance of the contract and until the final acceptance of the work. If any materials or part of the work be lost or destroyed by any cause or means whatsoever, the Contractor shall satisfactorily repair and replace same at his own cost. 60-07 UNACCEPTABLE MATERIALS. Any material or product that does not conform to the requirements of the contract, plans, or specifications shall be considere~ unacceptable and shall be rejected. The Contractor shall remove any rejected material or product from the site of the work, unless otherwise instructed by the Engineer. No rejected material or product, the defects of which have been corrected by the Contractor, shall be returned to the site of the work until such time as the Engineer has reviewed its use in the work. 60-08 OWNER-FURNISHED MATERIALS. The Contractor shall furnish all materials required to complete the work, except those specified herein (if any) to be furnished by the Owner. Owner-furnished materials shall be made available to the Contractor at the location specified herein. GP - 29 All Costs of handling, transportation from the specified location to the site of work, storage, and installing owner-furnished materials shall be included in the unit price bid. for the contract item in which such owner-furnished material is used. I After any owner-furnished material has been delivered to the location specified, the Contractor shall be responsible for any demurrage, damage, loss, or other deficiencies which may occur during the Contractor's handling, storage, or use of such owner- furnished material. The Owner will deduct from any monies due or to become due to the Contractor any cost incurred by the Owner in making good such loss due to the Contractor's handling, storage, or use of owner-furnished materials. 60-09 RECORD DRA WINGS. At the completion of the project construction and prior to the final inspection, the Contractor shall provide complete record drawings. The record drawings shall consist of one set of the latest edition of the contract drawings on which shall be clearly and neatly marked all variations from the contract drawings in the work actually installed. At every design elevation and dimension called out on the contract drawings, and areas as designated by the Engineer, the Contractor shall insure that a record elevation or dimension shall be provided for the record plans. The Contractor shall provide a competent surveyor to validate the record drawings. If the Contractor surveyor's data are found to be inaccurate, all (10096) of the record data shall be verified by a registered land surveyor at the Contractor's expense. OP - 30 SECTION 70 LEGAL RELATIONS AND RESPONSIBILITY TO PUBLIC 70~01 LAWS TO BE OBSERVED. The Contractor shall keep fully informed of all federal and state laws, all local laws, ordinances, and regulations and all orders and decrees of bodies or tribunals having jurisdiction or authority, which in any manner affect those engaged or employed on the work. He shall at all times observe and comply with all such laws, ordinances, regulations, orders, and decrees; and shall protect and indemnify the Owner and all his officers, agents, or servants against any claim or liability arising from or based on the violation of any such law, ordinance, regulation, order, or decree, whether by himself or his employees. 70-02 PERMITS, LICENSES AND TAXES. The Contractor shall procure all permits and licenses, pay all charges, fees, and taxes, and give all notices necessary and incidental to the due and lawful prosecution of the work. 70-03 PATENTED DEVICES, MATERIALS, AND PROCESSES. If the Contractor is required or desires to use any design, device, material, or process covered by letters of patent or copyright, he shall provide for such use by suitable legal agreement with the patentee or owner. The Contractor and the surety shall indemnify and save harmless the owner, any third party, or political subdivision from any and all claims for infringement by reason of the use of any such patented design, device, material or process, or any trademark or copyright, and shall indemnify the owner for any costs, expenses, and damages which it may be obliged to pay by reason of any infringement, at any time during the prosecution or after the completion of the work. 70-04 RESTORATION OF SURFACES DISTURBED BY OTHERS. The Owner reserves the right to authorize the construction, reconstruction, or maintenance of any public or private utility service, FAA or National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration (NOAA) facility, or a utility service of another government agency at any time during the process of the work. To the extent that such construction, reconstruction, or maintenance has been coordinated with the Owner, such authorized work (by others) is indicated as follows: Owner (Utility or Other Facility) Location (See Plan Sheet No.) Person to Contact (Name, Title, Address, and Phone (NONE ANTICIPATED AT THIS TIME) Except as listed above, the Contractor shall not permit any individual, firm, or corporation to excavate or otherwise disturb such utility services or facilities located within the limits of the work without the written permission of the Owner. Should the owner of public or private utility service, FAA, or NOAA facility, or a utility service of another government agency be authorized to construct, reconstruct, or maintain such utility or facility during the progress of the work, the Contractor shall cooperate with such owners by arranging and performing the work in this contract so as to facilitate such construction, reconstruction or maintenance by others whether or not such work by others is listed above. When ordered as extra work by the GP - 31 Owner, the Contractor shall make all necessary repairs to the work which are due to such authorized work by others, unless otherwise provided for in the contract, plans, or specifications. It is understood and agreed that the Contractor shall not be entitled to make any claim for damages due to such authorized work by others or for any delay to the work resulting from such authorized work. 70-05 FEDERAL AID PARTICIPATION. For AlP contracts, the United States Government has agreed to reimburse the Owner for some portion of the contract costs. Such reimbursement is made from time to time upon the Owner's (sponsor's) request to the FAA. In consideration of the United States Government's (F AA's) agreement with the Owner, the Owner has included provisions in this contract pursuant to the requirements of the Airport and Airway Development Act of 1970 (84 stat. 219), as amended, and the Rules and Regulations of the Federal Aviation Administration that pertain to the work. As required by the Act, the contract work is subject to the inspection and approval of duly authorized representatives of the Administrator, Federal Aviation Administration and is further subject to those provisions of the rules and regulations that are cited in the contract, plans, or specifications. No requirement of the Act, the rules and regulations implementing the Act, or this contract shall be construed as making the Federal Government a party to the contract nor will any such requirement interfere, in any way, with the rights of either party to the contract. 70-06 SANITARY, HEALTH, AND SAFETY PROVISIONS. The Contractor shall provide and maintain in a neat, sanitary condition such accommodations for the use of his employees as may be necessary to comply with the requirements of the state and local Board of Health, or of other bodies or tribunals having jurisdiction. Attention is directed to federal, state and local laws, rules and regulations concerning construction safety and health standards. The Contractor shall not require any worker to work in surroundings or under conditions which are unsanitary, hazardous, or dangerous to his health or safety. The Contractor, his personnel, and subcontractors will not be permitted to use the sanitary facilities in the existing buildings on the airport, and all personnel at the site shall be so advised. Enclosed temporary toilets shall be provided in sufficient numbers and located where directed and approved by the Owner. Drinking water shall be provided from a safe and sanitary source. All such facilities shall be furnished in strict accordance with existing governing health regulations. 70-07 PUBLIC CONVENIENCE AND SAFETY. The Contractor shall control his operations and those of his ,subcontractors and all suppliers, to assure the least inconvenience to the traveling public. Under all circumstances, safety shall be the most important consideration. The Contractor shall maintain the free and unobstructed movement of aircraft and vehicular traffic with respect to his own operations and those of his subcontractors and all suppliers in accordance with the subsection titled MAINTENANCE OF TRAFFIC of Section 40 hereinabove specified and shall limit such operations for the convenience and safety of the traveling public as specified in the subsection titled LIMITATION OF OPERATIONS of Section 80 hereinafter. OP - 32 Particular attention is directed to safety on the project during the construction set . forth under this contract, in order that the Contractor's personnel as well as the general public will be adequately protected. Construction equipment will' not be operated or parked in the vicinity of the active airport runway, taxiways and apron during construction. Trench, channels, holes and the like, dug for installation of underground items, will be left open a minimum length of time. Equipment not in use will be parked in areas designated on the drawings and at least 300 feet (500 feet for instrument runways) from the active runway and at least 200 feet from active taxiways and aprons. Working equipment closer than this to active paved areas will be permitted only with specific permission and coordinated with the airport manager through the resident engineer. No excavation will be made closer than 50 feet to active paved areas except with express permission and coordinated with the airport manager through the resident engineer. All such excavation left open over night will be adequately lighted with fiashing lights. When construction requires cutting of active taxiways or runways, same shall have adequate warning barricades and flashing lights placed at key locations to insure safety of operations. The Owner will publish NOT AM stating times of construction on a runway and advise aviators that the runway is closed. Precaution shall be exercised at all times for the protection of persons and property. The safety provisions of applicable laws, building and construction codes shall be observed. Machinery, equipment and other hazards shall be guarded in accordance with the safety provisions of the Manual of Accident Prevention in Construction, published by the Association of General Contractors of America to the extent that such provisions are not in contravention of applicable law. 70-08 BARRICADES, WARNING SIGNS, AND HAZARD MARKINGS. The Contractor shall furnish, erect, and maintain all barricades, warning signs, and markings for hazards necessary to protect the public and the work. When used during periods of darkness, such barricades, warning signs and hazard markings shall be suitably illuminated. For vehicular and pedestrian traffic, the Contractor shall furnish, erect, and maintain barricades, warning signs, lights and other traffic control devices in reasonable conformity with the Manual of Uniform Traffic Control Devices for Streets and Highways (published by the United States Government Printing Office). When work requires closing of air operations area of the airport or portion of such area, the contractor shall furnish, erect, and maintain temporary markings and associated lighting conforming to the requirements of FAA Advisory Circular 150/5340-1E, Marking of Paved Areas on Airports. The Contractor shall furnish, erect, and maintain markings and associated lighting of open trenches, excavations, temporary stock piles, and his parked construction equipment that may be hazardous to the operation of emergency fire/rescue or maintenance vehicles on the airport in reasonable conformance to Advisory Circular 150/5370-2C, Safety on Airports During Construction Activity. GP - 33 The Contractor shall identify each motorized vehicle or piece of construction equipment in reasonable conformance to FAA Advisory Circular 150/5370-2C. The Contractor shall furnish and erect all barricades, warning signs, and markings for hazards prior to commencing work which requires such erection and shall maintain the barricades, warning signs, and markings for hazards until their dismantling is directed by the Engineer. Open flame type lights shall not be permitted within the air operations areas of the airport. 70-09 USE OF EXPLOSIVES. When the use of explosives is necessary for the prosecution of the work, the Contractor shall exercise the utmost care not to endanger life or property, including new work. The Contractor shall be responsible for all damage resulting from the use of explosives. All explosives shall be stored in a secure manner in compliance with all laws and ordinances, and all such storage places shall be clearly marked. Where no local laws or ordinances apply, stor.age shall be provided satisfactory to the Engineer and, in general not closer than 1,000 feet from the work or from any building, road, or other place of human occupancy. The Contractor shall notify each property owner and public utility company having structures or facilities in proximity to the site of the work of his intention to use explosives. Such n-otice shall be given sufficiently in advance to enable them to take such steps as they deem necessary to protect their property from injury. The use of electrical blasting caps shall not be permitted' on or within 1,000 feet of the airport property. 70-10 PROTECTION AND RESTORATION OF PROPERTY AND LANDSCAPE. The Contractor shall be responsible for the preservation of all public and private property, and shall protect carefully from disturbance or damage all land monuments and property marks until the Engineer has witnessed or otherwise referenced their location and shall not move them until they have been witnessed or referenced. The Contractor shall be responsible for all damage or injury to property of any character, during the prosecution of the work resulting from any act, omission, neglect, or misconduct in his manner or method of executing the work, or at any time due to defective work or materials, and said responsibility will not be released until the project shall have been completed and accepted. When or where any direct or indirect damage or injury is done to public or private property by or on account of any, act, omission, neglect, or misconduct in the execution of the work, or in consequence of the nonexecution thereof by the Contractor, he shall restore, at his own expense, such property to a condition similar or equal to that existing before such damage or injury was done, by repairing, rebuilding, or ~therwise restoring as may be directed, or he shall make. good such damage or injury in an acceptable manner. 70-11 RESPONSIBILITY FOR DAMAGE CLAIMS. The Contractor shall indemnify and save harmless the Engineer and the Owner and their officers, and employees from all suits, actions, or claims of any character brought because of any injuries or damage GP - 34 received or sustained by any person, persons, or property on account of the operations of the Contractor; or no account of or in consequence of any neglect in safeguarding the work; or through use of unacceptable materials in constructing the work; or because of any act or omission, neglect, or misconduct of said contractor; or because of any claims or amounts recovered from any infringements of patent, trademark, or copyright; or from any claims or amounts arising or recovered under the "Workmen's Compensation Act," or any other law, ordinance, order or decree. Money due the Contractor under and by virtue of his contract as may be considered necessary by the Owner for such purpose may be retained for the use of the Owner, or in case no money is due, his surety may be held until such suits, action or actionS, claim or claims for injuries or damages as aforesaid shall have been settled and suitable evidence to that effect furnished to the Owner, except that money due the Contractor will not be withheld when the Contractor produces satisfactory evidence that he is adequately protected by public liability and property damage insurance. The Contractor shall not commence work under this contract until he has obtained the following required insurance and such insurance has been approved by the Owner, nor shall the Contractor allow any subcontractor to commence work on his subcontract until all the insurance required of the subcontractor has been obtained and approved. Prior to the commencement of work hereunder, the Contractor shall furnish to the Owner and Engineer a certificate of written statement of the above required insurance. The policies evidencing required insurance shall contain an endorsement to the effect that cancellation or any material change in the policies adversely affecting the interests of the Owner in such insurance shall not be effective until ten (10) days after written notice thereof to the owner and the Engineer. (a) Compensation Insurance. The Contractor shall take out and maintain during the life of this contract, Workmen's Compensation Insurance for all his employees at the site of the project and, in case any work is sublet, the Contractor shall require the subcontractor similarly to provide Workmen's Compensation Insurance for all of the latter's employees unless such employees are covered by the protection afforded by the Contractor. In case any class of employees engaged in hazardous work under this contract at the site of the project is not protected under the Workmen's Compensation Statute, the Contractor shall provide and cause each subcontractor to provide adequate insurance for the protection of his employees not otherwise protected. (b) Contractor's Public Liability and Property Damage Liability Insurance. The Contractor shall take out and maintain regular Contractor's Public Liability and Property Damage Liability Insurance that will protect him from claims for damage for personal injury, including accidental death, as well as from claims for property damage that may arise from operations under this contract, whether such operations be by himself or by any subcontractor or by anyone directly or indirectly employed by either of them. The amounts of such insurance shall be as follows: (1) Contractors' public liability insurance including automobile liability in an amount not less than $300,000 tor injuries, including wrongful death to anyone person and subject to the same limit for each person in an amount not less than $1,000,000 for injuries including wrongful death to more than one person 'in anyone occurrence. (2) Contractors' property damage liability insurance in an amount not less than $50,000 for damages on account of anyone occurrence and in an amount not less than $100,000 for damages on account of all occurrences. OP - 35 (3) Contractors' automobile property damage liability insurance in an amount not less than $100,000. (c) Contingent Liability. The above policies for comprehensive liability and property damage insurance must so be written as to include contingent liability and contingent property damage insurance to protect the Contractor against claims arising from the operation of subcontractors. (d) Contractural Liability. To recognize and hold harmless the requirements of this contract. (e) Public Liability and Property Damage Insurance on half of the Owner. In addition to the public liability and property damage insurance above mentioned, the Contractor shall furnish written evidence to the owner that with respect to the Contractor's operations or those of any of his subcontractors, he has provided on behalf of the Owner for regular protective public liability and property damage insurance in the amounts above specified. (f) Builder's Risk. The Contractor shall secure and maintain during the term of this contract, builder's risk insurance to include fire, lightning, extended coverage and vandalism and malicious mischief. All policies shall name the Owner and Engineer as additional name insured. Certificates in triplicate from the insurance carrier stating the limits of liability and expiration date shall be filed with the Engineer before operations are begun. Such certificates shall not merely ~ the types of policy provided, but shall specifiCiiIY refer to this contract !!!Q section, and the above paragraph in accordance with which insurance is being furnished, and state that such insurance is !! required ~ such paragraphs of this contract. 70-12 THIRD PARTY BENEFICIARY CLAUSE. It is specifically agreed between the parties executing the contract that it is not intended by any of the provisions of any part of the -contract to create the public or any member thereof a third party beneficiary or to authorize anyone not a party to the contract to maintain a suit for personal injuries or property damage pursuant to the terms or provisions of the contract. 70-13 OPENING SECTIONS OF THE WORK TO TRAFFIC. Should it be necessary for the Contractor to complete portions of the contract work for the beneficial occupancy of the Owner prior to completion of the entire contract, such "phasing" of the work shall be specified herein and indicated on the plans. When so specified, the Contractor shall complete such portions of the work on or before the date specified or as otherwise specified. The Contractor shall make his own estimate of the difficulties involved in arranging his work to permit such beneficial occupancy by the Owner. 70-14 CONTRACTOR'S RESPONSIBILITY FOR WORK. Until the Engineer's final written acceptance of the entire completed work, excepting only those portions of the work accepted in accordance with the subsection titled PARTIAL ACCEPTANCE OF Section 50, the Contractor shall have the charge and care thereof and shall take every precaution against injury or damage to any part due to the action of the elements or from any other cause, whether arising from the execution or from the nonexecution of the work. The Contractor shall rebuild, repair, restore, and make good all injuries or damages to any portion of the work occasioned by any of the above causes before GP - 36 final acceptance and shall bear the expense thereof except damage to the work due to unforeseeable causes beyond the control of and without fault or negligence of the Contractor, including but not restricted to acts of God such as earthquake, tidal wave, tornado, hurricane, or other cataclysmic phenomenon of nature, or acts of the public enemy or of governmental authorities. If the work is suspended for any cause whatsoever, the Contractor shall be responsible for the work and shall take such precautions necessary to prevent damage to the work. The Contractor shall provide for normal drainage and shall erect necessary temporary structures, signs, or other facilities at his expense. During each period of suspension of work, the Contractor shall properly and continuously maintain in an acceptable growing condition all living material in newly established plantings, seedings, and soddings furnished under his contract, and shall take adequate precautions to protect new tree growth and other important vegetative growth against injury. 70-15 CONTRACTOR'S RESPONSIBILITY FOR UTILITY SERVICE AND FACILITIES OF OTHERS. As provided in the subsection titled RESTORATION OF SURFACES DISTURBED BY OTHERS of this section, the Contractor shall cooperate with the Owner of any public or private utility service, FAA or National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration (NOAA), or a utility service of another government agency that may be authorized by the Owner to construct, reconstruct or maintain such utility services or facilities during the progress of the work. In addition, the Contractor shall control his operations to prevent the unscheduled interruption of such utility services and facilities. To the extent that such public or private utility services, FAA, NOAA and other governmental agencies, and airport tenants such as ai~line operators are known to exist within the limits of the contract work, the approximate locations have been indica ted on the plans. . It is understood and agreed that the Owner does not guarantee the accuracy or the completeness of the location information relating to existing utility services, facilities, or structures that may be shown on the plans or encountered in the work. Any inaccuracy or omission in such information shall not relieve the Contractor of his responsibility to protect such existing features. from damage or unscheduled interruption of service. It is further understood and agreed that the Contractor shall, upon execution of the contract, notify the Owners of all such services or other facilities of his plan of operations. In addition to the general written notification hereinabove provided, it shall be the responsibility of the Contractor to keep such individual owners advised of changes in his plan or operations that would affect such owners. Prior to commencing the work in the general vicinity of an existing utility service or facility, the Contractor shall again notify each such owner of his plan of operation. If, in the Contractor's opinion, the Owner's assistance is needed to locate the utility service or facility or the presence of a representative of the Owner is desirable to observe the work, such advice should be included in the notification. Such notification shall be given by the most expeditious means to reach the utility owner no later than two normal business days prior to the Contractor's commencement of operations in such general vicinity. The Contractor shall furnish a written summary of the GP - 37 notification to the Owner. The Contractor's failure to give the two days' notice hereinabove provided shall be cause for the Owner to suspend the Contractor's operations in the general vicinity of a utility service or facility. When the outside limits of an underground utility service have been located and staked on the ground, the Contractor shall be required to use excavation methods acceptable to the Engineer within 3 feet of such outside limits at such points as may be required to insure protection from damage due to the Contractor's operations. Should the Contractor damage or interrupt the operation of a utility service or facility by accident or otherwise, he shall immediately notify the proper authority and the Engineer and shall take all reasonable measures to prevent further damage or interruption of service. The Contractor, in such events, shall cooperate with the utility service or facility owner and the Engineer continuously until such damage has been repaired and service restored to the satisfaction of the utility or facility owner. The Contractor shall bear all costs of damage and restoration of service to any utility' service or facility due to his operations whether or not due to negligence or accident. The Owner reserves the right to deduct such costs from any monies due or which become due the Contractor or his surety. 70-16 FURNISHING RIGHTS-OF-WAY. The Owner will be responsible for furnishing all rights-of-way upon which the work is to be constructed in advance of the Contractor's operations. 70-17 PERSONAL LIABILITY OF PUBLIC OFFICIALS. In carrying out any of the contract provisions or in exercising any power or authority granted to him by this contract, there shall be no liability upon the Engineer, his authorized representatives, or any official of the Owner either personally or as an official of the Owner. It is understood that in such matters they act solely as agents and representatives of the Owner. 70-18 NO WAIVER OF LEGAL RIGHTS. Upon completion of the work, the Owner will expeditiously make final inspection and notify the Contractor of final acceptance. Such final acceptance, however, shall not preclude or estop the Owner from correcting any measurement, estimate, or certificate made before or after completion of the work, nor shall the Owner be precluded or estopped from recovering from the Contractor or his surety, or both, such overpayment as may be sustained, or by failure on the part of the Contractor to fulfill his obligations under the contract. A waiver on the part of the Owner of any breach of any part of the contract shall not be held to be a waiver of any other or subsequent breach. The Contractor, without prejudice to the terms of the contract, shall be liable by the Owner for latent defects, fraud, or such gross mistakes as may amount to fraud, or as regards the Owner's rights under any warranty or guaranty. 70-19 ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION. The Contractor shall comply with all federal, state, and local laws and regulations controlling pollution of the environment. He shall take necessary precautions to prevent pollution of streams, lakes, ponds, and reservoirs with fuels, oils, bitumens, chemicals, or other harmful materials and to prevent pollution of the atmosphere from particulate and gaseous matter. GP - 38 70-20 ARCHAEOLOGICAL AND HISTORICAL FINDINGS. Unless otherwise specified in this subsection, the Contractor is advised that the site of the work is not within any property, district, or site, and does not contain any building, structure, or object listed in the current National Register of Historic Places published by the United States Department of the Interior. Should the Contractor encounter, during his operations, any building, part of a building, structure, or object which is incongruous with its surroundings, he shall immediately cease operations in that location and notify the Engineer. The Engineer will immediately investigate the Contractor's finding and the Owner will direct the Contractor to either resume his operations or to suspend operations as directed. Should the Owner order suspension of the Contractor's operations in order to protect an archaeological or historical finding, or order the Contractor to perform extra work, such shall be covered by an appropriate contract modification (change order or supplemental agreement) as provided in the subsection titled PA YMENT FOR EXTRA WORK AND FORCE ACCOUNT WORK of Section 90. If appropriate, the contract modification shall include an extension of contract time in accordance with the subsection DETERMINATION AND EXTENSION OF CONTRACT TIME of Section 80. 70-21 PROJECT INSPECTION BY OTHERS. The attention of the Contractor is invited to the fact that pursuant to a Joint Participation Agreement between the State of Florida, Department of Transportation and the Owner, the State of Florida may pay a portion of the cost to this improvement. The construction work and labor shall be done in accordance with the laws of the State of Florida subject to the inspection and approval of the State of Florida, Department of Transportation. The construction work and materials, therefore, will be subject to such inspection by the State of Florida, Department of Transportation or its agents as may be deemed necessary, but such inspection will in no sense make the State of Florida, Department of Transportation a party to this contract and will in no way interfere with the rights of either party to the contract. GP - 39 SECTION 80 PROSECUTION AND PROGRESS 80-01 SUBLETTING OF CONTRACT. The Owner will not recognize any subcontractor on the Work. The Contractor shall at all times when work is in progress be represented either in person, by a qualified Superintendent, or by other designated, qualified representative who is duly authorized to receive and execute orders of the Owner. Should the Contractor elect to assign his Contract, said assignment shall be concurred in by the surety, shall be presented for the consideration and approval of the Owner, and shall be consummated only on the written approval of the Owner. In case of approval, the Contractor shall file copies of all subcontracts with the Engineer. 80-02 NOTICE TO PROCEED. The Notice to Proceed shall state the date on which it is expected the Contractor will begin the construction and from which date contract time will be charged. The Contractor shall begin the work to be performed under the contract within 10 days of the date set by the Owner in the written Notice to Proceed, but in any event, the Contractor shall notify the Owner at least 24 hours in advance of the time actual construction operations will begin. 80-03 PROSECUTION AND PROGRESS. The Contractor shall submit his progress schedule for the Engineer's review at least five (5) working days (weekends excluded) prior to the scheduled date of the Preconstruction Conference. The Contractor's progress schedule may be used to establish major construction operations and to check on the progress of the Work. The Contractor shall provide sufficient materials, equipment, and labor to guarantee the completion of the project in accordance with the plans and specifications within the time set forth in the proposal. .. If the Contractor falls significantly behind the submitted schedule, the Contractor shall, upon the Engineer's request, submit a revised schedule for completion of the work within the contract time and modify his operations to provide such additional materials, equipment, and labor necessary to meet the revised schedule. Should the prosecution of the work be discontinued for any reason, the Contractor shall notify the Engineer at least 24 hours in advance of resuming operations. For AlP contracts, the Contractor shall not commence any actual construction prior to the date on which the Notice to Proceed is issued by the Owner. 80-04 LIMITATION OF OPERATIONS. The Contractor shall control his operations and the operations of his subcontractors and all suppliers so as to provide for the free and unobstructed movement of aircraft in the AIR OPERATIONS AREAS of the airport. When the work requires the Contractor to conduct his operations within an AIR OPERATIONS AREA of the airport, the work shall be coordinated with the airport management (through the Engineer) at least 48 hours prior to commencement of such work. The Contractor shall not close an AIR OPERATIONS AREA until so authorized by the Owner and until the necessary temporary marking and associated lighting is in place as provided in the subsection titled BARRICADES, WARNING SIGNS, AND HAZARD MARKINGS of Section 70. GP - 40 The construction work shall be accomplished in such a manner that the runway is subject to closure only during the times required for construction, and that such closures for construction receive timely publication of NOTAM as to timing and frequency of occurances. 80-05 CHARACTER OF WORKERS, METHODS, AND EQUIPMENT. The Contractor shall at all times employ sufficient labor and equipment for prosecuting the work to full completion in the manner and time required by the contract, plans, and specifica tions. All workers shall have sufficient skill and experience to perform properly the work assigned to them. Workers engaged in special work or skilled work shall have sufficient experience in such work and in the operation of the equipment required to perform the work satisfactorily. Any person employed by the Contractor or by any subcontractor who, in the opinion of "the Owner, does not perform his work in a proper and skillful manner or is intemperate or disorderly shall, at the written request of the Owner, be removed forthwith by the Contractor or subcontractor employing such person, and shall not be employed again in any portion of the work without the approval of the Owner. Should the Contractor fail to remove such person or persons or fail to furnish suitable and sufficient personnel for the proper prosecution of the work, the Owner may suspend the work by written notice until compliance with such orders. All equipment which is proposed to be used on the work shall be of sufficient size and in such mechanical condition as to meet the requirements of the work and to produce a satisfactory quality of work. Equipment used on any portion of the work shall be such that no injury to previously completed work, adjacent property, or existing airport facilities will result form its use. When the methods and equipment" to be used by the Contractor in accomplishing the work are not prescribed in the contract, the Contractor is free to use any methods or equipment that will accomplish the work in conformity with the requirements of the contract, plans, and specifications. 80-06 TEMPORARY SUSPENSION OF THE WORK. The Owner shall have the authority to suspend the work wholly, or in part, for such period or periods as he may deem necessary, due to unsuitable weather, or such other conditions as are considered unfavorable for the prosecution of the work, or for such time as in necessary due to the failure on the part of the Contractor to carry out orders given or perform any or all provisions of the contract. In the event that the Contractor is ordered by the Owner, in writing, to suspend work for some unforeseen cause not otherwise provided for in the contract and over which the Contractor has no control, the Contractor may be reimbursed for actual money expended on the work during the period of shutdown. No allowance will be made for anticipated profits. The period of shutdown shall be computed from the effective date .of the Owner's order to suspend work to the effective date of the Owner's order to resume work. Claims for such compensation shall be filed with the Owner within the time period stated in the Owner's order to resume work. The Contractor shall submit with his claim information substantiating the amount shown on the claim. No provision of this article shall be construed as entitling the Contractor to compensation OP - 41 for delays due to inclement weather, for suspensions made at the request of the Contractor, or for any other delay provided for in the contract, plans, or specifica tions. If it should become necessary to suspend work for an indefinite period, the Contractor shall store all materials in such manner that they will not become an obstruction nor become damaged in any way. He shall take every precaution to prevent damage or deterioration of the work performed and provide for normal drainage of the work. The Contractor shall erect temporary structures where necessary to provide for traffic on, to, or from the airport. 80-07 DETERMINATION AND EXTENSION OF CONTRACT TIME. The number of calendar days allowed for completion of the work shall be stated in the proposal and contract and shall be known as the CONTRACT TIME. Should the contract time require extension for reasons beyond the Contractor's control, it shall be adjusted as follows: (a) CONTRACT TIME based on CALENDAR DAYS shall be calculated weekly by the Engineer. The Engineer will furnish the Contractor a copy of his weekly statement of the number of calendar days charged against the contract time during the week and the number of calendar days currently specified for completion of the contract (the original contract time plus the number of calendar days, if any, that have been included in approved CHANGE ORDERS or SUPPLEMENTAL AGREEMENTS covering EXTRA WORK. (b) CONTRACT TIME based on CALENDAR DAYS shall consist of the number of calendar days stated in the contract counting from the effective date of the notice to proceed and including all Saturdays, Sundays, holidays, and non-work days. All calendar days elapsing between the effective dates of the orders to suspend and resume all work, due to causes not.the fault of the Contractor, shall be excluded. If the Contractor finds it impossible for reasons beyond his control to complete the work within the contract time as specified, or as extended in accordance with the provisions of this subsection, he may, at any time prior to the expiration of the contract time as extended, make a written request to the Owner for an extension of time setting forth the reasons which he believes will justify the granting of his request. The Contractor's plea that insufficient time was specified is not a valid reason for extension of time. If the Owner finds that the work was delayed because of conditions beyond the control and with the fault of the Contractor, he may extend the time for completion in such amount as the conditions justify. The extended time for completion shall then be in full force and effect, the same as though it were the original time for completion. 80-08 FAILURE TO COMPLETE ON TIME. For each calendar day, as specified in the contract, that any work remains uncompleted after the contract time (including all extensions and adjustments as provided in the subsection titled DETERMINATION AND EXTENSION OF CONTRACT TIME of this section) the sum speci(ied in the contract and proposal as liquidated damages will be deducted from any money due or to become due the Contractor or his surety. Such deducted sums shall not be deducted as a penalty but shall be considered as liquidation of a reasonable portion of damages that will be incurred by the Owner should the Contractor fail to complete the work in the time provided in his contract. GP - 42 Permitting the Contractor to discontinue and finish the work or any part of it after the time fixed for its completion, or after the date to which time for completion may be extended, will in no way operate as a waiver on the part of the Owner of any of its rights under the contract. 80-09 DEFAULT AND TERMINATION OF CONTRACT. The Contractor shall be considered in default of his contract and such default will be considered as cause for the Owner to terminate the contract for any of the following reasons if the Contractor: (a) Fails to begin the work under the contract within the time specified in the "Notice to Proceed," or (b) Fails to preform the work or fails to provide sufficient workers, equipment or materials to assure completion of work in accordance with the terms of the contract, or (e) Performs the work unsuitably or neglects or refuses to remove materials or to perform anew such work as may be rejected as unacceptable and unsuitable, or (d) Discontinues the prosecution of the work, or (e) Fails to resume work which has been discontinued within a reasonable time after notice to do so, or (f) Becomes insolvent or is declared bankrupt, or commits any act of bankruptcy or insolvency, or (g) Allows any final judgment to stand against him unsatisfied for a period of 10 days, or . (h) Makes an assignment for the benefit of creditors, or (i) For any other cause whatsoever, fails to carryon the work in an acceptable manner. Should the Owner consider the Contractor in default of the contract for any reason hereinbefore, he shall immediately give written notice to the Contractor and the Contractor's surety as to the reasons for considering the Contractor in default and the Owner's intentions to terminate the contract. If the Contractor or surety, within a period of 10 days after such notice, does not proceed in accordance therewith, then the Owner will, upon consideration of the facts of such delay, neglect, or default and the Contractor's failure to comply with such notice, have full power and authority without violating the contract, to take prosecution of the work out of the hands of the Contractor. The Owner may appropriate or use any or all materials and equipment that have been mobilized for use in the work and are acceptable and may enter into an agreement for the completion of said contract according to the terms and provisions thereof, or use such other methods as in the opinion of the Owner will be required for the completion of said contract in an acceptable manner. OP - 43 All costs and charges incurred by the Owner, together with the cost of completing the work under contract, will be ded~cted from any monies due or which may become due to the Contractor. If such expense exceeds the sum which would have been payable under the contract, then the Contractor and the surety shall be liable and shall pay to the Owner the amount of such excess. 80-10 TERMINATION FOR NATIONAL EMERGENCIES. The Owner shall terminate the contract or portion thereof by written notice when the Contractor is prevented from proceeding with the construction contract as a direct result of an Executive Order of the President with respect to the prosecution of war or in the interest of na tional defense. When the contract, or any portion thereof, is terminated before completion of all items of work in the contract, payment will be made for the actual number of units or items of work completed at the contract price or as mutually agreed for items of work partially completed or not started. No claims or loss of anticipated profits shall be considered. Reimbursement for organization of the work, and other overhead expenses (when not otherwise included in the contract), and moving equipment and material to and from the job will be considered, the intent being that an equitable settlement will be made with the Contractor. Acceptable materials, obtained or ordered by the Contractor for the work and that are not incorporated in the work shall, at the option of the Contractor, be purchased from the Contractor at actual cost as shown by receipted bills and actual cost records at such points of delivery as may be designated by the Owne~. Termination of the contract or a portion thereof shall neither relieve the Contractor of his responsibilities for the completed work nor shall it relieve his surety of its obligation for and concerning any j!;lSt claim arising out of the work performed. OP - 44 SECTION 90 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT 90-01 MEASUREMENT OF QUANTmES. All work completed under the contract will be measured by the Engineer, or his authorized representatives, using United States Customary Units of Measurement. The method of measurement and computations to be used in determination of quantities of material furnished and of work performed under the contract will be those methods generally recognized as conforming to good engineering practice. Unless otherwise specified, longitudinal measurements for area computations will be made horizontally, and no deductions will be made for individual fixtures (or leave- outs) having an area of 9 square feet or less. Unless otherwise specified, transverse measurements for area computations will be the neat dimensions. shown on the plans or ordered in writing by the Engineer. Structures will be measured according to neat lines shown on the plans or as altered to fit field conditions. Unless otherwise specified, all contract items which are measured by the linear foot such as electrical ducts, conduits, pipe culverts, underdrains, and similar items shall be measured parallel to the base or foundation upon which such items are placed. In computing volumes of excavation the average end area method or other acceptable methods will be used. The thickness of plates and galvanized sheet used in the manufacture of corrugated metal pipe, metal plate and pip~ culverts and arches, and metal cribbing will be specified and measured in decimal fraction of inches. The term "ton" will mean the short ton consisting of 2,000 pounds avoirdupois. All materials which are measured or proportioned by weights shall be weighed on accurate, approved scales by competent, qualified personnel at locations designated by the Engineer. If material is shipped by rail, the car weight may be accepted provided that only the actual weight of material be paid for. However, car weights will not be acceptable for material to be passed through mixing plants. Trucks used to haul material being paid for by weight shall be weighted empty daily at such times as the Owner directs, and each truck shall bear a plainly legible identification mark. Material to be measured by volume in the hauling vehicle shall be measured therein at the point of delivery. Vehicles for this purpose may be of any size or type acceptable to the Owner, provided that the body is of such shape that the actual contents may be readily and accurately determined. All vehicles shall be loaded to at least their water level capacity and all loads shall be leveled when vehicles arrive at the point of delivery. When requested by the Contractor and reviewed by the Engineer in writing, material specified to be measured by the cubic yard may be wieghed and such weights will be converted to cubic yards for payment purposes. Factors for conversation from weight measurements to volume measurement will be determined by the Engineer and shall be agreed to by the Contractor before such method of measurement of pay quantities is used. GP - 45 Net certified scale weights or weights based on certified volumes in the case of rail shipments will be used as a basis of measurement, subject to correction when bituminous material has been lost from the car or the distributor, wasted, or otherwise not incorporated in the work. Cement will be measured by the ton or hundredweight. Timber will be measured by the thousand feet board measure (MFBM) actually incorporated in the structure. Measurement will be based on nominal widths and thicknesses and the extreme length of each piece. The term "lump sum" when used as an item of payment will mean complete payment for the work described in the contract. When a complete structure or structural unit (in effect, "lump sum" work) is specified as the unit of measurement, the unit will be construed to include all necessary fittings and accessories. Rental of equipment will be measured by time in hours of actual working time and necessary traveling time of the equipment within the limits of the work. Special equipment ordered by the Engineer in connection with force account work will be measured as agreed in the change order or supplemental agreement authorizing such force account work as provided in the subsection titled PAYMENT FOR EXTRA FORCE ACCOUNT WORK of this section. When standard manufactured items are specified such as fence, wire, plates, rolled shapes, pipe conduits, etc., and these items are ident~fied by gauge, unit weight, section dimensions, etc., such identification will be considered to be nominal weights or dimensions. Unless more stringently controlled by tolerances in cited specifications, manufacturing tolerances established by the industries involved will be accepted. Materials which are proportioned or measured and paid for by weight shall be weighed on certified scales. Scales shall be accurate within one-half percent to the correct weight throughout the range of use. The Contractor shall have the scales checked under the observation of the inspector before beginning work and at such other times as requested. The intervals shall be uniform in spacing throughout the graduated or marked length of the beam or dial and shall not exceed one-tenth of one percent of the nominal rated capacity of the scale, but not less than one pound. The use of spring balances will not be permitted. Beams, dials, platforms, and other scale equipment shall be so arranged tha~ the operator and inspector can safely and conveniently view them. Scale installation shall have available, ten standard fifty-poWld weights for testing the equipment or suitable weights and devices or other approved equipment. Scales must be tested for accuracy and serviced before use at a new site. Platform scales shall be installed and maintained with the platform level and rigid bulkheads at each end. OP - 46 Scales "outweighing" (indicating more than correct weight) will not be permitted to operate and all materials received subsequent to the last previous correct weighing- accuracy test will be reduced by the percentage of error in excess of one-half of one percent. In the event inspection reveals the scales have been "underweighing" (indicating less than correct weight) they shall be adjusted and no additional payment to the Contractor will be allowed for materials previously weighed and recorded. All costs in connection with furnishing, installing, certifying, testing, and maintaining scales; for furnishing check weights and scale house; and for all other items specified in this subsection, for the weighing of materials for proportioning or payment, shall be included in the unit contract prices for the various items of the project. When the estimated quantities for a specific portion of the work are designed as the pay quantities in the contract, they shall be the final quantities for which payment for such specific portion of the work will be made, unless the dimensions of said portions of the work shown on the plans are revised by the Engineer. If revised dimensions result in an increase or decrease in the quantities of such work, the final quantities for payment will be revised in the amount represented by the authorized changes in the dimensions. 90-02 SCOPE OF PAYMENT. The Contractor shall receive and accept compensation provided for in the contract as full payment for furnishing all materials, for performing all work under the contract in a complete and acceptable manner, and for all risk, loss, damage, or expense of whatever character arising out. of the nature of the work or the prosecution thereof, subject to the provisions of the subsection titled NO WAIVER OF LEGAL RIGHTS of Section 70. When the "basis of payment" subsection of a technical specification requires that the contract price (bid price) include compensation for certain work or material essential to the item, this same work or material will not also be measured for payment under any other contract item which may appear elsewhere in the contract, plans, or specifica tions. 90-03 COMPENSATION FOR ALTERED QUANTITIES. When the accepted quantities of work vary from the quantities in the proposal, the Contractor shall accept as payment in full, so far as contract items are concerned, payment at the original contract price for the accepted quantities ot work actually completed and accepted. No allowance, except as provided for in the subsection titled ALTERATION OF WORK AND QUANTITIES of Section 40 will be made fo~ any increased expense, loss of expected reimbursement, or loss of anticipated profits suffered or claimed by the Contractor which results directly from such alterations or indirectly from his unbalanced allocation of overhead and profit among the contract items, or from any other cause. 90-04 PAYMENT FOR OMITTED ITEMS. As specified in the subsection titled OMITTED ITEMS of Section 40, the Owner shall have the right to omit from the work (order nonpreformance) any contract item, except major contractor items, in the best interest of the Owner. Should the Owner omit or order nonpreformance of a contract item or portion of such item from the work, the Contractor shall accept payment in full at the contract prices GP - 47 for any work actually completed and acceptable prior to the Owner's. order to omit or nonpreform such contract item. Acceptable materials ordered by the Contractor or delivered on the work prior to the date of the Owner's order will be paid for at the actual cost to the Contractor and shall thereupon become the property of the Owner. In addition to the reimbursement hereinabove provided, the Contractor shall be reimbursed for all actual costs incurred for the purpose of performing the omitted contract item prior to the date of the Owner's order. Such additional costs incurred by the Contractor must be directly related to the deleted contract item and shall be supported by certified statements by the Contractor as to the nature and amount of such costs. 90-05 PAYMENT FOR EXTRA FORCE ACCOUNT WORK. Extra work, performed in accordance with the subsection titled EXTRA WORK of Section 40, will be paid for at the contract prices or agreed prices specified in the change order or. supplemental agreement authorizing such extra work. When the change order or supplemental agreement authorizing the extra work requires that it be done by force account, such force account shall be measured and paid for as follows: (a) Labor. For all labor (skilled and unskilled) and foremen in direct charge of a specific force account item, the Contractor shall receive the rate of wage (or scale) for every hour that such labor or foremen is actually engaged in the specific force account work. Such wage (or scale) shall be agreed upon in writing before beginning the work. The Contractor shall receive the actual costs paid to,' or in behalf of, workers by reason of subsistence and travel allowances, health and welfare benefits, pension fund benefits and other benefits, when such amounts are required by collective bargaining agreement or other employment c~ntract generally applicable to the classes of labor employed on the work. An amount equal to 15 percent of the sum of the above items will also be paid the Contractor. (b) Insurance and Taxes. For property damage, liability and workmen's compensation insurance premiums, unemployment insurance contributions, and social security taxes on the force account work the Contractor shall receive the actual cost, to which cost (sum) five percent will be added. The Contractor shall furnish satisfactory evidence of the rate or rates paid for such insurance and taxes. (c) Materials. For materials accepted by the Owner and used, the Contractor shall receive the actual cost of such materials delivered on the work, including transportation charges paid by him (exclusive of machinery rentals as hereinafter set forth), to which cost (sum) 15 percent will be added. (d) Equipment. For any machinery or special equipment (other ,than small tools) including fuel and lubricants, plus transportation costs, the use. of which has been authorized by the Owner, the Contractor shall receive the rental rates agreed upon in writing before such work is begun for the actual time that such equipment is committed to the work, to which rental sum 15 percent will be added. GP - 48 (e) Miscellaneous. No additional allowance will be made for general superintendence, the use of small tools, or other costs for which no specific allowance is herein provided. (f) Comparison of Records. The Contractor and the Owner shall compare records of the cost of force account work at the end of each day. Agreement shall be indicated by signature of the Contractor and Owner or their duly authorized representatives. (g) Statements. No payment will be made for work performed on a force account basis until the Contractor has furnished the Owner with duplicate itemized statements of the cost of such force account work detailed as follows: (1) Name, classification, date, daily hours, total hours, rate and extension for each laborer and foreman. (2) Designation, dates, daily hours, total hours, rental rate, and extension for each unit of machinery and equipment. (3) Quantities of materials, prices and extensions. (4) Transportation of materials. (5) Cost of property damage, liability and workmen's compensation insurance premiums, unemployment insurance contributions, and social security tax. Statements shall be accompanied and supported by receipted invoice for all materials used and transportation charges. However, if materials used on the force account are not specifically purchased for such work but are taken from the Contractor's stock, then in lieu of the invoices the Contractor shall furnish an affidavit certifying that such materials were taken from his stock, that the quantity claimed was actually used, and that the price and transportation claimed represent the actual cost to the Contractor. The additional payment, based on the percentages specified above, shall constitute full compensation for all items of expense not specifically provided for the force account work. The total payment made as provided above shall constitute full compensation for such work. 90-06 PARTIAL PAYMENTS. Partial payments will be made at least once each month as the work progresses. Said payments will be based upon estimates prepared by the Engineer of the value of the work performed and materials complete in place in accordance with the contract, plans, and specifications. Such partial payments may also include the delivered actual cost of those materials stockpiled and stored in accordance with the subsection titled PAYMENT FOR MATERIALS ON HAND of this section. No partial payment will be made when the amount due the Contractor since the last estimate amounts to less than five hundred dollars. · From the total of the amount determined to be payable on a partial payment, 10 percent of such total amount will be deducted and retained by the Owner until the final payment is made. The balarlce (90 percent) of the amount payable, less all previous payments, shall be certified for payment. GP - 49 When not less than 9596 of the work has been completed the Engineer may, at his discretion and with the consent of the surety, prepare an estimate from which will be retained an amount not less than twice the contract value or estimated cost, whichever is greater, of the work remaining to be done. The remainder, less all previous payments and deductions, will then be certified for payment to the Contractor. It is understood and agreed that the Contractor shall not be entitled to demand or receive partial payment based on quantities of work in excess of those provided in the proposal or covered by approved change orders or supplemental agreements, except when such excess quantities have been determined by the Engineer to be a part of the final quantity for the item of work in question. No partial payment shall bind the Owner to the acceptance of any materials or work in place as to quality or quantity. All partial payments are subject to correction at the time of final payment as provided in the section titled ACCEPTANCE AND FIN AL PAYMENT of this section. 90-07 PAYMENT FOR MATERIALS ON HAND. Partial payments may be made to the extent of the delivered cost of materials to be incorporated in the work, provided that such materials meet the requirements of the contract, plans, and specifications and are delivered to acceptable sites on the airport property or at other sites in the vicinity that are acceptable to the Owner. Such delivered costs of stored or stockpiled materials may be included in the next partial payment after the following conditions are met: (a) The material has been stored or stockpiled in a manner acceptable to the Engineer at or on an approved site. (b) The Contractor has fumished the Engineer with acceptable evidence of the quantity and quality of such stored or stockpiled materials. . (c) The Contractor has furnished the engineer with satisfactory evidence that the material and transportation costs have been paid. (d) The Contractor has furnished the Owner legal title (free of liens or encumbrances of any kind) to the material so stored or stockpiled. (e) The Contractor has furnished the Owner evidence that the material so stored or stockpiled is insured against loss by damage to or disappearance of such materials at any time prior to use in the work. It is understood and agreed that the transfer of title and the Owner's payment for such stored or stockpiled materials shall in no way relieve the Contractor of his responsibility for furnishing and placing such materials in accordance with the requirements of the contract, plans, and specifications. In no case will the amount of partial payments for materials on hand exceed the contract price for such materials or the contract price for the contract item in which the material is intended to be used. No partial payment will be made for stored or stockpiled living or perishable plant ma terials. GP - 50 The Contractor shall bear all costs associated with the partial payment of stored or stockpiled materials in accordance with the provisions of this subsection. 90-08 ACCEPTANCE AND FINAL PAYMENT. Before the final payment is made, the Contractor shall show to the Owner satisfactory evidence that all just liens, claims, and demands of his employees and of other parties from whom materials used in the construction of the work have been purchased or procured, are fully satisfied and shall execute and furnish a release of lien of the form included with the contract documents. Before acceptance and final payment is made, the Contractor shall furnish to the Owner a guarantee to remain in full force and effect for a period of one (1) year from the date of the acceptance of the project by the Owner which shall provide that the Contractor shall repair or replace for said period of one year, all work performed and materials and equipment furnished that were not performed or furnished according to the terms of the contract, and made good all defects thereof that have become apparent before the expiration of one year. Such guarantees shall be covered by the surety bond. If any part of the project, in the opinion of the Owner for the reasons stated above, needs to be replaced, repaired or made good during that time, he shall so notify the Contractor in writing. If the Contractor refuses or neglects to do such work within five (5) days from the date of service of such notice, the Owner shall have the work done by others and the cost thereof shall be paid by the Contractor or his surety. Before the surety bond is released, the Owner shall certify in writing that the foregoing obligations have been fully discharged. When the contract work has been accepted in accordance with the requirements of the subsection titled FINAL ACCEPTANCE of Section 50, the Engineer will prepare the final estimate of the items of work actually performed. . The Contractor shall approve the Engineer's final estimate or advise the Engineer of his objections to the final estimate which are based on disputes in measurements or computations of the final quantities to be paid under the contract as amended by change order or supplemental agreement. The Contractor and. Engineer shall resolve all disputes (if any) in the measurement and computation of final quantities to be paid within thirty (30) calendar days of the Contractor's receipt of the Engineer's final estimate. If, after such thirty- day period, a dispute still exists, the Contractor may approve the Engineer's estimate under protest of the quantities in dispute and such disputed quantities shall be considered by the Owner as a claim in accordance with the subsection titled CLAIMS FOR ADJUSTMENT AND DISPUTES of Section 50. After the Contractor has approved, or approved under protest, the Engineer's final estimate, final payment will be processed based on the entire sum, or the undisputed sum in case of approval under protest, determined to be due the Contractor less all previous payments and all amounts to be deducted under the provisions of the contract. All prior partial estimates and payments shall be subject to correction in the final estimate and payment. If the Contractor has filed a claim for additional compensation under the provisions of the subsection titled CLAIMS FOR ADJUSTMENT AND DISPUTES of Section 50 or under the provisions of this subsection, such claims will be considered by the Owner in accordance with local laws or ordinances. Upon final adjudication of such claims, any additional payment determined to be due the Contractor will be paid pursuant to a supplemental, final estimate. GP - 51 ITEM G-IOO MOBILIZATION Description 100-1.1 The work specified in this section consists of the preparatory work and operations in mobilizing for beginning work on the project, including, but not limited to, those operations necessary for the movement of personnel, equipment, supplies and incidentals to the project site and for the establishment of temporary offices, buildings, safety equipment and first aid supplies, sanitary and other facilities, as required by these specifications, and State and local laws and regulations. The costs of bonds and any required insurance and any other preconstruct ion expense necessary for the start of the work, excluding the cost of construction materials, shall also be included in this section. Method of Measurement 100-2.1 The work and incidental costs covered under this Section will be paid for at the Contract lump sum price for the item of Mobilization. Partial Payments will be made therefor in accordance with the following: 96 of Original Contract Amount Earned Allowable 96 of Lump Sum Price For the Item 5 10 25 50 25 50 75 100 The standard retainage, as specified in Section 90-06, will be applied to these allowances; partial payments made on this item shall in no way act to preclude or limit any of the provisions for partial payments otherwise provided for by the Contract. Basis of Payment 100-3.1 Payment shall be made under: Item G-100-3.1 Mobilization - per lump sum. G-IOO - 1 ITEM P-151 CLEARING, GRUBBING, RELOCATION AND DEMOLITION Description 151-1.1 This item shall consist of clearing, grubbing, relocation and demolition including the disposal of materials, for all areas within the limits designated in the plans or as required by the Engineer. Construction Methods 151-2.1 GENERAL. Prior to the commencement of clearing and grubbing operations, the areas denoted in the plans to be cleared and grubbed under this item shall be staked on the ground by the contractor and reviewed by the Engineer. The clearing and grubbing shall be done at a satisfactory distance in advance of the grading operations. Clearing and grubbing shall consist of clearing the surface of the ground of the designated areas of all tress, stumps, down timber, logs, snags, brush, undergrowth, hedges, heavy growth of grass or weeds, fences, structures, debris, and rubbish of any nature, natural obstructions or such material which in the opinion of the Engineer is unsuitable for the foundation of strips, pavements, or other required structures, including the grubbing of stumps, roots, matted roots, foundations, and the disposal from the project of all spoiled materials resulting from clearing and grubbing. All spoil materials removed by clearing and grubbing shall be disposed of by removal to approved disposal areas off airport property. No burning of spoil materials or blasting 'Nill be allowed on site. The manner and location of disposal of materials shall be subject to the review of the Engineer and shall not create an unsightly or objectionable view. The contractor is required to locate a disposal area outside the airport property limits at his own expense, and shall obtain and file with the Engineer, permission in writing from the property owner for the use of private property for this purpose. As far as practicable, waste concrete and masonry shall be placed on slopes of embankments or channels. When embankments are constructed of such material, this material shall be placed in accordance with requirements for formations of embankments. Any broken concrete or masonry which cannot be used in construction, and all other materials not considered suitable for use elsewhere, shall be disposed of by the contractor. In no case shall any discarded materials be left in windrows or piles adjacent to or within the airport limits. P-151-1 The removal or relocation of existing structures, fuel tanks and utilities required to permit orderly progress of work shall be accomplished by local agencies, unless otherwise shown in the plans. Whenever a telephone or telegraph pole, pipeline, conduit, sewer, roadway, or other utility is encountered which is not already scheduled to be removed or relocated by the proper Local Authority or Contractor, and must be removed or relocated, the Contractor shall advise the Engineer who will notify the proper Local Authority or Owner and attempt to secure prompt action. 151-2.2 CLEARING, GRUBBING, REMOVAL, RELOCATION AND DEMOLrrION In areas designated to be cleared and grubbed, all stumps, roots, buried logs, brush, grass, and other unsatisfactory materials shall be rernoved, except where embankments exceeding 3 1/2 feet in depth are to be made outside of paved areas. In cases where such depth of embankments is to be made, all unsatisfactory materials shall be removed, but sound trees, stumps, and brush can be cut off within 6 inches above the ground and allowed to remain. Tap roots and other projections over 1 1/2 inches in diameter shall be grubbed out to a depth of at least 18 inches below the finished subgrade or slope elevation. Any buildings, above and below ground storage tanks, wind cone, wind cone base, segmented circle, concrete slabs, asphalt pavement, and miscellaneous structures that are shown in the plans to be removed shall be demolished, relocated or removed, and all materials therefrom shall be removed from the site. The relnaining or existing foundations, wells, cesspools, and all like structures shall be destroyed by breaking out or breaking down the materials of which the foundations, wells, cesspools, etc., are built to a depth at least 2 feet below the existing surrounding ground. Any broken concrete, blocks, or other objectionable material which connot be used in backfill shall be removed and disposed of. The holes, cavities or openings shall be backfilled with acceptable material and properly compacted. Any buildings, storage tanks, wind cone, segmented circle and miscellaneous structures which are to be relocated but may be damaged, broken or destroyed in the process, shall be repaired and/or replaced to the satisfaction.of the engineer and at no cost to the Owner. All holes remaining after the grubbing operation in embankment areas shall have the sides broken down to flatten out the slopes, and shall be filled with acceptable material, moistened and properly compacted in layers to the density required in Item P-152.The same construction procedure shall be applied to all holes relnaining after grubbing in excavation areas where the depth of holes exceeds the depth of the proposed excava tion. Permits and Licenses: Contractor shall obtain all necessary permits and licenses for performing the work and shall furnish a copy of same to the Engineer prior to commencing the work. The Contractor shall comply with the requirements of the permits. Notice: Contractor shall issue written notices of planned demolition to utility companies or local authorities owning utility poles, ducts, conduits, wires or pipes running to or through the project site. Copies of said notices shall be submitted to the Engineer. P-151-2 Utility Services: Contractor shall notify utility companies or local authorities furnishing electrical power, gas, watch, telephone, CATV, or sewer service to relocate or remove any equipment owned by them which reside within or pass through the proposed construction site as depicted on the plans. 151-2.3 JOB CONDITIONS Sequence of Construction: Demolition, removal and relocation work shall be coordinated with th'e Owner, the FAA and an agreed upon sequence of construction to minimize down time at the site shall be prepared. 151-2.4 DISPOSITION OF DEMOLISHED MATERIALS Salvaged materials designated as property of the Owner shall be stored in areas designated by the Owner. The Contractor shall promptly remove all other materials from the site. Material to be salvaged shall be removed with the minimum amount of damage and stored on the site as directed by the Owner. Material stored on the ground shall be placed on blocks, and all stored material shall be stacked and placed in an orderly manner. Salvaged equipment and materials which can be damaged by weather shall be stored in a weathertight building or area on-site until removed by the Contractor. Any salvaged items that are determined to be of no value to the Owner after removal and Owner's inspection shall be removed from the site by the Contractor. Yard Piping and Valves: All yard piping and valves which are in conflict with proposed work and are not to remain in service shall be removed. The valves shall be salvaged for the Owner and the removed piping fittings shall be the property of the Contractor. All abandoned yard piping not in conflict with the proposed work may either be removed from the site by the Contractor at no extra cost to the Owner or ends shall be capped with suitable material and backfilled. 151-2.5 CLEAN-UP Site shall be left in a clean condition satisfactory to the Engineer, free from demolished materials, rubbish or debris. Site shall be graded to meet adjacent contours and provide flow for surface drainage. The Contractor shall restore items intended to remain that have been damaged by demolition work. All interrupted utility services shall be returned to their pre-existing state and disconnect temporary services, unless other\vise specified. 151-2.6 REMOVAL OF UNDERGROUND FUEL TANKS Drain and flush the piping into the tank. P-151 - 3 Remove all flammable liquid from the tank which can be pumped out. It may be necessary to use a hand pump to remove the bottom few inches of product. Dig down to the top of the tank. Remove the fill (drop) tube. Disconnect the fill, gauge, product, and vent lines. Cap or plug open ends of lines which are not to be used further. Temporarily plug all tank openings, complete the excavation and remove the tank, placing it in a secure location. Block the tank to prevent movement. Before undertaking degassing measures, it is normally necessary to remove the tank from the ground since product which may have previously leaked into the ground could re-enter the tank. Extreme caution should be used during this procedure. Remove flammable vapors. The tank should be conditioned by one of the methods described below, or as required by local codes, to ensure that no flammable vapors remain. If water is available and there is a suitable means for disposal, the tank may be filled \vith water to expel vapors. While the tanl< is being filled with water, flammable vapors will flow out of the tank and may surround the area. Purged product may flow out of the tank if it overflows. Hence, observe all normal safety and ~ollution precautions regarding flammable liquids and vapors. When the tank is to be removed from the premises, the contaminated water should be removed and disposed of in accordance with local regulations. If the method described above is not practicable, the vapors in the tank may be Inade inert by adding solid carbon dioxide (dry ice) in the amount of 1.5 pounds per 100 gallons of tank capacity. The dry ice should be crushed and distributed evenly over the greatest possible area to secure rapid evaporation. Avoid skin contact with dry ice because it may produce burns. As the dry ice vaporizes, flam mable vapors v"ill flo",,, out of the tank and may surround the area. Hence, observe all normal safety precautions regarding flammable vapors. Make sure that all of the dry ice has vaporized. An alternate method is to ventilate the tank with air, using a small gas exhauster operated with compressed air (from the service station or from a portable cOlTIi?ressor) or by other suitable means. The flow of air in through an opening near one end of the tank and the discharge of the vapor-air mixture out of an opening near the opposite end will quickly remove the vapor. The vapor concentration in the tanl< can be checked with a combustible gas indicator to determine when the tanl< is gas-free. While the tank is being ventilated, flalnmable vapor may flow into the surrounding atmosphere. Ignition sources should be eliminated from the immediate vicinity. After the tank has been freed of vapors and before the tank is moved from the site, plug or cap all holes. Use screwed (boiler) plugs to plug any corrosion leak holes. One plug should have a 1/8-inch vent hole to prevent the tank from being subjected to an excessive i?ressure differential caused by extreme temperature changes. P-151-4 1'inally, the tank should be secured on a truck for transportation to the disposal site. The tank should be secured so that the lIB-inch vent hole is located at the uppermost poin t on the tank. If the tank remains at the site overnight, or longer, additional vapor may be released from liquid held in the scale or sediment in the tank. Consequently, tanks should be removed from the premises as promptly as possible after these procedures have been completed. Prior to backfilling, surrounding soil shall be inspected by the respective authority and trea ted as necessary. 151.2.7 DISCONNECT, REMOVE AND STORE FIBERGLASS STORAGE TANK FOR CFR USAGE a. Contractor shall remove fiberglass storage tank including all hold down straps from concrete base. b. Contractor shall store fiberglass storage tank and all salvaged hold down straps near its ultimate location and away from apron construction area. The tank shall be secured properly to withstand winds, aircraft propellar wash and jet blast. Method of Measurement 151-3.1 The quantities of clearing and grubbing, demolition and removal of concrete slabs and asphaltic pavement, as shown by the limits in the plans or as ordered by the Engineer shall be cited in terms of the number of square yards of land specifically cleared and grubbed. 151-3.2 Two underground fuel tanks to be disconnected, cleaned, excavated, removed and disposed of. Cavity to be backfilled. 151-3.3 Disconnect, demolish, remove, and dispose of CBS and metal maintenance and storage building. 151-3.4 Disconnect, remove, and temporarily store fiberglass storage tank for CFR usage. P-151 - 5 151-3.5 Relocate 12-foot lighted wind cone complete with concrete base to location indicated on the drawings. 151-3.6 Relocate and repair as necessary, twenty-four (24) concrete segments to new location indicated on plans. Repair and repaint. Basis of Payment 151-4.1 Payment shall be made at the contract unit price per square yard for clearing, grubbing demolition, relocation and removal. This price shall be full compensation for furnishing all materials and for all labor, equipment, tools, and incidentals necessary to complete the item. Payment will be made under: Item P-151-4.1 Clearing and Grubbing-t>er square yard. 151-4.2 Remove two underground fuel tanks. This price shall be full compensation for acquiring all permits, furnishing all materials, labor, equipment, tools and incidentals as necessary to complete the item. Payrnent will be made under: Item P-151-4.2 Removal of Underground Fuel Tanks-per Lump Sum. 151-4.3 Remove CBS/Metal Maintenance and Storage Building. This price shall be full compensation for obtaining all permits, furnishing all materials, labor, equipment, tools and incidentals as required to complete this item. Payment will be made under: Item P-151-4.3 Remove CBS and Metal l\laintenance/Storage Buildings-per Lump Sum. P-151 - 6 151-4.4 Disconnect, remove and store fiberglass storage tank for CFR usage. This price shall be full compensation for obtaining all permits, furnishing all materials, labor, equipment, tools and incidentals as necessary to complete this item. Payment will be made under: Item P-151-4.4 Remove Fiberglass Storage Tanks-per Lump Sum. 151-4.5 Relocate existing, 12-foot, lighted wind cone complete with concrete base. This price shall be full compensation for obtaining all permits, furnishing all materials, labor, equipment, tools, and incidentals as required to complete this item. Payment will be made under: Item P-151-4.5 Relocate Lighted Wind Cone-per Lump Sum. 151.4.6 Relocate t\venty-four (24) existing concrete segmented circle wind cone markers, repair, and paint white. This price shall be full compensation for obtaining all permits, furnishing all materials, labor, cement, paint, transportation and lifting equipment, tools, and incidentals as required to complete this item. Payment will be made under: Item P-151-4.6 Relocate Segmented Circle-per Lump Sum. P-151-7 ITEM P-152 EXCA~lATION AND EMBA}.~7 Description 152-1.1 This item shall consist of excavating, removing, placing, compacting and satisfactorily disposing of all materials within the limits of the work required to construct the ~pron, intermediate, and other areas for drainage, or other purposes in accordance with these specifications and in conformity ~th the dimensions, lines and grades, and typical section shown in the plans. All suitable material taken from excavation shall be used in the formation of embankment, subgrade, and for backfilling as indicated in the plans or as required by the engineer. When the volume of the excavation exceeds that required to con~truct the embankments to the-grades indicated, the excess shall be used to grade the areas of ultimate development or wasted as directed. When the volume of excavation is not sufficient for constructing the fill to the grades indicated, the deficiency shall be supplied from borrow sources obtained at locations outside airport property subject to approval by the engineer. 152-1.2 CLASSIFICATION. defined below: All material excavated shall be classified as (a) "Unclassifie.d Excavation" shall consist of the excavation and -disposal of all material, regardless of its nature, which is not otherwise classified and paid for. (b) "Borrow Excavation" shall COt1Si.s~ of the excavation and Sa-1:isfactorv util1:aeion of material fram authorized borrow pits as approved by the engineer. It shall include only ma~erial that: is suit:able for the cons;ruc:ticn of cpro.-\ embankments or of other V01:'k of ccmse:ucting embankments covered by the c011t~ac~, in exc.ess of the quantity of usable material available from required excavations. P-152-1 ITEM P-152 EXCAVATION AND EMB~~ Construction Methods 152-2.1 GENERAL. The rough excavation shall be carried to the necessary depth to obtain the specified depth of subgrade densification shown in the plans. Likewise, on embankments, the depth of subgrade densification shall be as shown in the plans. Should the contractor, through negligence or other fault, excavate below the designated lines, he shall replace the excavation with acceptable materials and in an acceptable manner and condition as reviewed by the engineer, at his own expense. The excavation, moving, placing, disposition of all material, and the suitability of material to be placed in embankments shall all be subject to review by the engineer. All material determined unsuitable shall be disposed of in authorized waste areas. Topsoil shall not be used in fil.ls or in subgrades but shall be stockpiled for later reuse as appropriate. The contractor shall inform and satisfy himself as to the character, quantity, and distribution of all material to be excavated. No payment will be made for any excavated material which is used for purposes other than those d~signated. All spoil areas shall be leveled to a uniform line and section and shall present a neat appearance before project acceptance. The surface elevation of spoil areas shall not extend above the surface elevation of adjacent or contiguous usable areas of the airport. Those areas outside of the pavement areas in which the top layer of soil material becomes compacted, due to hauling or to any other activity of the contractor, shall be scarified and disced to a depth of 4 inches to loosen and pulverize the soil. If it is necessary to interrupt existing surface drainage, sewers or underdrainage, conduits, utilities, or similar underground structures, or parts thereof, the contractor shall be responsible for and shall take all necessary precautions to protect and preserve or provide temporary services. When such facilities are encountered, the contractor shall notify the engineer, who shall arrange for their removal, if necessary. The contractor shall, at his own' expense, satisfactorily repair all damage to such facilities or structures which may result from any of his operations during the period of the contract. 152-2.2 EXCAVATION. Excavation shall be performed as indicated in the contract plans to the lines, grades, and elevation shown, and shall be made so that the requirements for formation 'of embankments can be followed. No excavation or stripping shall be started until the contractor's surveyor has taken cross-sectional elevations and measurements of the existing ground surface, has staked out the proposed work, and has furnished all certified survey data to the engineer for review. All material encountered within the limits indicated shall be removed and disposed of. During the process of excavation, the grade shall be maintained so that it will be well drained at all times. If necessary, temporary drains and drainage ditches shall be installed to intercept or divert surface water which may affect the work. P-152-2 .ITEM P-152 EXCAVATION AND EMB~~~ When selective grading is specified or required as indicated in the plans, the c~~c.a'Vated material shall be handled to allow the selected material to be properly placed in the embankment and in the capping of pavement sub grades as determined from the soil profile and soil characteristics. This material shall be deposited within the designated areas of the airport as shown in the plans or as designated by the engineer. If, at the time of excavation, it is not possible to place any material in its proper section of the permanent construction, it shall be stockpiled in designated areas for later use. Rock, shale, hardpan, loose rock, boulders, or other material unsatisfactory for landing strips, taxiways, aprons, parking areas, subgrades t roads, shoulders, intermed'iate areas, or any areas intended for turfing shall be excavated to a minimum depth of 12 inches, or to the depth specified by the engineer, below the contemplated surface of the subgrade or the designated grades. Muck~ peat, matted root~, or other yielding material, unsatisfactory for subgrade foundation, shall be removed to the depth specified, to provide a satisfactory foundation. Unsatisfactory materials shall be disposed of off-site or at locations on airport property as may be designated by the engineer. All material so excavated shall be paid for at the .contract unit price per aquare yard for "Unclassified Ex'cavation. n The portion so excavated shall be refilled with suitable selected material as specified, obtained from the grading operations or borTow area and thoroughly compacted by rolling. The necessary refilling will constitute a part of the embankment. Where rock cuts are made and refilled with selected material, or where trenching out is done to provide for a course of pavement, the depths thus created shall be ditched at frequent intervals to provide adequate drainage. The contractor shall make the distribution as indicated on the plans. Widening or narrowing of the section and raising or lowering of the grade to avoid haul will not be permitted. The right is reserved to make minor adjustments or revisions in lines or grades, if found necessary, as the work progresses due to discrepancies in the plans or to obtain satisfactory construction. Overbreak, including slides, is that portion of any material displaced or loosened beyond the finished work as planned or acceptable to the engineer. The engineer shall determine if the displacement of such material was unavoidable and his decision shall be final. All overbreak shall be removed by the contractor and disposed of; however, payment will not be made for the removal and disposal of overbreak which the engineer determines as avoidable. Unavoidable overbreak will be classified as "Unclassified Excavation." The removal of existing structures and utilities required to permit the orderly progress of work will be accomplished by local agencies, unless otherwise shown in the plans. All existing foundations shall be excavated for at least 2 feet below the top of the subgrade and the material disposed of. All foundations thus excavated shall be backfilled with suitable material and compacted. P-152-3 ITEM P-152 EXCAVATION A.'ID EMB~~~ In cut areas, the subgrade under areas to be paved shall be compacted to the depths and to the densities at optimum moisture as shown in the plans or as specified in the specifications, or when not otherwise shown or specified, to a minimum depth of 6 inches and to a density of not less than 95%, for cohesive soils, and 100% for noncohesive soils, of the maximum density at optimum moisture as determined by the compaction control tests specified in FAA T-611. Any unsuitable mater~als encountered shall be removed and paid for as specified. No payment or measurement for paj~ent will be made for suitable materials removed, manipulated, and replaced in order to obtain density. Any removal, manipulation, aeration, replacement, and recompaction of suitable materials necessary to obtain the required density shall be considered as incidental to the excavation and embankment operations, and shall be performed by the contractor at no additional cost .to the project. Stones or rock fragments larger than 4 inches in their greatest dimension will not be permitted in the top 6 inches of the subgrade. The finished grading operations conforming to the typical cross section shall be completed and maintained prior to any paving operations. In cuts, all loose or protruding rocks on the back slopes shall be barred loose or otherwise removed to line or finished grade of slope. All cut-and- .fill' slopes- ;shall be .unifonnly q.ressed. to the slope, cross section, and alignment shown in the plans or as required by the engineer. Blasting will not 'be pennitted. 152-2.3 BORROW EXCAVATION. Borrow excavation shall consist of excavation made from borrow areas outside the boundaries of airport property. It shall be the contractor's responsibility to locate borrow sources, obtain the supply, and submit same to the engineer for review. The contractor shall notify the engineer, sufficiently in advance of the beginning of excavation, so necessary measurements and tests can be made. All objectionable material shall be disposed of. All borrow pits shall be opened up immediately to expose the vertical face of various strata of acceptable material to enable obtaining a uniform product. Borrow pits shall be excavated to regular lines to permit accurate measurements' and shall be drained and left in a neat and presentable condition with all slopes dressed uniformly. The borrow excavation shall be handled and placed as specified in these specifications for excavation and embankment. 152-2.4 DITCH EXCAVATION. Ditch excavation shall consist of excavating for drainage ditches such as intercepting J inlet or outlet, temporary levee construction, or any other type as designed or as shown in the plans. The work shall be performed in the proper sequence with the other construction. The location of all ditches or levees shall be established on the ground. All P-152-4 ITEM P-152 EXCAVATION AND ~~~ satisfactory material shall be placed in fills; unsatisfactory material shall be placed in spoil areas or other areas as llBY l:e req.ri.Ied ~ th: ~. Waste or surpl1.5 rraterial shall l:e d:i.sl:nsed of as stxw1 in th: plans or as oth:Iwi.se req.ri.Ied ~ th: ~. Inten:.ept~ dit:d'es shall b: ccnstnx:.terl prior to the ~ of aclja:a1t excavation operations. All necessary handwork shall be performed to secure a finish true to line, elevation, and cross section, as designated. Ditches constructed on the project shall be maintained to the required cross section and shall be kept free from debris or obstructions until the project is accepted. Where necessary, sufficient openings shall be provided through spoil banks to permit drainage from adj acent lands. Unless otherwise specified, no separate payment will be made for ditch excavation other than for the material 1;emoved which will be paid for at the unit price for "Unclassified Excavation." 152-2.5 PREPARATION OF EMBANKMENT AREA. Embankment areas shall be cleared and grubbed in accordance with the requirements in Item P-151. All depressions or holes below the ground surface, whether caused by grubbing or otherwise, shall be backfilled with suitable material and compacted to ground surface before the construction of the embankment will be permitted to start. Immediately prior to the placing of the fill materials, the entire area upon which the embankment is to be placed, except where Itmited by rock, shall be scarified and broken by means of a disc harrow or plow, or other approved equipment, to a depth of 6 inches. Scarifying .shall be done approximately parallel to the axis of the fill. All roots, debris, large stones, or objectionable material that would cause interference with the compaction of the foundation or fill shall be removed from the area and disposed of as required. A thin layer (approximately 3 inches) of the fill material shall be spread over the scarified foundation and the whole area compacted as required in the specifications. No direct payment shall be made for the work performed under this section. The necessary clearing and grubbing and the yardage removed or ~sed will be paid for under the respective item of work. 152-2.6 STRIPPING All vegetation such as brush, heavy sods, heavy growth of grass, decayed vegetable matter, rubbish, and any other unsuitable material within the area upon ~hich embankment is to be placed shall be stripped or . otherwise removed before the embankment is starte~,and in no case shall such objectionable material be allowed in or under the embankment. No direct payment will be made for stripping. The yardase removed and disposed of shall be paid for at the contract unit price per square yard for "Unclassified Excavation." P-lS2-S ITEM P-152 EXCAVATION AND EMlSA:-.'KMENT 152-2.7 FORMATION OF EMB~~NTS. Embankments shall be formed of satisfactory materials placed in successive horizontal layers of not more than 8 inches in loose depth for the full width of the cross section. The grading operations shall be conducted, and the various soil strata shall be placed, to produce a soil structure as shown on the typical cross section or as directed. All materials entering the embankment shall be reasonably free of organic matter such as leaves, grass, roots, and other objectionable material. Soil, granular material, shale, and any other material permitted for use in embankment shall be spread in successive layers as specified. Operations on earthwork shall be suspended at any time when satisfactory results cannot be .obtained because of rain, or other unsatisfactory conditions of the field. The contractor shall drag, blade, or slope the embankment to provide proper surface drainage. The material in the layers shall be of the proper moisture content before rolling to obtain the prescribed compaction. Wetting or drying of the material and manipulation when necessary to secure a uniform moisture content throughout the layer shall be required. Should the material be too wet to permit proper compaction or rolling, all work on all portions of the embankment thus affected shall be delayed until the material has dried to the required moisture content. Sprinkling shall be done with approved equipment that will sufficiently distribute the water. Sufficient equipment to furnish the required water shall be available at all times. Samples of all embankment materials for testing, both before and after placement and compaction, will be taken at frequent intervals. From these tests, corrections, adjustments, and modifications of methods, materials, and moisture content will be made to construct the embankment. Rolling operations shall be continued until the embankment is compacted to not less than 95%, for noncohesive soils; and 90% for cohesive soils of the wa::{~um density, at optimum moisture, as determined by. the FAA compaction control tests T-611. Under all areas to be paved, the embankment shall be compacted to the depths and to the densities at optimum moisture as shown on the plans or as specified in the specifications, or, when not otherwise shown or specified9 to 'a minimum dept~ of 9 inches and to a density of not less than 95%, for cohesive soils, and 100% for noncohesive soils, for the maximum density at optimum moisture as determined by the compaction control tests specified in FAA T-611. On all areas outside of the pavement areas, no compaction will be required on the top 4 inches. Any areas inaccessible to a roller shall be consolidated and compacted by mechanical tapers. During construction of the embankment, the contractor shall route his equipment at all times, both when loaded and when empty, over the layers as they are placed and shall distribute the travel evenly over the entire width of the embankment. The equipment shall be operated in such a manner that hardpan, cemented gravel, clay, or other chunky soil material will be broken up into small particles and become incorporated with the other material in the layer. P-152-6 ITD-l P-152 EXCAVATION A.ND EMBAl-t~ In the construction of embankments, starting layers shall be placed in the deepest portion of the fill; as placement progresses, layers shall be constructed approximately parallel to the finished pavement grade line. When rock and other embankment material are excavated at approximately the same time, the rock shall be incorporated into the outer portion of the embankment and the other material shall be incorporated under the future paved. areas. Stones or fragmentary rock larger than 4 inches in their greatest dimension will not be allowed in the top 6 inches of the subgrade. Rockfill shall be brought up in layers as specified or as directed and every effort shall be exerted to fill the voids with the finer material to form a dense, compact mass. Rock or boulders shall not be disposed of outside of the excavation or embankment areas, except at places and in the manner designated by the engineer. The contractor shall be responsible for the stability of all embankments made under the contract and shall replace any portion which, in the opinion of the engineer, has become displaced due to carelessness or negligence on the part of the contractor. There will be no separate measurement or payment for compacted embankment, and all costs incidental to placing in layers, compacting, discing, watering, mixing, sloping, and other necessary operations of the embankments will be included in the contract price for excavation, borrow, or other items. When stockpiling of excavated material and later rehandling of such material is required in order to produce "the specified subgrade structure, the material shall be paid for at the contract unit price per square yard for "Unclassified Excavation." 152-2.8 EQUIPMENT. The contractor may use any type of earth-moving, compaction, and watering equipment he may desire or has at his disposal, provided the equipment is in a satisfactory condition and is of such capacity that the construction schedule can be maintained as planned by the contractor and as reviewed by the engineer in accordance with the total calendar days or working days bid for the construction. The contractor shall furnish, operate, and maintain such equipment as is necessary to control uniform density, layers, section, and smoothness of grade. 152-2.9 PREPARATION AND PROTECTION OF THE TOP OF THE SUBGRADE. On areas to be paved, the specified depth in cut areas and the top of embankment shall be compacted to the density specified. When completed, the surface shall be true to the lines, grades, and cross section shown on the plans. After all drains, structures, ducts, and other underground appurtenances along the edges or P-152-7 ITEM P-152 EXCA 'tt ATION AND EMBA.\~-r. under the pavement have been completed, the subgrade shall be compacted to the depth specified at not less than 95% density for cohesive soils and 100% for noncohesive soils, as determined by the compaction control tests specified in FAA T-611. Any irregularities or depressions that develop under rolling shall be corrected by loosening the material at these places and adding, removing, or replacing material until the surface is smooth and uniform. Any portion of the area which is not accessible to a roller shall be compacted to the required density by approved mechanical tampers. If necessary, the material shall be sprinkled with water during rolling or tamping. All soft and yielding material and material which will not 'compact readily when rolled or t~ped shall be removed if required by the engineer and replaced with suitable material. After grading operations are complete, all loose stones larger than 2 inches in their greatest dimension shall be removed from the surface of all proposed graded paving areas and disposed of off-site unless directed otherWise by the engineer, At all times, the top of the subgrade shall be kept in such condition that it will drain readily and effectively. In handling materials, tools, and equipment, the contractor shall protect the subgrade from damage by laying planks when directed and shall take other precautions as needed. In no case will vehicles be allowed to travel in a single tract. If ruts are formed, the subgrade shall be reshaped and rolled. Storage or stockpiling of materials on the top of the subgrade will not be permitted. Until the subgradehas been checked and approved, no subbase, base, surface course, or pavement shall be laid thereon. 152-2.10 HAUL. No payment will be made separately or directly for haul on any part of the work. All hauling will be considered a necessary and incidental part of the work and its cost shall be considered by the contractor and included in the contract unit price for the pay items of work involved. 152-2.11 TOLERANCES. In those areas upon which a subbase or base course is to be placed, the top of the subgrade shall be of such smoothness that, when tested with a 16-foot straightedge applied parallel and at right angles to the centerline, it shall not show any deviation in excess of ! inch, or shall not be more than 0.05 foot from true grade as established by grade hubs or pins. Any deviation in excess of these amounts shall be corrected by loosening, adding, or removing materials, reshaping, and recompacting by sprinkling and rolling. P-152-8 ITEM P-152 EXCAVATION A}.1) EMB~~ Method of Measurement 152-3.1 The yardage paid for shall be the number of square yards measured in its original position. Square yard pay quantities shall be computed to the neat lines as shown in the drawings and acceptably removed. Measurement shall not include the yardage of material excavated without authorization beyond normal slope lines, or the yardage of material used for purposes other than"those directed. 152-3.2 Stockpiled material paid for shall be the number of squar~ yards measured prior to the excavation. Pay quantities snall be computed by the method of average end areas. 152-3.3 Borrow material paid fOT shall be the number of cubic yards measured in its final position as embankment. Basis of Payment 152-4.1 Payment shall be made at the contract unit price per square yard for"Unclassified Excavation and Embankment." This price shall be full compensation for furnishing all materials, labor, equipment, tools, and incidentals necessary to complete the item. 152-4.2 Payment shall be made at the cont~act unit price per CUbic yard for "BorrOW Excavation." This price shall be full compensation for furnishing all materials, labor, equipment, tools, and incidentals necessary to complete the item. P-152-9 ITEM P-152 EXCAVATION AND nm~~~ Payment will be made under: Item P-152-4.~1 Unclassified Ex~vation and Embankment--per square yard. Item P-152- 4.~ Borrow Excavation-per cubic yard. TESTING AND MATERIAL REQUIREMENTS Test and short title Material and short title FAA T-611--Density . None P-152-10 ITEM P-154 SUBBASE C01JRSE Description 154-1.1 This item shall consist of a subbase course composed of granular materials constructed on a prepared subgrade or underlying course in accordance with these specifications, and in conformity with the dimensions and typical cross section shown on the plans, and with the lines and grades established by the engineer. Materials 154-2.1 MATERIALS. The subbase material shall consist of hard durable particles or fragments of granular aggregates. This material will be mixed or blended ~th fine sand, clay, stone dust, or other similar binding or filler materials produced from approved sources. This mixture must be uniform and shall comply with the requirements of these specifications as to gradation, soil constants, and shall be capable of being compacted into a dense and stable subbase. The material shall be free fram vegetable matter, lumps or excessive amounts of clay, and other obj ectionable or foreign substances. Pit-run material may be used, provided the material meets the requirements specified. TABLE 1. - GRADATION REQUIREMENTS Sieve designation (square openings) as per AASHO T 11 and T 27 Percentage by weight. passing sieves 3-inch No. 10 No. 40 No. 200- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 100 20-100 5- 60 0- 15 P-154-1 ITEM P-154 SUEBASE COURSE The portion of the material passing the No. 40 sieve shall have a liquid limit of not more than 25 and a plasticity index of not more than 6 when tested in accordance with AASHO T 89 and T 90. Construction Methods 154-3.1 GENERAL. The subbase course shall be placed where designated on the plans or as directed by the engineer. The material shall be shaped and thoroughly compacted within the tolerances specified. Granular subbase which, due to grain sizes or shapes, are not sufficiently stable to support without movement the construction equipment, shall be mechanically stabilized to the depth necessary to provide such stability as directed by the engineer. The mechanical stabilization shall principally include the addition of a fine-grained medium to bind the particles of the subbase material sufficiently to furnish a bearing strength, so that the course will not deform under the traffic of the construction equipment. The addition of the binding medium to the subbase material shall not increase the soil constants of that material above the limits specified. 154-3.2 OPERATION IN PITS. All work involved in clearing and stripping pits and handling unsuitable material encountered shall be performed by the contractor at his own expense. The subbase material shall be obtained from pits or sources that have been approved. The material in the pits shall be excavated and handled in such manner that a uniform and satisfactory product can be secured. 154-3.3 EQUIPMENT. All equipment necessary for the proper construction of this work shall be on the proje~t, shall be in first-class working condition, and shall have been approved by the engineer before construction is permitted to seart. Provision shall be made by the cont~actor for furnishing water at the site of the work using equipment of ample capacity and design to assure uniform application. . TIle processing equipment shall be designed ~ constructed ~ and operated and shall have sufficient capacicy to thoroughly mix all materials and water in the proportions required to produce a subbase course of the gradation and consistency required. P-154-2 ITEM P-154 SUBBASE COtJRSE 154-3.4 PREPARING t~ERLYING COURSE. Before any subbase material is placed, the underlying course shall be prepared and conditioned as specified. The course shall be checked and accepted by the engineer before placing and spreading operations are started. Grade control between the edges of the pavement shall be by means of grade stakes, steel pins, or forms placed in lanes parallel to the centerline of the pavement and at intervals which will permit string lines or check boards to be placed between the stakes, pins, or forms. To protect the subgrade and to insure proper drainage, the spreading of the subbase shall begin along the centerline of the pavement on a crowned section or on the high side of pavements with a one-way slope. 154-3.5 MATERIALS ACCEPTABLE IN EXISTING CONDITION. When the entire subbase material is secured in a uniform and satisfactory condition and contains approximately the required moisture, such approved material may be moved directly to the spreading equipment for placing. The material may be obtained from gravel pits, stockpiles, or may be produced from a crushing and screening plant with the proper blending. The materials from these sources shall meet the requirements for gradation, quality, aud consistency. It is the intent of this section of the specifications to secure materials that will not require further mixing. The moisture content of the material shall be approximately that required to obtain maximum density. Any minor deficiency or excess of moisture may be corrected by surface sprinkling or by aeration. In such instances, some mixing or manipulation may be required, immediately preceding the rolling, to obtain the required moisture content. The final operation shall be blading or dragging, if necessary, to obtain a ~ooth uniform surface true to line and grade. 154-3.6 PLANT MIXING. When materials from several sources are to be blended and mixed, the subbase material shall be processed in a ~entral or travel mixing plant. The subbase material, together with any blended material, shall be thoroughly mixed with the required amount of water. After the mixing is com~lete, the material shall be transported to and spread on the underlying course without undue loss of the moisture content. 154-3. 7 MIXED IN PLACE. When materials from different sources are to be proportioned and mixed or blended in place, the relative proportions of the components of the mixture shall be as designated by the engineer. The subbase material shall be deposited and spread evenly to a unifonn thickness and width. Then the binder, filler or other material shall be deposited and spread evenly over the first layer. There shall be as many layers of materials added as the engineer may direct to obtain the required subbase mixture. P-154-3 ITEM P-154 SUBBASE COtJRSE When the required amount of materials have been placed J they shall be thoroughly mixed and blended by means of approved graders, discs, harrows, rotary tillers, supplemented by other suitable equipment if necessary. The mixing shall continue until the mixture is uniform throughout. Areas of segregated material shall be corrected by the addition of binder or filler material and by thorough remixing. Water in the amount and as directed by the engineer shall be uniformly applied prior to and during the mL~ing operations, if necessary, to maintain the material at its required moisture content. When the mixing and blending has been completed, the material shall be spread in a uniform layer which, when compacted, will meet the requirements of thickness and typical cross section. 154-3.8 GENERAL METHODS FOR PLACING. The subbase course shall be constructed in layers. Any layer shall be not less than 3 inches nor more than 8 inches of compacted thickness. The material, as spread, shall be of uniform gradation with no pockets of fine or coarse materials. The subbase, unless otherwise permitted by the engineer, shall not be spread more than 2,000 square yards in advance of the rolling. Any necessary sprinkling shall be kept ~thin this limit. No material shall be placed on a soft or -muddy, course.. When more than one layer is required~ the construction procedure described herein shall apply similarly to each layer. Du~1ng the placing and spreading, sufficient caution shall be exercised to prevent the incorporation of subgrade, shoulder, or foreign material in the subbase course mixture. 154-3.9 FINISHING AND COMPACTING. After spreading or mixing, the subbase material shall be thoroughly compacted by rolling and sprinkling, when necessary. Sufficient rollers shall be furnished to ade~uately handle the rate of placing and spreading of the subbase course.. Rolling shall progress gradually- from the sides to the center of ~~e lane under construction, or from one side toward previvusly placed material, by lapping uniformly each preceding track by at least 12 inches. The rolling shall continue uutil the material is thoroughly set and s~able, and the subbase material has been compacted to not less than 100% of max~ density at opt~ moisture as determined by the campaction control tests specified in FAA T-61!. Blading and rolling shall be done alternately, as required or directed, to obtain a smooth, even, and uniformly co~acted subbase. The course shall not be rolled when the underlying course is soft or yielding or when the rolling causes undulation in the subbase. When the rolling develops irregularities that exceed ~ inch when tested with a 16-foot straightedge, the irregular surface shall be loosened and then refilled with the same kind of material as that used in constructing the course and again rolled as required above. P-154-4 ITEM P-154 SUBBASE COURSE Along places inaccessible to rollers, the subbase material shall be tamped thoroughly with mechanical or hand tampers. Sprinkling during rolling, if necessary, shall be in the amount and by equipment as necessary to achieve the required compaction. Water shall not be added in such a manner or quantity that free water will reach the underlying layer and cause it to become soft. 154-3.10 SURFACE TEST. After the course is completely compacted, the surface shall be tested for smoothness and accuracy of grade and crown; any portion found to lack the required smoothness or to fail in accuracy of grade or crown shall be scarified, reshaped, recompacted, and otherwise manipulated as the engineer may direct until the required smoothness and accuracy are obtained. The finished surface shall not vary more than ! inch when tested with a 16-foot straightedge applied parallel with, and at right angles to, the centerline. 154-3.11 THICKNESS. The thickness of the completed subbase course shall be determined by depth tests or cores taken at intervals so each test shall represent no more than 500 square yards. When the deficiency in thickness is more than 2 inch, the contractor shall correct: such areas by scarifying J adding satisfactory mixture, rolling, sprinkling, reshaping, and finishing in accordance with these specifications. The contractor shall replace at his expense the subbase material where borings are taken for test purposes. 154-3.12 PROTECTION. Work on subbase course shall not be conducted when the subgrade is wet. 154-3 .13 MAI~ANCE. Following the final shaping of the material, the subbase shall be maintained th~oughout its entire length by the use of standard motor graders and rollers until, in the judgement of the engineer, the subbase meets all requirements and is acceptable for the construction of the next course. Method of Measurement 154-4.1 The yardage of subbase course to be paid for shall be the number of · squar~yards of subbase course material placed, compacted, and accepted in the completed course. The quantity of subbase course material shall be measured in final position based upon depth tests or cores taken as directed by the P-154-S ITEM P-lS4 SUBBASE COURSE engineer, or at the rate of 1 depth test for each 500 square yards of subbase course, or by means of average end areas on the complete work computed from elevations to the nearest 0.01 foot. On individual depth measurements, thicknesses more than ~ inch in excess of that shown on the plans shall be considered as the specified thickness plus ~ inch in computing the yardage for payment. Subbase materials shall not be included in any other excavation quantities. Basis of Payment 154-5.1 Payment shall be made at the contract unit price per square' yard for 12- subbase course. This price shall be full compensation for furnishing all materials; for all preparation, hauling, and placing of these materials; and for all labor, equipment, tools, and incidentals necessary to complete the item. Payment will be made under: Item P-154-5.1 Compdcted SUDbd8e--per square yard. TESTING AND MATERIAL REQUIREMENTS Test and Short Title Material and Short Title AASHO T 11 & T 27--Gradation None AASHO T 89-Liquid Limit AASHO T 90--Plastic Limit and Plasticity Index FAA T-611--Density P-154-S I~1 P-211 LIME ROCK BASE COURSE Description 211-1.1 T~~s item shall consist of a base course composed of lime rock con- structed on the prepared underlying course in accordance with these specifi- cations and shall conform to the dimensions and typical cross section shown on the plans and with the lines and grades established by the engineer. Materials 211-2.1 MATERIALS. The lime rock base course material shall consist of fossiliferous limestone of uniform quality, and shall not contain hard or flinty pieces which will cause a rough surface containing pits and pockets. The rock shall show no tendency to "air slack" or undergo chemical change when exposed to the weather. The material when watered and rolled shall be capable of being compacted into a dense and well-bonded base. The oolitic type of lime rock shall meet the following requirements: Carbonates of calcium and magnesium - not less than 70%. Oxides of iron and aluminum - nor more than 2%. The combined amount of carbonates, oxides, and silica shall be at least 97%. The material shall be non-plastic. All other types of lime rock shall contain not less than 95% of carbonates . of calcium and magnesi1JII1. Liquid limit shall not exceed 35, plasticity index shall not exceed 6, as determined in accordance with AASHO T 89 and T 90. The chemical analysis of lime roCk SPAll consist of determL~~g the silica insoluble, iron oxide, and alumina by solution of the sample in hydrochloric (HC1) acid, evaporating, dehydrating, redissolving the residue, and neutralizing with ammonium hydroxide, fil tering, washing, a.."1d igniting the residue lime rock. The difference between this insoluble matter and 100% is repcr~d as carbonates of calcitml and magnesium. The lime rock sh.a.11 not contain more than 0.5% of roots, leaf mold, organic, or foreign. matter and sh.a.11 be obtained from pits from which all overburden has been removed previous to blasting and quarrying. P-211-1 ITE1 P-211 LIME ROCK EASE COunsE T~e g~adation af ~~e lL~e reck shall meet t~e following requirements: Sieve designation (square openings) 3 1/2 inch ----------------------------- 3/4 inch ------------------------------- 100 50-100 All fine material shall consist ant~rely of dust of fracture. Construction Met."ods 211- ""3. 1 SOunCES OF SUPPLY. All work involved in cleaning and stripping pits, including the hanciling of unsuitable material shall be performed by the contractor at his own expense. The lime rock shall be obtained from approved sources. The pits shall be operated in such a l'Nln1"er that a clean and uniform material will be secured. 211-;.2 EQUIPMENT. All e~pment necessary for the proper construction of 'this work shall be on the project, in first-class working. cond:i:tion, and approved by the engineer before construction is pexm:L"tted to start. 211-,. "3 PREPARING UNDERLYING COURSE. Be:rore a:ny rock. base course material is placed,. the underlying course shall be prepared and conditioned as specified. The course shall be checked and accepted by the engineer before placing and sprearl'ing operauons are s1:arted.. .ArJ:y ruts or SO~, yielding places caused by improper d.rainage conditions, hau.li.I1g, or a:ny other cause, shall be corrected and rolled to the required compaction. before the base course is placed thereon. Grade control between the edges of the pavement shall be accomplished by grade stakes, steel pins ~ or forms placed in lanes paralle~ to the centerl~e of the pavement and at intervals suffi.ciently- close "tbat s~-ng lines or check boa...T'<is rpay be placed between the s-takes, pins, or fOD:DS. To protect the underlT...ng course and to insure proper d:ra.i:lage, the spreac.J.Dg of the lime rock shall beg:i..n along the centerline of the pavemeIrt on a crowned section or on the high side o~ the pavemeIIt wi"tb.. a one-way slope. 211-3.4 MANHOLE ADJUSTING RINGS. Before placing and spreading base course material manhole adjusting rings shall be installed in place at the locations and to the eleva tions shown on the plans. P-211-2 I~1 P-211 LIME ROCK BASE COURSE 211-3.4 PLACING AND SPREADmG. All base course material shall be placed on the prepared underlying course and compacted in layers to the thickness shown on the plans. The deposi ting and spreading of the material on the prepared course or on a completed layer shall commence where designated and shall progress without breaks. The material shall be deposited::ld spread in lanes in a uniform layer and without segregation of size to ~ "en loose dept..." that, when compacted, the layer shall have the required tniccless. When more than one layer is required, the construction procedure described herein shall apply similarly to each layer, excepting the scarifying and rerolling of the surface which shall apply to only the top layer. The rock shall be transported to locations ~ere it is to be used over rock previously placed and dumped at the end of the lJreceding spread. It shall then be spread uniformly with shovels, forks, or approved mechanical spreaders especially constructed for this purpose. In no case shall rock be dumped directly onto the lmderlying course. Transporting over the underlying course will not be permitted, except as directed, in which case it must be protected by planking if rutting occurs. During the dumping and spreading operations, the rock shall be brought to the proper moisture content to obtain maximum density. If water is added, it shall be uniformly mixed to the full depth cf the course by discing. All segregated areas of fine or coarse rock shall be removed and replaced with well-graded rock, and approved by the engineer. Lime rock shall not be spread when the sub- grade is in an 1.msui table condition. . The lime rock base course shall be constructed in a layer not less than 4 inches nor more than 6 inches of compacted thickness. The base course shall be constructed in lanes or strips parallel wi th the centerline of the paved area. Dur~~g the placing operation, sufficient caution shall be exercised to pre- vent the incorporation of sub grade , subbase, or shoulq.er material in the lime rock. 211-3.5 ROLLING. Immediately following final spreading, the material shall be compacted to full width with approved compaction equipment. . Rcll~~g shall progress gradually from the sides to the center of the lane under con- struction, or from one side toward previously placed material, and shall con- tinue until the surface has been rolled and compacted. Rolling shall continue until the base material has been compacted to not less than 100% density as determined by the compaction control tests specified in FAA T-611. Prior to and during compaction, water in the amounts required shall be uniformly applied to maintain satisfactory moisture content to obtain maximum density. Sufficient rollers of the designated types shall be fur- P-211-3 ITEM P-211 LIME ROCK BASE COURSE nished to adequately handle the compaction of the material that has been placed and spread. Blading and rolling shall be done alternately as required or directed to obtain a smooth, even surface and until the entire depth of base is compacted into a dense, unyielding mass. Rerolling of previous day's spread shall be done as directed. When the shoulder backfill material has been placed, the shoulder shall be thoroughly rolled and compacted. Along curbs, headers, and all areas inaccessible to the roller, the base course material shall be tamped thoroughly with mechanical or hand tampers. 211-3.6 FINISHnJG BASE COURSE. After the watering and rolling of the base course, the entire surface shall be scarified to a depth of at least 3 inches and shaped to the exact crown and cross section with a blade grader. The scarified material shall be rewatered and thoroughly rolled. Rolling shall continue until the base is bonded and compacted into a dense, unyielding mass, true to grade and cross section. The scarifying and rolling of the surface of the base shall follow the initial rolling of the lime rock by not more than 4 days. When the lime rock base is constructed in two layers, the scarifying of the surface shall be to a depth of 2 inches. If, in the opinion of the engineer, the surface of the base is glazed or cemented to the extent that the prime coat could not penetrate properly, and after determining that the condition of the base meets all requirements, he will direct that the surface of the base be hard-planed wi th a blade grader and broomed immediately prior to the application of the prime coat. This hard-planing shall be done in such a manner that only the glazed or cemented surface is removed, leaving a granular or poro~ condition that will allow free penetration of the prime material. The material planed from the base shall be removed from the base area. If at any time the underlying material becomes churned up .and mixed wi th ~1.e base course material, the contractor shall, without additional compensation, d~g out and remove the mixtl.lre, Nreshape and compact the underlying course, replace the materials removed with clean rock which shall be watered ~~d rolled until satisfactorily compacted. Whe~e craCks, checks, or failures appear in the base, either before or after pr~~g and before the surface course is laid, the contractor shall remove such cracks, checks, or failures by rescarifying, reshaping, wateri.."1g, rolling, and adding lime roCk where necessary. P-211-4 ITEM P-211 LIME ROCK BASE COURSE 211-;.7 SURFACE TEST. After the course has been completely compacted, the surface shall be tested for smoothness and accuracy of grade and crown. Any portion laCking the required smoothness or failing in accuracy of grade or crown shall be scarified, reshaped, recompacted, and otherwise manipu- lated as the engineer may direct until the required smoothness and accuracy are obtained. The finished surface shall not vary more than 3/8 inch from a 16-foot straightedge when applied to the surface parallel with, and at right angles to, the centerline. In testing surface of the harder lime rocks, measurement of clearances from the straightedge shall not .include small holes caused by individual pieces being pulled out .by the grader. 211- '3.8 'mICKNESS. The thiclmess of the base course shall be determined by depth tests or elevations taken at intervals in such a manner that each test shall represent 300 square yards, or it shall be as otherwise directed by the engineer. The depth tests shall be made by test holes through the base at least 3 inches in diameter. Where the base deficiency is more than 1/2 inch, the contrac- tor shall correct such areas by scarifying and adding rock. The base shall be scarified, rock added, and tapered a distance of 100 feet in each direc- tion from the edge of the deficient area for each inch of rock added. The affected area shall then be watered, bladed, rolled, and brought to a satis- factory state of compaction, required thickne-ss, and cross section. The thickness of the base in the affected area shall be remeasured by depth tests or elevations. The operations of scarifying, adding rock, and reroll- ing shall continue until the base thickness is within the 1/2-inch tolerance of base thickness. The final base thickness of the reconditioned area shall be used to determine the average job thickness. The average job thickness shall be the average of the depth measurement as above outlined and shall be within 1/4 incp. of the t.b;ickness shown on the typical cross section. On individual depth measuremen'ts, thicknesses more than 1/2 inch in excess of. :that shown on the plans shall be . considered as specified thickness plus 1/2 inch in computing the average Job -thickness. The contractor shall replace, a-t his expense, the lime rock removed from test holes. 211-,-.9 PROTECTION. Work on the base course shall no-t be accomplished when the subgrade is wet. P-211-5 ITEM P-211 LIME ROCK BASE COURSE Hauling equipment may be routed over completed portions of the base course, provided no damage results and provided that such equipment isrouted over the full width of the base course to avoid rutting or uneven compaction. However, the engineer in charge shall have full and specific authority to stop hauling over completed or partically completed base course when, in his opinion, such hauling is causing damage. Any damage resulting to the base course from routing equipment over the base course shall be repaired by the contractor at his own expense. 211-3.10 TIE-DO\VN ANCI-IORS. Contractor shall construct, complete in place, tie-down anchors at the locations and to the dimensions indicated on the plans. Contractor sl1all maintain compaction of base course by using a boring tool or other suitable excavation method. Concrete shall conform to the requirement of Item P-610. Galvanized steel should yield at 60,000 psi. 211-3.11 MANHOLE ADJUSTING RINGS. Manhole adjusting rings castings shall conform to the following requirements: Ductile iron castings shall meet the requirements of ASTM A 536-80 Grade 65- 45-12. All castings shall be made of one continuous piece to minimize infiltration of water; allow fast, easy, efficient installation because of its design; have no manual adjustments or welding needed when installing the ring; and have been machined on all bearing surfaces to insure proper fit in the manhole ring and allow the cover to seat properly to prevent the cover from rattling. All castings shall conform to the dimensions shown on the plans and shall be thoroughly cleaned. 211-3.12 MAINTENANCE. Following the completion of the base course, the contractor shall perform all maintenance work necessary to keep the base course in a condition satisfactory for priming. After priming, the surface shall be I<ept clean and free from foreign material. The base course shall be properly drained at all times. If cleaning is necessary, or if the prime coat becomes disturbed, any work or restitution necessary shall be performed at the expense of the contractor. Method of lVleasurement 211-4.1 The yardage of lime rock base course to be paid for shall be the number of square yards of base material placed, bonded, and accepted in the completed base course. 211-4.2 lVI.fI. adjustment rings shall be measured by the unit. P -211 - 6 211-4.3 Tie-down anchors shall be measured by completed units in place. Basis of Payment 211-5.1 Payment shall be made at the contract unit price per square yard for lime rock base course. This price shall be full compensation for furnishing all materials and for all preparation, hauling, and placing of these materials, and for all labor, equipment, tools, and incidentals necessary to complete the item. The cost of removing cracks and checks including the labor and material for repriming, and the additional lime rock necessary for crack elimination, will not be paid for separatly but shall be included in the contract price per square yard for lime rock base course. 211-5.2 The accepted quantities of M.H. adjustment rings will be paid for at the contract unit price per each, complete and in place. 211-5.3 The accepted quantities of tie-down anchors will be paid for at the contract unit price per each complete in place. Payment will be made under: Item P-211-5.1 Item P-211-5.2 Item P-211-5.3 Lime Rock Base Course - per square yard. M.H Adjustment Ring--per each. Tie-down Anchors--per each. TESTING AND l\1A TERIAL REQUIREMENTS Test and short title I\la teral and short ti tIe AASHO T 89 - Liquid L.imit None AASHO T 90 - Plastic Limit and Plasticity Index FAA T-611 - Density P-211 - 7 ITEM P 401 PLANT MIX BITUMINOUS PAVEMENTS Descr1ptlon 401-1.1 This item shall consist of a surface co~rse composed of mineral aggregate and bituminous mateJ:lal mixed 1n a central m1xing plant and placed on a prepared course 1n accordance with these speciflcations and shall confoJ:m to the ll~es, grades, th1cknesses, and typical cross sections shown on the plans. Each course shall be constructed to the depth, typical sectlon, or elevat10n required by the plans and shall be rolled, f1nished and approved before the placemen~ of the next course. The Contractor shall submit a paving plan at least 15 days pJ:ior to the start of paving opeIat.ions, snowlng the proposed location, thlckness and laydown sequence of all pavement rayers to be placed. With the exception of the test section (401-3.3), no pavement layers shall be placed until the paving plan has been revlewed by the Engineer. Mater1als 401-2.1 AGGREGATE. Aggregates shall consist of cJ:ushed stone, crushed gravel, or crushed slag w1ch or wlthout sand or other lnert flnely dlvided mineral aggregate. The portion of materlals ~etained on the No.8 sieve shall be known as coarse aggregate, the portlon pass1ng the No.8 sieve and retained in the No. 200 Sleve as flne aggregate, and the portion passing the 200 sieve as mineral flller. (a) Coarse Aggregate. Coarse aggregate shall cons 1st of sound, tough, durable partlcles, free from adherent films of matcer that would prevent tno~ougn coatlng with the bitumlnous materlal. The percentage of wear shall not be greater than 40 p~rcent when tested 1n accordance with ASTM C 131. (The sod1um sulfate soundness loss shall not exceed 9 percent, after five cycles, when tes~ed in accordance wlth ASTM C 88.) Aggrega~e shall contaln at least 70 percent by welgnt of crushed pleces- having two or more fractured faces and 85 percent hav1ng at least one fractured face. The area of each face shall be equal to at least 75 percent of the smallest mldsectional area of the piece. When two fractured faces are cOntlguous, the angle between the planes of fractures shall be at least 30 degrees to count as cwo fractured faces. Fractured faces shall be obtained by artific1al crush1ng. P-401-1 The aggregate shall not contain more than 8 percent, by weight, of flat or elongated pieces. A flat particle is one having a ratio of width to thickness greater than five; an elongated part1cle 15 one having a ratio of length to widtn greater than flve. Slag shall be air-coo led, blast fur nace slag, and sha 11 have a . compacted weight of not less than 70 pounds per CUblC foot when tested in accordance with ASTM C 29. (b) Fine Aggregate. Fine aggregate shall conslst of clean, sound, durable, angular particles produced by crushing stone, slag, or gravel that meets the requirements for wear and soundness specified for coarse aggregate. The aggregate particles shall be free from coatings of clay, silt, or other objectlonable matcer and shall contain no clay balls. The fine aggtegate, including any blended flller, shall have a plastlcity index of not more than SlX when tested in accordance with ASTM 0 424, and a liquld limit of not more than 25 when tested In accordanc~ with ASTM 0 423. Natural sand may be used to obtain the gradatlon of the aggregate blend or to lmprove the workabi 11 ty of the mlX. The amount of sand to be added will be adJusted to produce mixtures conformlng to requlrements of this speclflcation. (c) Sampllng and Testing. ASTM 0 75 shall be used in sampllng coarse and flne aggregat=, and ASTM C 183 shall be used 1n sampling mineral filler. The Contractor shall furnlsh documenta- tion to the Englneer conflrmlng that the aggregates meet speclflcation requirement. (d) Sources of Aggregates. Sources of aggregates shall be selected well in advance of the time the mater ials are requl red 10 the WOtK. When the aggregates ate obtained from a previously FDOT approved source or an eXlsting source produclng aggregates that has a satisfactory service record 1n airport bltumlnous pavement construction for at least flve years, samples shall be submit~ed 14 days prlor to s~art of productlon. An lnspectloQ of the producer's operation will be made by the Engineer. When new sources are to be developed, the Contractor~ shall 1ndlcate the sources and shall submit a plan for operation 30 days in advance of startlng productlon. Samples from test plts, borlngs, and other excavaClons shall be submltted at the same time. FOOT approval of the source of aggregates does not relieve the Contractot In any way of tOe responslbility for delivery at the job site of aggretates tha~ meet the requl~ements sp~clfled herein. P-401-2 (e) Samples of Aggregates. Samples of aggregates shall be furnlshed by the Contractor at the start of production and at intervals during production of bituminous mixtures. The sampllng points and intervals will be designated by the Engineer. The samples will be the basis for testing of specific lots of aggregates from the standpoint of the quallty requirements of thls section. 401-2.2 FILLER If flller, in addition to that naturally present in tne aggregate, 1S necessary, it shall meet the requ irements of ASTM 0 242. 401-2.3 BITUMINOUS MATERIAL. B1tuminous mater1a.l shall conform to the following requirements: Type and Grade Specification Mlxlng Temperature Asphalt Cement- VlscoSlty Grade AC-30 AASHO M228-80( 1988) 2750 - 32Sop Viscosity, 140oF, p01ses VlSCOSlty, 27SoF Penetrat1on, 77oF, lOOGM, 5 sec FlaSh POlnt, coe, Deg. F Solubility in Trlcnlorethylene AC- 30 (mln) 30QO:!:800 350 50 450 9960 The Contractor shall furniSh vendor's certlfled cest reports for each tankload of bitumen shipped to the project. The report shall be dellverea to the Engineer for ~eview prio~ to use of the materlal. The fu ~ n ish i ng of the vendor's cer t if ied test repo~ t for t:he bltumlnous materlal shall be the basis for final acceptance. . ~ Compos it ion 401-3.1 COMPOSITION OF MIXTURE. The bitumInous plant mlX shall be composeo of oa mIxture of aggregate, fIller If requIred, and bitumlnous mat:erial. The several aggregate fract.ions shall be slzed,. uniformly graded, and comblned in such proportions tha~ the resulting mixture meets tne grading requirements of tne job mIX formula. 401-3.2 JOB MIX FORMULA. No bitumInous mlxture for payment shall be produced untIl a job mIX formula has been reviewed by the Engineer. P-401-3 The formula shall be submitted in writlng by tne Contractor to the Engineer at least 10 days prior to th~ start of paving operations and shall lndicate the-definite percentage of each Sleve fraction of aggregate, the percentage of bitumen, and the temperature of the completed mlxture when discharged from the mlxer. All test data used to develop the job mix formula shall also be submitted. The job mix formula for each mixture shall be in effect until modlfled 1n wrlting by the Engineer. Should a change in source of materla1s be made, a new job mix formula must be establlshed before the new materlals is used. The bituminous mixture shall be designed uSlng procedures contained in Chapter I I I, MARSHALL METHOD OF MIX DESIGN" of the Asphal t Ins t 1 tu te Manual Ser les No. 2 (MS-2) , cur rent ed 1 t ion, and sha 11 meet the requirements of Tables 1 and 2. The temperature of the mlX immedlate1y prlor to compaction shall be 250 degrees + 5 degrees F (121 degrees! 3 degrees C) . - TABLE 1. MARSHALL DESIGN CRITERIA Test Property Pavements Deslgned for 60,000 lbs., or more at tlre pressure gr~ater than 100 psi Number: of Blows 75 Stabillty, minlmum pounds (newtons) 1800 (8000) Flow, 0.01 in. (0.25mrn) 8-16 Percent air: vOlds 2.5-4.5 Percent vOlds in mlneral aggregate See Table 2 P-401-4 TABLE 2. MINIMUM PERCENT VOIDS IN MINERAL AGGREGATE Maximum Particle Slze (Table 3) in. mm Minimum Voids 1n Mineral Aggregate percent 1/2 3/4 12.5 16 lS 19.0 The mineral aggregate shall be of such size that the percentage compositlon by weight, as determlned by laboratory sCteens, will conform to the gradation or gradatlons specified in Table 3 when tested in accordanc~ wi tn ASTM Standard C 136 (dry sleve). The percentage by weight for the biturnlnous material shall be withln the limits speclfled. The gradatlons 1n Table 3 represent the limlts WhlCh shall determlne the suitability of aggregate for use from the sources of supply. The aggrega~e, as flnally selected, shall have a gradatlon wlthin the limits deslgnated in Table 3 and shall not vary from the low limit on one sieve to the hlgh llmlt on the adjacent sleve, or Vlce versa, but shall be uniformly graded from coarse to flne. P-401-5 TABLE 3. AGGREGATE - BITUMINOUS PAVEMENTS Sieve Percentage by Welght Passlng Sieves Slze 3/4" max. 1/2" max. 1 1/4 in. (31.25 mm) 1 In. (25.0 nun) 3/4 in. (19.0 mm) 1/2 In. (12.5 rom) 3/8 in. (9.5 mm) No.4 (4.75 mm) No.8 (2.36 mm) No. 16 (1.18 rom) No. 30 (O.GO nun) No. 50 (0.30 rom) No. 100 (0.15 mm) No. 200 (0.075 mm) 100 82- 96 75- 89 59- 73 46- 60 38- 48 24- 38 15- 27 8- 18 3- 6 100 79- 93 59- 73 46- 60 34- 48 24- 38 15- 27 8- 18 3- 6 Bitumen percent Stone or gravel Slag 5.0-7.5 6.5-9.5 5.5-8.0 7 . 0-10 . 0 P-401-6 T'. .... 111'1f" l The job mix tolerances shown in Table 4 shall be applied to the job mix formula to establish a job control grading band. The full tolerances still apply if application of the job mlX tolerances results in a job control grading band outside the master grading band. TABLE 4. JOB MIX FORMULA TOLERANCES (Based on a Single Test) Material Tolerance Plus or Mlnus Aggregate passlng No. 4 Sleve or larger Aggregate passing Nos. a and 16 sieves Agg reg ate pass.ing Nos. 30 and 50 sieves Aggregate passing Nos. 100 and 200 sieves Bltumen Temperature of mix 7 percent 6 percent 5 percent 3 percent 0.45 percent 200 F (110 C) The aggregate gradatlon may be adjusted wlthln the limits of l'able 3 as d1rected, without adjustments in the contract unlt prices. Deviation from the flnal reviewed design for bitumen content and gradatlon of aggregates shall not be greater than the tolerances permitted and shall be based on daily plant extraction. ExtracClon tests for bltumen content and aggregate gradatlon wlll be made at least twice daily. The mix-ture will be tested for bitumen content in accordance with ASTM 0 2172 and for agg rega te 9 r ada t 1 on 1 n accordance WIth AASHO T 30. The completed mixture shall be sampled at the plant to retain job control. One sample shall be taken from each sublot on a random bas is I. in accordance wi th procedures con1:alned 1n ASTM 0 3665. A lot shall consist of 500 tons and' shall be divlded lnto 4 sublots. Testlng shall be In accordance witn the Marsnall methOd procedures contained in Chapter III of the Asphalt Institute Manual Serles No.2 (MS-2), current edition, except the temperature of the mlX prior to compactlon shall be 250 degrees F +5 degrees F (121 degrees C +2 degrees C). If any two consecutive Marshall test results of any property do not conform to the requlrements shown in Tables 1 and 2, the Contractor shall take immediate correctlve action. In no P-401-7 instance shall the percent air voids exceed +1 percent of t.he job mlX fOtmula value. The Contractor shall halt production if the Marshall test crlterla are not met and shall not resume production untll the problem is corrected. If the index of retained strength of the spec1rnens of composlte mixture, as determined be ASTM 0.1075, lf less than 75, the aggregates shall be rejected or the asphalt shall be treated wlth an antistripping agent. The amount of antistripping agent added to the asphalt shall be sufficlent to ptoduce an index of retained strength of not less than 75. 401-3.3 TEST SECTION. Prlor to full productlon, the Contractor shall prepare a quantlty of bituminous mlxture according to the job mix formula. The amount of mixture should be sufficient to construct a test section 50 feet long and 20 feet wide placed in two sectlons and shall be of the same depth speclfied for the cons tr uct 1 on 0 f the COUI: se which 1 t rep resents. The under ly 1 ng grade or pavement structure upon WhlCh the test section 1S to be constructed shall be the same as the remainder of the course representeC1 by the tes t sect 10n. The equ ipment used in cons tr uct lon of the test sectlon shall be the same type and weight to be used on the remalnaer of the course represent~d by the test section. If the test section should prove to be unsatisfactory, the necessary adjustments to the mix design, plant operatlon, and/or- rol110g procedures shall be made. Additional test sectlOns, as requlred, shall be constructed and evaluated for conformance to the speciflcations. When test sections do not conform to speclf1catlon requlrements, the pavement shall be removed and replaced at the Contractor t s expense. A marg inal qua 1 i ty test sect 1 on tha t has been placed in an area of little or no trafflc may be l.:ft In place. If a second test sec~ion also does not meet specificatlon requlrements both sectlons shall be removed at the Contractor's expense. Full ptoduction shall not begln without the Englneer's reVlew. Test sectlons will be paid for 10 accordance wlth paragraph 6.1 401-3 .4 TEST I NG LABORATORY. The test 1 n9 labor a tory used to develop the job mix formula and to perform the tests requlred by thlS specification shall 'meet the requlrements of ASTM D 3666. A certiflcatlon that the laboratory meets these requlrements shall be submltted to the Engineer. An approved testlng laboratory will not be requlred for quallty concrol tests made by the Contractor. P-401-8 Constructlon Methods 401-4.1 WEATHER LIMITATIONS. The bltuminous mixture shall not be placed upon a wet surface or when the surface temperature of the underlying course is less than specified In Table 5. The temperature requirements may be waived, but only at the dIscret:ion of the Englneer. TABLE 5. BASE TEMPERATURE LIMITATIONS Mat Thickness Base Temperature (Minimum) F C 3 in. (7.5 em) or greater 40 4 Greater than 1 in. (2.5 em) but less than 3 in. (7.5 em) 45 7 1 In. (2.5 cm) or less 50 10 401-4.2 BITUMINOUS MIXING PLANT. Plants used for the preparation of bltumInous mlxtures shall conform to the requlrements of ASTM D 995 with the following changes: · (a) Requlrements of All Plants. (1) Truck scales. The bituminous mixture shall be weighed on sealed scales furnished by the Contractor, or on pUblic scales at the Contractor's expense. Such scales .shall be Inspected and sealed as often as the Englneer deems necessary to assure thelr aecu racy. Scales shall conf arm to the requ 1 remen ts of S~ct 1 on 9.0. (2) Testing laboratory. The Contractor or producer shall provlde laboratory facllities for control and acceptance testlng functlons durlng perlods of mix productlon, sampllng, and testing and whenever materials subject to the.provlsions of these speci~lcatlons are belng supplied or tested. The laboratory shall provlde adequate equipment, space, and utilitles as required for the performance of the specified tests. P-401-9' (3) Inspection of plane. The Engineer, or hlS author- i zed representa t i ve I sha 11 ha ve access, a tall t lmes, to all par ts of the plant for checking adequacy of equipment; inspectlng operatlOn of the plant: verlfying welgntS, proportions, and character of materials; and checking the temperatures maintained in the preparation of the mlxtures. (4) Storage bins and surge bins. Paragraph 3.9 of ASTM D 995 is deleted. Instead, the followlng appl ies. Use of surge bins or storage blns for temporary storage of hot bltuminous mlxtures wlll be permitted as follows: (a) The bltumlnous mixture may be stored in surge blns for a perlod of time not to exceed 3 hours, (b) The bitumlnous mixture may be stored in insulated storage bins for a period of time not to exceed 24 hours, provided an inert gas atmosphere is maintained in the b1n during the storage perlod. The bins shall. be such that mix drawn from them meets the same requlrements as mix loaded directly into trucks. If the Engineer determines that there 15 an exceSSlve amount of heat loss, segregatlon or oxidatlon of the mixture due co temporary storage, no overnlght sto~age wlll be allowed. 401-4.3 HAULING EQUIPMENT. TrUCKS used for haullng bituminous mlxtures shall have tlght, clean, and smooth metal beds. To prevent the mlxture from adhering to them, the trUCK beds shall be llghtly coated wlth a mlnlmum amount of paraff1n 011, lime solutlon, or other approved mater ial. Each truck shall have a sui table cover to protect the mlxture from adverse weather. When necessary, to ensure that the mixture will be delivered to the site at the specifled temperature, truck beds shall be insulated and covers snail be securely fastened. 401-4.4 BITUMINOUS PAVERS. Bltum1nous pavers snail be self- contalned, power-propelled units wlth an activated screed or strlKe- off assembly, heated If necessary, and shall Oe capable of spreading and finishing courses of bituminous plant mix material which will meet the speclfled thickness, smoothness, and grade. Pavers used for shoulders and slmllar construction shall be capable of spreadlng and flnlshlng courses of bituminous plant mix material in wldths shown on the plans. The paver shall have a recelving hopper of sufflcient capacity to permit a uniform spreadlng operation. The hopper shall be equlpped with a distrlbutlon system to place the mixture unlformly in front of P-401-10 the screed. The screed or strike-off assembly shall effectively produce a finished surface of the required evenn~ss and texture without tearing, shovlng, or gouging the mixture. The paver shall be capable of operating at forwara speeds cons1stent with satisfactory laying of the mlXture. The paver shall be equlpped wi th a control system capable of automatically maintaining the specified screed elevat10n. The control system shall be automatically actuated from elther a reference line or surface througn a system of mechanlcal sensors or sensor-directed mechanlsms or devices WhlCh will maintaln the paver screed at a predetermined transverse slope and at the proper elevatlon to obtain the requlred surface. The transverse slope conttoller shall be capable of maintaining the screed at the des 1 red slope within plus or minus 0.1 percent. The controls shall be capable of work~ng in conjunction with any of the following attachments: (a) SkI-.type devlce of not less than 30 feet (9.14 m) in length. (b) Taut strlngline (wlre) set to grade. (c) Short SkI or shoe. 401-4.5 ROLLERS. Rollers of tne vibratory, steel wheel, or pneumatic-tlred type may be used. They shall be 1n good condltlon, capable of operatIng at slow speeds to avoid dlsplacement of the bltuminous mlxture. The number, type, and weight of rollers shall be sufficient to compact the mIxture to the required density WhIle It is stlll in a workable condltlon. The use of equlpment which causes exceSSlve crushlng of tne aggregate wlll not be permltted. 401-4.6 PREPARATION OF BITUMINOUS MATERIAL. The bitumlnous ma- terlal shall be heated 1n a manner that will avoid local overneatlng and provide a continuous supply of the bltumlnous materlals to the mlxer at a uniform temperatute. The temperature of tne oitumlnous material dellvered to the mixer shall be sufficient to provlde a sUltable viscoslty for adequate COatlng of the aggregate particles but shall not exceed 325 degrees F (160 degrees C) . 401-4.7 PREPARATION OF MINERAL AGGREGATE. The aggregate for the mlxture shall be drled and heated to the temperature deslgnated by the job formula within the job tolerance specifled. The maximum temperature and rate of heating shall be such that no permanent damage occurs to the aggregates. Particular care shall be taken P-401-11 that. aggregates hlgh in calcium or magnesium content are not damaged by overheating- The temperatures shall not be lower than is required to obtain complete coating and unlform distributlon on the aggregate particles and to provide a mixture of satlsfactory wOI:kabillty. 401-4.8 PREPARATION OF BITUMINOUS MIXTURE. The aggregates and the bitumlnous mateIlal shall be welghed or metered and lntroduced lnto the mixer in the amount speclf1ed by the job mix formula. The combined materials shall be mixed until the aggregate obtalns a unlfotm coating of bit.umen and is thtoughly disturbed throughout the mlxture. Wet mixlng time shall be the shortest tlme that will ptoduce a satisfactory mixture. It. shall be establlshed by t.he Contractot, based on t.he procedure for determlning the percentage of coated partlcles described 1n ASTM D 2489, and reviewed by the Engineer for each individual plant aod for each type of aggregate used. The minimum mixing time shall be 25 seconds. The m1xing time will be set to achieve 95 percent of coated patticles. For continuous mix-plants, t.he minimum mlxing time shall be detetmlned by dividing the weight of its contents at operat1ng level by the welght of the mlxtUte delivered per second by the mixer. The mOlsture content of the mlX shall not exceed 1.0 percent. 401-4.9 TRANSPORTING, SPREADING, AND FINISHING. The mixture shall be transported from the mlxing plant to the pOlot ~f use In vehlcles confOtmlng to the requlrements of Sect.lon 401-4.3. Deliveries shall be scheduled so that spreadlng and rolling of all mi x ture prepared for one day I s run can be completed dur 1 ng day 11g h t , unless adequate attificial llghting is provided. Haullng over freShly placed materlal snail not be permitted untll the material has been compacted, as speclfled, and allowed to cQol to atmosph~rlc temperature. Immediately before placing the bituminous ffilxtUte, the una~rlYlng course shall be cleated of all debris with power blowers, power brooms, or hand brooms as directed. The mix shall be placed at a temperature of not. less than 250 degrees F (l07 degrees C) when asphalt cement is used, and not less than 150 degrees F (65 deg~ees C) when tar is used. Upon ar~lval, the mixture shall be spread to the full width by the bituminous paver. It shall be struck off in a uniform layer of such depth that, when the work is completed, it snail have the requlred thickness and conform to the grade and contour indicated. The speed of the pav~~ shall be regulated to eliminate pulling and tearing of the bltuminous mat. Unless otherwise directed, placement of the mlxture shall begin along the centerline of a crowned section or on P-401-12 the high side of areas with a one-way slope. The mixture shall be placed in consecutive adjacent strips hav1ng a minimum width of 10 feet, except whe~e edge lanes require less width to complete the area. The longitudinal joint in one laye~ shall offset that 10 the layer immed i a tely below by a t least 1 foot (30 cm) , however, the j 0 i n t in the top laye~ shall be at the cente~line of the pavement. Transve~se joints in one laye~ shall be offset by at least 2 feet (60 cm) f~om t~ansve.rse joints in the p~evious layer. Transverse joints 1n adJacent lanes shall be offset a rnlnimum of 10 feet (3 m). On areas whe~e irregularities or unavoidable obstacles make the use of mechanical spreading and finishing equipment impractlcal, the mixture may be spread, raked, and luted by hand tools. 410-4.10 COMPACTION OF MIXTURE. Af~er spreadlng, the mixture shall be thoroughly and uniformly compacted by rOlling. The surface shall be rolled when the mixture has attained sufficient stablllty so that the rolling does not cause undue displacement, cracKlng or shoving. The sequence of rolling operations and the type of rollers used shall be at the discretion of the Contractor. The speed of the roller shall, at all time$, be sufficiently slow to avoid dlsplacement of the hot mixture. Any qlsplacement occurrlng as a result of reversing the direction of the roller, or from any other cause, shall be corrected at once. Sufficient rollers shall be furniShed to handle the outp~t of the plant. Rolling shall continue until all roller marks are ellminated, the surface 1S of uniform texture and true to grade and cross sectlon, and the required fleld denSIty 15 obtaIned. To prevent adhesion of the mixture to the roller, the wheels shall be kept properly mOlstened, but excessive water will not be permltted. In areas not access1ble to the roller I the mixture shall be thoroughly compacted with- hot hand tampers. Any mixtures that becomes loose and broken, mixed with d1rt, or 1n any way defective shall be removed and replaced WIth fresh hot mlxture and immediately compacted to conform to the sUI:z:oundlng area. This work shall be done at the Contractor's expense. Sk1n patch1ng shall not be allowed. 401-4.11 JOINTS. The formation of all joints shall be made 1n such a manner as to ensure a COntlnuous bond between old and new sectlons of the course. All joints shall have the same texture, denS1ty, and smoothness as other Sectlons of the course. P-401-13 The roller shall not pass over the unprotected end of the freshly lald mixture except when necessary to form a transverse joint. When necessary to form a transverse joint, it shall be made by means of placing a bulkhead or by taperlng the course, in which case the edge shall be cut back to its full depth and width on a stralght line to expose a vertlcal face. In both methods all contact surfaces shall be given a tack. coat. of bituminous ma ter ial bef ore pi ac lng any fresh mixture agalnst the jOln~. Long 1 tud inal joints which are irregular, damaged, or otherwise defective shall be cut back to expose a clean, sound surface for the full depth of tne course. All contact surfaces shall be given a tack coat of bltuminous material prlor to placlng any fresh mixture agalnst the jOlnt. P-401-14 401-4.12 ACCEPTANCE SAMPLING AND TESTING OF BITUMINOUS MIXTURE (DENSITY). Pavement density will be determIned by comparlng the densIty of cores taken from the compacted pavement to the density of laboratory-compacted specimens. (a) lot basis. Lot Sizes. The pavement will be accepted for density on a A lot wi 11 cons ist of 500 tons. (b) Laboratory Density. . Bituminous m1xture for laboratory- compacted specimen shall be sampled on a lot basis from trucks de11ver1ng materIal to the job slte. The lot size shall be the same as indicated in paragraph 4.12(a) and shall be del''ivered lnto four equal sublots. One sample shall be taken from each sublot on a random basis, in accordance wlth procedures contained in ASTM 0 3665. One labora1:ory comp.acted speclmen shall be prepared from each sublot. The specimens shall be compacted in accordance with ASTM D 1559, Section 3.5., except that the tempe.rature immediately prior to compaction shall be 250 degrees F +5 degrees (120 degrees C +3 degrees ). The sample of b.ituminous mlxture can be placed 1n an oven for not more than 30 minutes to maintaln the heat, but it shall not be reheated 1f it cools below 250 degrees F (120 degrees C ) before use. The denslty of each speclmen shall be determIned in accordance wlth ASTM D 2726 or D 1188, whichever is applicable. (c) Core DenS1ty. Cores for determlning the denslty of the compacted pavement shall be taken on a lot basis. The lot s.ize shall be the same as 1ndicated 1n paragraphs 4.12(a) and shall be divided into four equal sublots. One core shall be taken from each sublot on a random baSls In accordance wi th procedures contained In Append ix C of The Asphalt Instltute's. Speclfication Series No.1, latest edltlon. The cores shall be taken in accordance wlth the requlrements of paragraph 4.14. The denslty of each core shall be determined in accordance WIth ASTM C 2726 or D ~188, whlcnever 1S applicable. (d) Pavement Density.. The target dens1ty (percent compac- tion) of each lot of in-place pavement shall be 98 percent of the average denS1ty of the laboratory-prepared specimens. Th~ pavemen~ denslty shall be determ1ned by dlvldlng the core denSlty of each sublet by the average denslty of the laboratory-prepared speclmens. P-401-15 . (e) Acceptance CI iter ia. Acceptance of each lot of b i tu- minous surface course shall be based on the percentage of mateIial within specification limits (PWL). The PWL 15 determlned uS1ng standard stdtistlcal technlques and involves the number of tests in each lot (n) and the Quality Index (Q). The Quality Index is calculated form the followlng formula: X-L Q = -"---- R where: Q = Quality Index X = aver:age of pavemen~ densitles (percent compaction) L = lower specification limit (96.7 percent) R "- range - difference between the hlghest and lowest pavement densitites (percent compaction) The PWL shall be determlned from Table 6, using the number of tests (n) and the Quality Index (Q). Each lot"of bltuminous miX shall be accepted for denslty when the PWL equals or exceeds 90 percent. Each lot not meetlng the 90 percent PWL r:equirement wlll be accepted at an adjusted contract unit price in accordance with Table 7. P-401-16 TABLE 6. TABLE FOR ESTIMATING PERCENT OF LOT WITHIN TOLERANCE LIMITS Percent Positive Values of Q Wit.hln Llmi ts n=3 n=4 n=5 n=6 99 . 58 9 5 .6574 .6642 .6611 98 . 58 79 .6440 .6387 .6264 97 . 58 6 3 .6307 . 6166 .5983 96 . 584 7 .6173 .5966 .5744 95 . 58 30 .6039 .5777 .5530 94 .5814 .5905 .5600 .5330 93 . 5797 . 5771 .5431 . 514 3 92 .5762 .5638 . 526 7 .4968 91 .5219 .5504 .5108 .4800 90 . 56 7 7 . 5370 .4955 .4640 89 . 56 21 .5236 .4808 . 448 5 88 . 5564 .5101 . 4657 .4337 87 . 5499 .4967 .4514 .4191 86 .5432 .4833 .4373 .4050 85 .5355 .4699 .4234 . 3913 84 . 527 5 .4565 .4097 .3778 83 . 5189 .4431 .3962 .3647 82 . 5098 .4297 . 38 29 . 351 7 81 .5U01 . 416 2 .3697 .3391 80 .48~9 .4028 .3567 .3266 79 .4791 .3894 . 34 as .3144 78 . 46 79 .3760 .3311 .3023 77 .4560 .3526 .3184 .2902 76 .4439 . 3492 . 3059 . 278 5 75 . 4311 .3358 . 2935 . 2669 74 .4179 .3223 . 2811 .2554 73 .4041 .3088 .2689 . 2440 72 .3901 . 2954 .2567 . 2327 71 . 37.5 4 . 28 20 .2446 .2215 70 .3604 .2685 . 2325 .2104 69 .3450 .2551 .2206 .1995 68 .3293 . 241 7 .2086 . 18 8 4 67 .3131 .2283 .1968 .1777 66 . 2965 .2149 . 1835 .1668 65 · . 2798 .2015 .1732 . 1562 P-401-17 Percent Positive Values of Q Within Liml ts n=3 n=4 n=5 n=6 64 .2625 . 1881 . 16 14 .1455 63 . 24 51 .1747 . 149 7 .1349 62 . 227 4 . 1611 . 138 2 . 124 3 61 .2093 . 14 7 7 .1265 .1139 60 .1911 .1343 .1149 .1034 55 .0970 . 06 7 2 .0573 .0515 50 .0000 .0000 .0000 .0000 All negative values of Q will result in a PWL below 65 percent. TABLE 7. PRICE ADJUSTMENT SCHEDULE Percentage of Material Above the SpeclficaClon Limlt (PWL) Percent of Contract Unit Price to be Pald 90-100 80-90 65-80 Below 65 100 0.5 PWL + 55.0 2.0 PWL - 65.0. .hI 1/ The lot shall be removed and replaced. However, the Owner may decld~ to accept the deflc1ent lot. In that case, lf the Owner and Contractot agree in writlng, that lot shall not be removed, and lt will be pald for at 50 percent of the contract prlce. 40.1-4.13 SURFACE TESTS. ~ests for conformity with the specifled crown and grade snaIl be made by the Contractor immed1ately after lnltial compaction. Any variatlon shall be corrected by tne removal or addit10n of materials and by conClnuous rol11ng. ~e finiabeG .u~f&ce shall not vary more than 1/4 inch for surface CQJ..lJ:&& "ben tested wi ~h a 16-f'oot (4. 8 m) s tr a ightedge appl ied par:Allel with, O~ at. z:ight angles to, the.cent:erl1ne.' After the completlon of final rolllng, the smoothness of the course shall be tested by the Engineer; humps or depresslons exceeding the spec1fled tolerances shall be lmmediately corrected by removing the defect 1 ve war k and replac ing w 1 th new ma ter 1 ale Thl s shall be done at the Contractor's expense. P-401-18 The finished surfaces of bituminous courses shall not vary from the gradeline, elevat:ions, and cross sections shown on the contract drawings by more than 1/2 inch (12.70 mm). The Contractor shall correct pavement: areas varying in excess of this amount by pavlng and replacing the defective work. Skin patching will not be permltted. 401-4 .14 SAMPLING PAVEMENT. .Core samples for determlna tion of the densl ty of completed pavements shall be obtained by the Contractor at no extra cost. The slze, number, and locations of the samples WIll be as indicated by the Engineer. Samples shall be neatly cut with a saw, core drill, or other equipment. The Contractor shall furnish all tools, labor, and materials for cutting samples and replacing pavement. All tests necessary to determine conformance with requirements specified in this item wlll be performed by the Owner without cost to the Contractor except that the Contraqtor shall pay for any retests. Mehtod of Measurement 401-5 .1 Plant mix bi tum1nous concrete pavement shall be measured by the number of tons of bituminous m1xture used ln the accepted work. Recorded batch welghts or truck scale weights wlll be used to determine the basis of the connage. BaSls of Payment 401- 6 .1 Payment f or an accepted b i tum lnous concrete pavement sha 11 be made at the full or adjusted contract un1t prlce.per ton. The prlce shall be full compenSatlon for furnishing all materlals, for all preparation, mixing, aQd plac1ng of these materials, and for all labor, equipment, tools, and 1nc1dentals necessary to complete tne item. (a) Basis of Adjusted Payment. Table 7 shall be usecr to determine the adjusted contract price for a lot of mater1al when the results of the pavement denS1ty tests for that lot indicate that the percentage of material above the spec1flcation Ilm1t 1S less than 90 percent. (b) Payment. Payment will be made under: Item P-401-6.1 Bltuminous Surface Course - per ton P-401-19 TESTING REQUIREMENTS ASTM C 29 ASTM C 88 ASTM C 131 ASTM C 136 ASTM C 183 ASTM 0 75 ASTM D 423 ASTM D 424 ASTM D 995 ASTM D 1075 ASTM 0 1188 Unit Welght of Aggregate Soundness of Aggregates by Use of Sodium Sulfate or Magnesium Sulfate Reslstance. to Abrasion of Small Size Coarse Aggregate by Use of the Los Angeles Machine Sieve or Screen Analysls of Fine and Coarse Aggregate Sampllng Hydraulic Cement Sampling Aggregates Liquid Limit of Salls Plastlc Limit and Plasticlty Index of Soils Requirements for Mixing Plants for Hot-Mlxed, Hot-Lald Bltuminous Paving Mixtures Effect of Water on Cohesion of Compacted Bituminous Mlxtures Bulk Speclfic Gravlty of Compacted Bituminous Mlxtures USlng Paraffln-Coated Speclmens ASTM 0 1559 Resistance to Plastic Flow of Bitumlnous Mlxtures USlng Marshall Apparatus ASTM D 2172 Quancitatlve Extraction of Bltumen from Blcurnlnous Pavlng Mlxtures ASTM 0 2489 Degree of Particle Coatlng of Blturnlnous- Aggregate Mlxtures ASTM D 2726 Bulk Speclflc Gravlty of Compacted Bltuminous Mixtures USlng Saturated Surface-Dry Specimens ASTM D 3665 Random Sampling of Paving Materlals ASTM D 3666 InspectlOn and Testing Agencles for Bltumlnous Pavlng Materials AASHO T 30 Mechanlcal Analysis of Extracted Aggregate P-401-20 The Asphalt Institute's Series (55-i) The Asphalt Inst1tute's Manual No. 2 ( MS - 2 ) ASTM 0 242 ASTM 0 490 ASTM 0 946 ASTM 0 3381 AASHO M 226 Model Construction Specifications for Asphalt Concrete and Other Plant-Type Mixes Mix Design Methods for Asphalt Concrete MATERIAL REQUIREMENTS Mineral Filler for Bituminous Paving M1xtures Tar Asphalt Cement for Use 1n Pavement Construction Viscosity-Graded Asphalt Cement for Use 10 Pavement Constructlon Viscosity Graded Asphalt Cement P-401-21 ITEl1 P-60 2 BITUMINOUS PRIME COAT Description 602-1.1 This item shall consist of an application pf bituminous m8.tc~~~ A..1~ on the prepared base course in accordance with this specification applied at the rate specified by the engineer. The type of bituminous material to be used shall be selected by the engineer from those included in this specification. 602-1.2 QUANTITIES OF BITUMmOUS MATERIAL. '!he approximate aIU>unt of bituminous material per square yard for the prime coat shall be as provided in the Table 1. Table I.-Quantities of Material Material I A mount _ Bituminous material -------------------1 O~ 10 toO.15 gallon per square yd. Ha te rials 602-2.1 BITUMINOUS MATERIAL. The types, grades, controlling specifications, and application temperatures for the bituminous materials are given below. P-602-1 ITEM P-602 BITUMINOUS PRI}!E COAT Type and grade Specification Application temperatures Liquid asphalt RC-70 AASHO M Sl/M-82/ I M 141 ,I 1200-1600 F. Construction Methods 602-3.1 WEATHER LIMITATIONS. TIle prime coat shall be applied only when the existing surface is dry or contains sufficient moisture to get uniform distribution of the bituminous material, when the atmospheric temperature is ab ove 600 F., and when the weather is not fo ggy 0 r rainy. The temperature requirements may be waived, but only when so directed by the enginee r. 602-3.2 EQUIPMENT. Tne equipment used by the contractor shall include a self-powered pressure bituminous material distributor and equipment for heating bituminous material. The distributor shall have pneumatic tires of such width and number that the load produced on the surface shall not exceed 650 pounds per inch of tire width and shall be designed, equipped, and operated so that bituminous material at even heat can be applied uniformly on variable widths of surface at readily controlled rates from 0.05 to 2.0 gallons per square yard. The material shall be applied within a pressure range from 25 to 75 pounds per square inch and with an allowable variation from any specified rate not to exceed 5%. Distributor equipment shall include a thermometer for reading temperatures of tank contents. P-602-2 ITE}<! P-60 2 BITUMINOUS PRIME COAT 602-3.3 APPLICATION OF BITUMINOUS MATERIAL. Immediately before applying the prime coat, the full width of the surface to be primed shall be swept with a power broom to remove all loose dirt and other objectionable material. The application of the bituminous material shall be made by means of a pressure distributor at the temperature, pressure, and in the amounts directed by the engineer. Following the application, the primed surface shall be allowed to dry ~0t less than 48 hours without being disturbed or for such additional ti'me as -may be necessary to permit the drying out of the prime until it will not be picked up by traffic or equipment. This period shall be determined by the engineer. The surface shall then be maintained by the contractor W1til the surfacing has been placed. Sui table precautions shall be taken by the contractor to protect the primed surface against damage during this interval, including supplying and spreading any sand necessary to blot up excess bituminous material. 602-3.4 BITUMINOUS MATERIAL CONTRACTOR'S RESPONSIBILITY. Samples of the bituminous materials that the contractor proposes to use, together with a statement as to their source and character, must be submitted and approved before use of such material begins. The contractor shall require the manufacturer or producer of the bituminous materials to furnish material subject to this and all other pertinent requirements of the contract. Only satisfactory materials, so demonstrated by service tests, shall be acceptab Ie. The contractor shall furnish vendor's certified test reports for each carload, or equivalent, of bituminous material shipped to the project. The report shall be delivered to the engineer' before permission is granted for use of the material. The furnishing of the vendor's certified test report for the bituminous material shall not be interpreted as basis for final acceptance. All such test reports shall be subject to verification by testing samples of materials received for use on the project. 602-3.5 FREIGHT AND WEIGH BILLS. Before the final estimate is allowed, the contractor shall file with the engineer receipted bills when railroad shipments are made, and certified weigh bills when materials are received in any other manner, of the bituminous materials actually used in the construction covered by the contract. The contractor shall no-t remove bituminous material from the tank car or storage tank until the initial outage and temperature measurements have been taken by the engineer, nor shall the car or tank be released until the final outage has been taken by the engineer. P-602-3 ITEM P-602 BITUMINOUS PRIME COAT Copies of freight bills and weigh bills shall be furnished to the engineer during the progress of the work. Method of Measurement 602-4.1 The bi tumlnous 'pt ime coat to be paid fOt shall be the number of squa~e ya~ds measured over the requlIed surface area of applicatlon. Basis of Payment 602-5.1 Payment shall be made at the contract uni t. price per square yard for bituminous prlme coat. ThlS price shall be full compensatlon for furnlshlng all materials and for all preparation, delivering, and applying the materials, and for all labor, equipment, tools, and inCldentals necessary to complete thlS item. Payment will be made under: Item P-602-S.l Bituminous Prime Coat--per square yard TESTING A1~D MATERIAL REQUIREMENTS Test and short title Material and short title ASTM D-1250--Vol Corr. for Asphalts AASHO M Sl--Asphalt RC AASHO M 82--Asphalt Me AASHO M 141--Asphalt SC P-602-4 ITEM P-603 BITUMINOUS TACK COAT DescI:iptlon 603-1.1. This item shall consist of supplying bituminous material to a previously prepared, b1 tuml n1 zed binder course in accordance with these specificatlons and to the lines shown on the plans. and applying bonded and/or 603-1.2 QUANTITY OF MATERIAL. The approximate amount of bitumi- nous material per square yard for the tack coat shall be as provided 1n Table 1. TABLE 1. QUANTITY OF MATERIAL Materlal Amount Bltuminous material lncluding vehlcle or solvent 0.10 to 0.15 gallon per square yard Materials 603-2.1 BITUMINOUS MATERIAL. The bitumlnous materlals shall be emulslfled asphalt and shall conform to the requirements of Table 2. TABLE 2. BITUMINOUS MATERIAL Type and grade Specification Application temperature Emulsified asphalt SS-lh ASTM 0977 750--1300 F P-603-1 Construction Methods 603-3.1 WEATHER LIMITATIONS. The tack coat shall be applled only when the existlng surface lS dry, when tne at:mospherlc temperature 1S above 600 F., and when the weather is not foggy or ralny. The temperature requirements may be walved by the engineer. 603-3.2 EQUIPMENT. The Contractor shall prov1de equlpment for heatlng and applying the bituminous material. The dlstrlbutor shall be designed, equipped, maintalned, and operated so that bituminous material at even heat may be applled uniformly on variable widths of surface at the specified rate. The allowable var1at1on fLam the specified rate shall not exceed 10 percent. Dlstributor equipment shall include a tacnorneter, pressure gages, volume-measurlng devices or a calibrated tank, and a thermometer for measuring temperatures of tank contents. The distributor shall be self-powered and shall be equipped with a power unit for the pump and full circulatlon spray bars adjustable laterally and vertlcally. A power broom and/or blower shall be provided for any requlred cleanlng of the surface to be treated. 603-3.3 APPLICATION OF BITUMINOUS MATERIAL. Immedlately before applying the tacK coat, the full wldth of surface to be treated shall be swept witn a power broom to remove all loose dirt and other objectlonable material. Ernulslfled asphalt shall be dlluted by the addltlon of .water If necessary for proper appllcatlon and shall be applled a sufflcient tlme in advance of the paver to ensure that all water has evaporated before any of the overlying mixture 1S placed on the tacked surface. The bituminous materlal lncluding vehicle or solvent shall be unlformly applied with a bltuminous dlstrlbutor at the rate of 0.10 to 0.15 gallons per square yard dependlng on the condition of the eXlstlng surface. The type of bitumlnous material and applicatlon rate shall be reviewed by tt Engineer prlor to appllcatlon. ~ollowlng the application, the surface shall be allowed to cure Without belng disturbed for such perlod of tlme as may be necessary to permit drying out and setting of the tack coat. The surface shall then be maintained by the contractor untll the next course has been placed. Suitable precautions shall be taken by the contractor to protect the surface agalnst damage during this lnterval, lncluding any sand necessary to blot up excess bitumlnous materlal. 603-3.4 BITUMINOUS MATERIAL CONTRACTOR'S RESPONSIBILITY. Samples of the bltuminous materlal that the contractor proposes to use, together with a statement as to its source and cnaracter, must be submitted "and revlewed before use of such material beglns. The contract.or: shall r:equlre the manufacturer or producer of uo.~.~ P-603-2 bi turn lnous ma tel: ial to fur n 1 sh ma t.er ial subj ect to th i s and a 11 other pertlnent requirements of the contract. Only satlsfactory materials so demonstrated by service tests, shall be acceptable. The contractor shall furnlsh vendor's certifled test reports for each carload, or equivalent, of bituminous material shipped to the proJect. The report shall be dellvered to the engineer for review before use of the material. The furnishing of the vendor's certified test report for the bituminous materlal shall not be interpreted as a basis for final acceptance. All such test reports shall be subject to veriflcation by testing samples of mater1al recelved for use on the project. 603-3.5 FREIGHT AND WEIGH BILLS. Before the final estlmate 1S allowed, the contractor shall file with the engineer receipted bllls when railroad shipmencs are made, and certified weigh bills when materials are received in any other manner, of the bltuminous materlals act.ually used in the constructlon covered by the contract. The contractor shall not remove bi tuminous mater lal from the tank car or storage tank untll the lnlt.ial outage and temperature measurements have been taken by the engineer, nor shall the car be released until he flnal outage has been taken by the engineer. Copies of freight bllls and weigh bills shall be furnished to the englneer during the progress of the work. Method of Measurement 603-4.1 The bituminous material for tack coat shall be measured by the square yard. Basls of Payment 603-5.1 Payment shall be made at the contract unlt price per square yardof bituminous tack coat. This prlce shall be full compensatlon for furnishing all materlals and for all preparatlon, dellverlng, and application of these materials and for all labor, equlpment, tools, and incldentals necessary to complete the item. P-603-3 Payment will be made under: Item P-603-5.1 Bituminous Tack Coat - per square yard MATERIAL REQUIREMENTS ASTM 0977 Emulsified Asphalt Asphalt Institute Manual MS-6, Table IV-3 Temporary Volume Corrections for Emulsified Asphalts P-603-4 ITEM P-610 STRUCTURAL PORTLAND CEMENT CONCRETE 1. DESCRIPTION 1.1 This item shall consist of either plain or reinforced structural portland cement concrete, prepared and constructed in accordance with these specifications, at the locations and of the form and dimensions shown on the plans. The concrete shall be composed of coarse aggregate, fine aggregate, portland cement, and water. 2. MATERIALS 2.1 General: Only approved materials, conforming to the requirements of these specifications, shall be used in the work. They may be subjected to inspection and tests at any time during the progress of their preparation or use. The source of supply of each of the materials shall be reviewed by the engineer before delivery or use is started. Representative preliminary samples of the materials shall be submitted by the contractor, when required, for examination and test. Materials shall be stored and handled to insure the preservation of their quality and fitness for use and shall be located to facilitate prompt inspection. All equipment for handling and transporting materials and concrete must be clean before any material or concrete is placed therein. In no case shall the use of pit-run or naturally mixed aggregates be permitted. Naturally mixed aggregate shall be screened and washed, and all fine and coarse aggregates shall be stored separately and kept clean. The mixing of different kinds of aggregates from different sources in one storage pile or alternating batches of different aggregates will not be permitted. 2.2 Coarse Aggregate: The coarse aggregate for concrete shall meet the requirements of AASHTO M 80. The percentage of wear shall be not more than 45 at 500 revolutions as determined by AASHO T 96. Coarse aggregate shall be well graded from coarse to fine and shall meet the following gradation requirement as shown in Table 1, using AASHO T 27. Table 1 Requirement for Gradation of Coarse Aggregate Sieve designation (sQuare opening-s) 1 1/2'" Percentage by weig-ht passing- sieves 1" 3/4" 1/2" 3/8" No.4 No.4 to 1 inch 100 90--100 25--60 0--10 2 · 3 Fine Aggregate: The fine aggregate for concrete shall meet the requirements of AASHO M 6. P-610 - 1 The fine aggregate shall be well graded from fine to coarse and shall meet the following gradation requirements, when tested in accordance with AASHO T 27: Table 2 Requirements for Gradation of Fine Aggregate Sieve designation (sQuare openinR"s) Percentage by weight passin51 sieves 3/8 inch ----------------------------------------------- No.4 ------------------------------------------------ No. 16 ------------------------------------------------ No. 30 ------------------------------------------------ No. 50 ------.------------------------------------------ No.lOO ------------------------------------------------ 100 95--100 45--80 25--55 10--30 2--10 Blending will be permitted, if necessary, in order to meet the gradation requirements for fine aggregate. Fine aggregate deficient in the percentage of material passing the No. 50 mesh sieve may be accepted, provided that such deficiency does not exceed 5% and is remedied by the addition of pozzolanic or cementitious materials other than portland cement, as specified in 610-2.6 on admixtures, in sufficient quantity to produce the required workability as reviewed by the engineer. 2.4 Cement: The cement used shall be portland cement conforming to the requirements of AASHO M 85. The contractor shall furnish vendors' certified test reports for each carload, or equivalent, of cement shipped to the project. The report shall be delivered to the engineer before permission to use the cement is granted. All such test reports shall be subject to verification by testing sample materials received for use on the project. 2.5 Water: The water used in concrete shall be free from sewage, oil, acid, strong alkalies, vegetable matter, and clay and loam. If the water is of questionable quality, it shall be tested in accordance with AASHO T 26. 2.6 Admixtures: The use of any material added to the concrete mix shall be reviewed by the engineer. Before review of any material, the contractor shall be required to submit the results of complete physical and chemical analyses made by an acceptable testing laboratory. Subsequent tests shall be made of samples taken by the engineer from the supply of the material l;>eing furnished or proposed for use on the work to determine whether the admixture is uniform in quality with that reviewed. Pozzolanic admixtures shall be fly ash meeting the requirements of ASTM C 350 or raw or calcined natural pozzolans meeting the requirements of ASTM C 402. Air-entraining admixtures shall meet the requirements of AASHO M 154. Air- entraining admixtures shall be added at the mixer in the amount necessary to produce the specified air content. P-610 - 2 Water-reducing, set-controlling admixtures shall meet the requirements of ASTM C 494, Type A, water-reducing or Type D, water-reducing and retarding. Water-reducing admixtures shall be added at the mixer separately from air-entraining admixtures in accordance with the manufacturer's printed instructions. 2.7 Premolded Joint Material: Premolded joint material for expansion joints shall meet the requirements of one of the following AASHO M 33, M 90, M 153, or M 213. 2.8 Joint Filler: The filler for joints shall meet the requirements of AASHO M 18, grade A or B, or Item P-605, unless otherwise specified in the proposal. 2.9 Steel Reinforcement: Concrete reinforcing shall consist of deformed bars of hard grade billet steel meeting AASHO M 31. To qualify as deformed, bars shall conform to the requirements of AASHO M 137. 2.10 Cover Materials For Curing: Curing material shall conform to the following specification: . Burlap Cloth made from Jute or Kenaf --------------- AASHO M 182 3. CONSTRUCTION METHODS 3.1 General: The contractor shall furnish all labor, materials, and services necessary for, and incidental to, the completion of all work as shown in the plans and specified herein. All machinery and equipment owned or controlled by the contractor, which he proposes to use on the work, shall be of sufficient size to meet the requirements of the work, and shall be such as to produce satisfactory work; all work shall be subject to the inspection and review of the engineer. The contractor shall employ, at all times, a sufficient force of workmen of such experience and ability that the work can be prosecuted in a satisfactory and workmanlike manner. Concrete produced by a reputable supplier of ready-mix or transit-mix concrete, designed for a minimum compressive strength of 3,000 psi at 28 days, may be used subject to review by the engineer of the proposed design mix and other required material tests and certifications. 3.2 Concrete Proportions: The concrete shall consist of a mixture of coarse aggregate, fine aggregate, portland cement, and water. All aggregates and bulk cement shall be measured by weight. In proportioning aggregates and mixing water, compensation shall be made for the weight of moisture in the aggregates, and this shall be determined periodically. P-610 - 3 Concrete Proportions (Materials for one cubic yard of concrete) Net Cement Water Weight in Pounds Type of Content Content Dry Ag-gregate Slump Coarse ( m.in. ( max. Fine Total Range Af&rea-ate bag-s ) gaallons) Aa-greg-ate AgJUeg-ate ( inches) Gravel 6 35 1070--1190 3210 2--5 Crushed Stone 6 38 1220--1360 3200 2--5 Slag 6 38 1330--1470 2930 2--5 The proportions in the above table are based on the use of well-graded aggregates. If it is impossible with the aggregates selected to prepare concrete of the proper consistency without exceeding the maximum net water content specified, the total weight of aggregate shall be reduced until concrete of the proper consistency is obtained without exceeding the maximum net water content specified. However, the contractor shall not be compensated for any additional cement which may be required by such adjustment. The weights specified in the above table were calculated for aggregates of the following bulk specific gravities: Natural sand and gravel, 2.65; crushed stone, 2.70; slag 2.30. For aggregates of specific gravities differing more than + 0.02 from those given above, the weights given in the tables shall be corrected. The-quantities shown for cement and water shall control, and the weights of aggregates shall be varied to secure the proper yield based on absolute volumes. When a special mix requiring a reduction in the amount of water is desired, the quantities of aggregate shall be increased to maintain the specified yield. Yield test, made in accordance with specification AASHO T 121, shall be made by the engineer for the purpose of determining the cement content per cubic yard of concrete. If at any time such cement content is found to be less than that specified per cubic yard, the batch weights shall be reduced until the amount of cement per cubic yard of concrete conforms to the requirements. The net mixing water shall be adjusted for the moisture contained in the aggregates, and for the moisture which they will absorb, in order to determine the amount of water to be added at the mixer. The absorption of the fine and coarse aggregates shall be determined by AASHO T 84 and T 85. When an air-entraining agent or air-entraining portland cement is used, there will be a bulking of the mortar of the concrete due to the amount of entrained air. If necessary, the weight of the fine aggregate shall be reduced, as required to keep the cement factor specified at the correct amount. The reduction in the fine aggregate shall be determined by yield tests as specifiedo Under average conditions, the reduction of the sand should be about 3% of the total weight of the fine and coarse aggregate. The air content of the concrete shall be between 3 and 6% by volume. P-610 - 4 The air content by volume shall be based on measurements made on concrete immediately after discharge from the mixer in accordance with AASHO T 121 or T 152. 3.3 Control Tests: The contractor shall make test cylinders or beams from the concrete as mixed for the work as herein specified. Concrete cylindrical test specimens shall be made in accordance with AASHO T 23 and beam specimens shall be made in accordance with AASHO T 97. The contractor shall cure and store the test specimens under such conditions as required to maintain their integrity until testing. The engineer will make the actual tests on the specimens at no expense to the contractor. 3.4 Proportioning and Measuring Devices: When package cement is used, the quantity for each batch shall be equal to one or more whole sacks of cement. The aggregates shall be measured separately by weight. If aggregates are delivered to the mixer in batch trucks, the exact amount for each mixer charge shall be contained in each batch compartment. Weighing boxes or hoppers shall be reviewed by the engineer and shall provide means of regulating the flow of aggregates into the batch box so that the required and exact weight of aggregates can be .readily obtained. 3.5 Consistency: The consistency of the concrete shall be checked by the slump test specified in AASHO T 119. 3.6 Mixing: Concrete may be mixed at the construction site, at a central point, or wholly or in part in truck mixers. Whichever mixing process is used, concrete of the specified proportions and consistency shall be produced. 3.7 Mixing Conditions: The concrete shall be mixed only in quantities required for immediate use. Concrete shall not be mixed while the air temperature is below 50oF. Concrete shall be placed at a temperature not less than 600 nor more than lOOoF. Retempering of concrete by adding water or any other material shall not be permitted. The delivery of concrete to the job shall be in such a manner that batches of concrete will be deposited at uninterrupted intervals. The contractor shall be held responsible for any defective work, resulting from InjUry in any manner during placing and curing, and shall replace such work at his expense. 3.8 Forms: Concrete shall not be placed until all the forms and reinforcements have been inspected by the engineer. Forms shall be of suitable material and shall be of the type, size, shape, quality, and strength to build the structure as designed on the plans. The forms shall be true to line and grade and shall be mortar-tight and sufficiently rigid to prevent displacement and sagging between supports. The contractor shall bear responsibility for their adequacy. The surfaces of forms shall be smooth and free from irregularities, dents, sags, and holes. All internal ties shall be arranged so that, when the forms are removed, no metal will show in the concrete surface or discolor the surface when exposed to weathering. All forms shall be wetted with water or with a nonstaining mineral oil P-610 - 5 which shall be applied shortly before the concrete is placed. Forms shall be constructed so that they can be removed without injuring concrete or concrete surface. The forms shall not be removed before the expiration of at least 30 hours from vertical faces, walls, and similar structures; forms supported by false work under slabs, beams, girders, arches, and similar construction shall not be removed until tests indicate that at least 60% of the design strength of the concrete has developed. 3.9 Placing Reinforcement: All reinforcement shall be accurately placed, as shown on the plans, and shall be firmly held in position during concreting. Bars shall be fastened together at intersections. The reinforcement shall be supported by approved metal chairs. Shop drawings, lists, and bending details shall be supplied by the contractor. 3.10 Embedded Items: Before placing concrete, any items that are to be embedded shall be firmly and securely fastened in place as indicated. All such items shall be clean and free from coating, rust, scale, oil, or any foreign matter. The embedding of wood shall be avoided. The concrete shall be spaded and consolidated around and against embedded items. 3.11 Placing Concrete: All concrete shall be placed during daylight. The concrete shall not be placed until the depth and character of foundation, the adequacy of forms and falsework, and the placing of the steel reinforcing have been reviewed. Concrete shall be placed as soon as practical after mixing and in no case later than 1 hour after water has been added to the mix. The method and manner of placing shall be such to avoid segregation and displacement of the reinforcement. Troughs, pipes, and chutes shall be used as an aid in placing concrete when necessary. Dropping the concrete a distance of more than 5 feet, or depositing a large quantity .at one point, will not be permitted. Concrete shall be placed upon clean, damp surfaces, free from running water, or upon properly consolidated soil. The concrete shall be compacted with suitable mechanical vibrators operating within the concrete. When necessary, vibrating shall be supplemented by hand spading with suitable tools to assure proper and adequate compaction. Vibrators shall be manipulated so as to work the concrete thoroughly around the reinforcement and embedded fixtures and into corners and angles of the forms. The vibration at any joint shall be of sufficient duration to accomplish compaction but shall not be prolonged to the point where segregation occurs. Concrete deposited under water shall be carefully placed in a compact mass in its final position by means of a tremie, a closed bottom dump bucket, or other suitable method and shall not be disturbed after being deposited. 3.12 Defective Work: Any defective work disclosed after the forms have been removed shall be immediately removed and replaced. If any dimensions are deficient, or if the surface of the concrete is bulged, uneven, or shows honeycomb, the entire section shall be removed and replaced at the expense of the contractor. 3.13 Surface Finish: All exposed concrete surfaces shall be true, smooth, free from open or rough spaces, depressions, or projections. The concrete in horizontal plane surfaces shall be brought flush with the finished top surface at the proper elevation and shall be struck-off with a straightedge and floated. Mortar finishing shall not be permitted, nor shall dry cement or sand-cement mortar be spread over the concrete during the finishing of horizontal plane surfaces. P-610 - 6 The surface finish of exposed concrete shall be a rubbed finish. If forms can be removed while the concrete is still green, the surface shall be pointed and wetted and then rubbed with a wooden float until all irregularities are removed. If the concrete has hardened before being rubbed, a carborundum stone shall be used to finish the surface. When approved, the finishing can be done with a rubbing machine. 3.14 Curing and Protection: All concrete shall be properly cured and protected by the contractor. The work shall be protected from the elements, flowing water, and from defacement of any nature during the building operations. The concrete shall be cured as soon as possible after placement by covering with the specified material. Water-absorptive coverings shall be thoroughly saturated when placed and kept saturated for a period of at least 3 days. All curing mats or blankets shall be sufficiently weighted or tied down to keep the concrete surface covered and to prevent the surfac.e from being exposed to currents of air. Where wooden forms are used, they shall be kept wet at all times until removed to prevent the opening of joints and drying out of the concrete. Traffic shall not be allowed on concrete surfaces for 7 days after the concrete has been placed. 3.15 Drains or Ducts: Drainage pipes, conduits, and ducts that are to be encased in concrete shall be installed by the contractor before the concrete is placed. The pipe shall be held rigidly so that it will not be displaced or moved during the placing of the concrete. 3.16 Filling Joints: All joints which require filling shall be thoroughly cleaned, and any excess mortar or concrete shall be cut out with proper tools. Joint filling shall not be started until after final curing and shall be done only when the concrete is completely dry. The cleaning and filling shall be carefully done with proper equipment and in a manner to obtain a neat looking joint free from excess filler. 4. BASIS OF PAYMENT 4.1 The bid schedule does not contain an estimated quantity for structural portland cement concrete or reinforcing steel. The performance of this work, including the furnishing of all materials and for all preparation, delivering and installation of these materials, and for all labor, equipment, tools, and incidentals necessary to complete the item, shall not be paid for directly but shall be considered as a subsidiary obligation of the Contractor covered under other Contract items as they may apply. TESTING AND MATERIAL REQUIREMENTS Test and short title Material and short title AASHO T 27--Gradation AASHO M 80--Aggregate AASHO M 6--Aggregate AASHO T 96--Abrasion AASHO T 26--Water AASHO M 85--Portland Cement AASHO T 121--Yield AASHO M 134--Air-Entrained Portland Cement P-610 - 7 AASHO T 84--Absorption AASHO M 151--Slag Portland Cement Concrete AASHO T 85--Absorption ASTM C 350--Fly-Ash AASHO T 152--Air Content ASTM C 402--Pozzolans AASHO T 23--Cylinders AASHO M 154--Air-Entrained Additives ASTM C 494-- Retarder AASHO T 119--S1ump AASHTO M 33--Joint Material AASHTO M 90--Joint Material AASHTO M 153--Joint Material AASHTO M 213--Joint Material AASHTO M 18--Joint Material AASHTO M 31--Steel AASHTO M 42--Steel AASHTO M 55--Steel AASHTO M 137--Steel AASHO M 144--Accelerator AASHO M 73--Cotton Mats AASHO M 139--Paper AASHO M 171--Polyethylene AASHO M 182--Burlap AASHO M 148--Membrane END OF SECTION P-610 P-610 - 8 ITEM P-620 APRON AND TAXIWAY PAINTING Description 620-1.1 This ltem conslsts of the painting of numbers, markings, and strlpes on the surface of apron and taxiways applied In. accordance with these specifications and at the locatlons shown on the plans. Materials 620-2.1 PAINT. The paint shall meet the ~equirements of Federal Speclficatlon TT-P-1952. 620-2.2 REFLECTIVE MEDIA. Glass spheres shall meet the requlre- ments of Federal Speclfication TT-B-~325, Type III, gradation A. Construction Methods 620-3.1 WEATHER LIMITATIONS. The palnting shall be performed only when the existing surface is dry, when the atmospherlc temperature 1S above 4SoF (7oC), and when the weather is not foggy or wlndy. 620-3.2 EQUIPMENT. All equipment for the work shall be rev1ewed by the Englneer and snail include the apparatus necessary to-properly clean the eXlstlng surface, a mechanical marklng macnlne, and such auxlllary hand-pain~lng equipment as may be necessary to satlsfactorlly complete the jab. The mechanical matker shall be an atomizlng spray-type matklng machine suitable for appllcation of traffic palnt. It shall produce an even and unlform fllm thickness ae the requlred coverage and sllall be designed so as to apply marklngs of unlform cross sectlons and clear-cut edges without runnlng or spatterlng. 620-3.3 PREPARATION OF SURFACE. Immediately before appllcatlon of the palnt, the surface shall be dry and free from dirt, grease, oil, laitance, or other forelgn ma.terial which would reduce the bond between the paint and the pavement. The area to be palnted snall oe cleaned by sweeping and blowlng or by other methods as required to remove all dirt, laltance, and loose rnaterlals. Paint shall not be applied to portland cement concrete until the concrete in the areas to be painted is clean of curing material. Sandblasting or high pressure water shall be used to remove curing material from concrete surfaces. P-620- 1 620- 3. 4 LAYOUTS OF MARKI NGS. On those sec t ions 0 f pa vernen t.s wne re no previously applled marklngs are avallable to serve as a gUlde, the proposed mar king 5 shall be la id au t 1 n advance of the pa in t appllcatlon. 620-3.5 APPLICATION. Marklngs shall be applied at the locatlons and to the dlmensions and spacing lndicated on the plans. Palnt shall not be applied untll the layout and condition of the surface have been rev lewed by the Eng i.neer. The palnt shall be mixed in accordance wi th the manufacturer's instructions and applied to the pavement with a marking machlne at the rate of 100 to 110 square feet per gallon. The addltlon of thinner will not be permltted. A period of two (2) days shall elapse between placement of a blturninous surface course or seal coat and appllcatlon of the paint. The edges of the markings shall not vary from a straight line more than 1/2 lnch 1n 50 feet, and the dimenslons shall be wlth1n a tolerance of plus or mlnus 5 percent. Glass spheres shall be distributed to the surface of the marked areas lmmediately after appllcatlon of the palnt. A dlspenser shall be furnlshed whlCh lS properly deslgned for at.tachment to the marking machlne and sUltable for dlspenslng glass spheres. The sphetes shall be applled a~ the rate of 10 pounds per gallon of paint. The Contractor shall furnlsh certifled tesc reports for the materlals shlpped to the proJec~. The repotcs shall not oe lnterpreted as a baS1S for flnal acceptance. The Contractor shall notify the Engineer upon arrlval of a shlpment. of pal!'lC co the ]OD site. All ernptled containers shall be returned to the palnt storage area for checking by the Engloeer. The contalners shall not be removed from the a 1 r por t or dt:s troyed un t i 1 au thor 1 zed oy tne Englneer. 620-3.6 PROTECTION. After appllcation of the palnt, all marklngs, shall be protected from damage untll the paint lS dry. All surfaces shall be protected. from dlsfiguratlon by spatter, splashes, splllage, or dripplngs of palnt.. Method of Measurement 620-4.1 The quantity of apron, and taxiway markings to be paid for shall be the number of square feet of painting performed in accordance with the specifications and accepted by the Engineer. P-620-2 BaSls of Payment 620-5.1 Payment shall be made at the contract unlt price per square foot for apron and taxiway painting. This price shall be ftJll compensatlon for furnishing all materlals and for all labor, equipment, tools, and inCldentals necessary to complete the Item~ Payment will be made under: Item P-620-5.1 Apron and. Taxiway Painting - per square foot Material Requirements Federal Specification TT-P-1952 Paint, Traffic and Airfield Marking, Water Emulsion Base Federal Speclfication TT-B-1325 Beads (Glass Spheres) Retro-Reflective P-820- 3 ITEM P-625 - RUBBERIZED COAL TAR PITCH EMULSION SEALCOAT 25-1. DESCRIPTION 625-1.1 This item shall consist of a siliconed, rubberized, coal tar pitch emulsion with and without mineral aggregate, applied on a previously prepared bituminous surface, in accordance with these specifications for the area shown on the plans or as designated by the Engineer. ~ 25- 2. MATERIALS -25-2.1 AGGREGATE: The aggregate shall be a manufactured crushed product and shall be composed of clean, hard, durable, uncoated particles, free from lumps of.clay and all organic matter. The aggregate shall meet the gradation in Table 1, when tested in accordance with ASTM C136. TABLE 1. GRADATION OF AGGREGATES u.s. Sieve Size (square openings) Percentage by Weight Passing Sieves No. B 100 No. 16 (1.18 nun) 97-100 No. 20 (0.85 nun) 85-100 No. 30 (0.60 mm) 15-85 No. 40 (0.40 mm) 2-15 No. 100 (0.15 mm) 0-2 625-2.2 BITUMINOUS MATERIALS. The bituminous material shall be a coal tar pitch emulsion prepared from a high-temperature coal tar pitch conforming to the requirements of ASTM D490. The coal tar pitch emulsion shall conform to all requirements for Federal Specification R-P-355, except the water content shall not exceed 50%. 625-2.3 WATER. The water used in mixing shall be potable and free from harmful soluble salts. The temperature of the water shall be at least 50 F (10 e), and shall conform to the requirements of the manufacturer of the coal tar pitch emulsion (Ph). P-625-1 625-2.4 LATEX RUBBER. The rubber shall be a copolymer latex containing 51-70 parts butadiene and 30-49 parts acrylonitrile and be of a 40+% solids content with silicones at 3 percent of the rubber content. The average particle size shall be between 400 and 1000 angstroms and the coal tar pitch emulsion shall be compatible with the latex rubber used by the contractor. The rubber must mix homogenously with the coal tar emulsion, water and sand in the proportions specified to produce a mixture that will adequately suspend the sand. 625- 3. COMPOSITION AND APPLICATION 625~ 3.1 COMPOSITION. The rubberized coal-tar pitch emulsion sealcoat shall consist of a mixture of coal-tar pitch emulsion, water, latex rubber and aggregate in the proportions shown in Table 2. The amount of water added to the coal-tar pitch emulsion shall not exceed 80 percent of the coal-tar pitch emulsion. TABLE 2. COMPOSITION AND QUANTITIES OF MIXTURE Water gal/gal of emulsion Sand- lbs/qal of emulsion COMPOSITION & QUANTITIES Rubber Application Rate gal/ga~ gal/sq. yd. of emulsion per applicaton TYPE OF SEAL COAT Rubberized Sand Slurry (1st & 2nd Coat) .80 16 .10 .55 Rubberized Emulsion (3rd Coat)No Sand) .80 .04 .20 625-3.2 APPLICATION. The rubberized coal-tar pitch emulsion sealcoat shall be applied in three coats at the rate specified in Table 2. The first and second coats shall consist of a rubberized sand slurry; the third coat shall consist of a rubberized emulsion. P-625-2 625-3.3 TEST SECTION. Prior to full production, the Contractor shall prepare a quantity of mixture in the proportions shown in Table 2. The amount of mixture shall be sufficient to place a test section of approximately 50 square yards (45 square meters) at the application rate shown in Table 2. The area to be tested will be designated by the Engineer and will be located on the existing pavement to be sealed. The test section shall be used to verify the adequacy of the mixture and to determine the exact application rate. The same equipment and method of operations shall be used on the test section as will be used on the remainder of the work. If the test section should prove to be unsatisfactory, the necessary adjustments to the application rate, placement operations and equipment shall be made. Additional sections shall be placed and evaluated, if required. 625- 4. CONSTRUCTION METHODS 625- 4.1 WEATHER LIMITATIONS. The sealcoat shall ~ot be applied when the surface is wet or when the humidity or impending weather conditions will not allow proper curing, nor. when the atmospheric or pavement temperature is below SO F (10 C). 625-4.2 EQUIPMENT AND TOOLS. All methods employed in performing the work and all equipment, tools and machinery used for handling materials and executing any part of the work shall be subject to the review of the Engineer before. the work is started. (1) Distributors. Distributors used for the application of the rubberized coal tar pitch emulsion shall be capable of uniformly applying 0.15 to 0.55 gallons per square yard over the required width of application. Distributors shall be equipped with removable manhole covers, tachometers and volume-measuring devices. . P-625-3 (2) Mixing Equipment. The mixing machine shall have a continuous flow mixing unit capable of accurately deliver- ing a predetermined proportion of aggregate, water, emulsion and rubber and of discharging the thoroughly mixed product on a continuous basis. The mixing unit shall be capable of thoroughly blending all ingredients together. (3) Spreading Equipment. Attached to the mixing machine shall be a mechanical-type squeegee distributor box, equipped with flexible material in contact with the surface to prevent loss of slurry from the application equipment. It shall be maintained to prevent loss of slurry on varying grades and adjusted to assure a uniform distribution of materials. There shall be a lateral control device and a flexible strike-off capable of being adjusted to lay the slurry at the specified rate of application. The box shall be kept clean; slurry or coal tar buildup on the box shall not be permitted. 625-4.3 PREPARATION OF PAVEMENT SURFACE. Bituminous pavement surfaces which have been softened by petroleum derivatives or have failed due to any other causes shall be removed to the full depth of the damage and replaced with new bituminous concrete similar to that of the existing pavement. Areas of the pavement surface to be treated shall be in a firm consolidated condition. They shall be sufficiently cured so that there is no concentration of oils on the surface. This can usually be determined by pouring water on the surface to be treated. If the water, after standing for a short period of time, picks up a film of oil, then that surface is not sufficiently cured for the application of the sealcoat. For sealing of random cracks in the existing pavement refer to Specification Item P-630. 625- 4 . '4 . CLEANING EXISTING SURFACE. Prior to placinq the sealcoa t, the surface of the pavement shall be clean and free from dust, dirt, or other loose foreign matter, grease, oil or any type of object- ionable surface film. When directed by the Engineer, the existing surface shall be cleaned with a power blower and w2re brushes. P-625-4 Where vegetation exists in cracks, the vegetation shall be removed and the cracks cleaned to a depth of two inches where practical. Those cracks shall be treated with a concentrated solution of a herbicide subject to the review of the Engineer. Areas that have been subjected to fuel or oil spillage shall be wire brushed to remove any dirt accumulations. The area shall th0n be primed with shellac or a synthetic resin to prevent the seal- coat from debonding. All cracks may be filled with the slurry at the time it is applied to the pavement. However, such applications must be made with a slurry box or by hand, if they are not random cracks, and fill the cracks to the surface in as many applications as is necessary to bring the void condition to the level of the surface. 625-4.5 APPLICATION OF SLURRY. When the four components are blended together in the mixing equipment, they shall be introduced into the mixing equipment in the following order: first the coal tar pitch emulsion, water, sand and then the latex rubber. The latex emulsion shall not be diluted with water and shall conform to section 2.4 LATEX RUBBER. All materials shall be premixed to produce a homogenous mixture of uniform consistency. The quantities of materials to be combined in each batch shall be in accordance with the proportions shown in ~able 2. The mixing shall continue for approximately five minutes or longer if necessary. The mixing shall produce a smoo~h, free flowing homogenous mix- ture of uniform consistency. Slow mixing shall be continuous from the time the bitumen is placed into the mixer until the slurry is applied by distributor truck or poured into the spreading squeegee equipment. During the entire mixing process, no breaking, segregating, coagulation or hardening of the emulsion, nor balling, lumping or ~onqlomeration shall be permitted. The slurry shall be applied at a uniform rate to provide the desired application rate. A sufficient amount of slurry shall be fed into the spreader box to keep a full supply against the full width of the squeegee, so that complete coverage of all surface voids and cracks in the pavement is obtained. In areas where a spreader box cannot be used, the slurry shall be applied by means of a hand squeegee. The hand squeegee shall also . be used in areas where access prevents the use of the spray distributor equipment. Upon completion of the work, the sealcoat shall have no pin holes, bare spots or cracks through which liquids or foreign matter could penetrate to the underlying pavement. The finished surface shall present a uniform texture. P-625-5 Each application shall be allowed to dry thoroughly before the next coat is applied. 625-4.6 CURING. The coating shall be permitted to dry until dry to touch after the final application a period of at least two hours o[ sunlight for the coating to coalesce. After the coating has ~oal- esced, it may be opened to traffic. Any damage to the uncured mixture will be the responsibility of the Contractor to repair at his own expense. 625-4.7 HANDLING. The mixture shall be continuously agitated from t~e time the materials are combined and until its application on the pavement surface. The distributor, spreader box,' pumps and all other tools shall be maintained in satisfactory condition. All equipment can be cleaned with a solvent such a toluene or xylene. 625-4.8 CONTRACTOR'S CERTIFICATION. The Contractor shall furnish a manufacturer's certification for each of the components before the test section is applied. These certifications shall be on the coal tar pitch emulsion meeting Federal Specification R-P-355, with the exception that it shall not have a water content exceeding 50%, and that the water to be used (3.1 COMPOSITION) shall meet the (Ph) factor acceptable to the coal tar pitch emulsion manufacturer. The certification shall also indicate the solids and ash content of the emulsion. The sand certification shall show that the manufacturer intends to meet the gradation requirement. The latex rubber manufacturer shall certify that the materials to be delivered meet the generic description in these specifications and are specifically recommended for combining with coal tar pitch emulsion, water and aggregate. This shall first be accomplished so the Engineer can properly review the sample installation. During the delivery of the materials, each consignment, the Contractor shall furnish the Engineer with all weigh bills and delivery tickets and such certifications that each delivery meets the specifications from each supplier. The manufacturers' certifications for the emulsion, sand and latex shall not be interpreted as a basis of final acceptance. . Any certification received shall be subject to the verification thereof by testing samples received on the project for use on the project. For further assurances, the Contractor shall reconfirm all certifications with the manufacturer of the latex, to prevent vendors or contractors certifying in lieu of manufacturers. p- 625-6 625- 5 . METHOD OF MEASUREMENT 625-5.1 The rubberized coal-tar pitch emulsion shall be measured by the square yard of completed and accepted surface. ~ 625-5.2 The combination of materials, in the mixing procedure, shall be supervised by the Contractor to be in exact quantities as prescribed in Table 2. The Contractor shall measure the square yards of each batch placed on the pavement, to certify the application rates. 625-5.3 The Contractor shall mark each shipment of materials and certify that empty containers are disposed of as marked for the total materials requirements. 625-5.6 The Contractor shall furnish, prior to placement, an estimate of the total materials needed for the slurry application and the plain coat (no sand) and the total of all the materials require- ment for the project from the basic manufacturer of the latex rubber; and a certification that the latex manufactured is intended and recommended for combining with a coal tar pitch emulsion, water and sand, described in 3.1 COMPOSITION AND QUANTITIES. 625~6. BASIS OF PAYMENT 625-6.1 Payment shall be made at the contract unit price per square yard. These prices shall fully compensate the Contractor for crack classification, filling, sealing and patching of cracks, pave- ment cutting, for furnishing all materials, and for' all labor, equip- ment, tools and incidentals necessary to complete the item. Payment will be made under: Item P-625-6:.1 Rubberized Coal-Tar Pitch Emulsion Seal Coat - per square yard 625- 7 . TESTING REQUIREMENTS. ASTM 136 Sieve or Screen Analysis of Fine and Coarse Aggregates 625- 8. MATERIAL REQUIREMENTS Federal Specification R-P-355 Pitch, Coal-Tar Emulsion (Coating for Bituminous Pavements) ASTM D490 Tars, (for use in) Road Construction P-625-7 625-9. The Contractor shall furnish to the Engineer from the suppliers of the sand, the coal tar pitch emulsion and the rubber latex, certifications that the sand delivered to the project does meet the sand gradation in the specifications, that the coal tar pitch emulsion meets Federal specification R-P-355 and in addition does not contain more than 50% water content, that the (Ph) factor of the water dilution allowable is acceptable to be mixed with the coal tar pitch emulsion, and from the manufacturer of the latex rubber that it meets the generic terms of the specification (Section 2.4) and is RECOMMENDED BY THE MANUFACTURER THAT IT WAS SPECIFICALLY FORMULATED TO BE BLENDED WITH THE COAL TAR PITCH EMULSION, WATER AND SAND (Section 3.1 COMPOSITION). The Contractor shall furnish to the Engineer all way bills and delivery tickets and conform them against the quantities delivered to the job site. P-625-8 ITEM P-630 SEALING RANDOM CRACKS IN ASPHALT PAVEMENT 1. DESCRIPTION: This item shall consist of routing and sealing random cracks in existing asphalt pavement as indicated on the drawings. 2. APPLICABLE PUBLICATIONS: The publications listed below form a part of this specification to the extent referenced. The publications are referred to in the text by the basic designation only. 2.1 Federal Specifications (Fed. Spec.): SS-S-1401C Sealing Compound, Hot-Applied, for Concrete and Asphalt Pavements 3. SUBMITTALS: 3.1 Certified Test Reports: Before delivery of materials, submit certi- fied copies of test reports of all tests required in the referenced publications. As an exception to requirements elsewhere in the contract, tests shall have been performed on the actual materials to be used at the project. Certified copies of test reports shall be submitted to W. P. Wills Consulting Engineers for approval. 3.2 Certificates: Submit manufacturer's certificate of compliance for joint sealant which state that the materials conform to all requirements specified. 3.3 Equipment: Submit a list and description of the equipment to be us~d and a statement from the supplier of the joint sealant that the proposed equipment is acceptable for installing the specified sealant. All other equip- ment wi.ll be approved pri or to use at the project. 3.4 Manufacturer's Recommendations: Where installation procedures or any part thereof are required to be in accordance with recommendations of the manufacturer of sealing compounds, submit catalog data and copies of recommen- dations for approval by the Engineer before installation of the material ;s commenced. 3.5 Samples: Before work commences, submit samples of blocking media. 4. DELIVERY AND STORAGE: Inspect materials delivered to the site for damage, and carefully unload and store the material with minimum of handling.- Deliver joint sealants in original sealed containers and protect from freezing. Provide storage facilities at the jobsite for maintaining materials at tempera- tures recommended by the manufacturer. 5. WEATHER LIMITATIONS: Work shall not proceed when weather conditions detrimentally affect the placing of the blocking media and applying the joint sealant. Apply sealants only if the atmospheric temperature is at P-630-1 least 400F in the shade and is rlslng. Surfaces shall be dry and component materials shall be protected from free moisture. 6. TRAFFIC CONTROL: Do not permit vehicular or heavy equipment traffic on the pavement in the area of the random cracks during the protection, curing and maintenance period. At the end of the curing period, light local traffic may be permitted on the pavement if approved. 7. 7 . 1 7.1.1 pavement. MATERIALS: Joint Sealant: Fed. Spec. SS-S-1401C, for sealing random cracks in the asphalt 7.2 Bond Breaker: 7.2.1 Blocking Media: Compressible, nonshrinkable, nonreactive with joint sealant, such as neoprene foam rubber or polyethylene foam rod, all free of oils or bitumens. The blocking media shall be compatible with the sealing materials. 8. EQUIPMENT: 8.1 General Requirements: Furnish all necessary accessories to clean existing random cracks as required, place blocking media and install liquid joint sealant. Machines, tools, and other equipment used in performance of the work shall be maintained in proper working conditions at all times. 8.2 Cleaning Equipment: 8.2.1 Routing Tool: To rout the random cracks in the asphalt pavement the Contractor shall select a routing tool that will not spall the random crack. 8.2.2 Air Compressor: Portable air compressor capable of operating the sandblasting equipment and capable of blowing out sand, water, dust adhering to sidewalls of concrete, and other objectionable materials from the joints. The compressor shall furnish air at a pressure not less than 90 psi and a minimum volume of 150 cubic feet of air per minute at the nozzles, and free of oil. 8.3 Sealing Equipment: 8.3.1 Hot-Poured Liquid Sealant: Install hot-poured sealant materials with unit applicators which will heat and extrude the sealant in one operation. Equip the mobile units with double-wall agitato~ type kettles with an oil medium in the outer space for heat transfer, a direct-connected pressure-type extruding divide with nozzle or nozzles shaped for insertion in the joints to be filled, and positive temperature devices for controlling the temperature of oil and sealer. Design the applicator so that the sealant will circulate through the delivery hose and return to the kettle when not sealing a joint. Insulate the applicator wand for its entire length from the kettle to the nozzle. Select P-630-2 dimensions of the nozzles such that the tip of the nozzle will easily feed sealant into the void space of the joint. Equip the nozzle tip with a metal cross-bar to assure that the top of the sealant fed into the joint is level and within the indicated tolerance below the pavement surface. · 9. RANDOM CRACK PREPARATION: 9.1 Rout random cracks to the minimum width and depth shown using approved grooving machines. The groove shall accurately follow the course of cracks. 9.2 Cleaning of Random Cracks: 9.2.1 Random Cracks: Routed random cracks shall be cleaned with compressed air to remove all objectionable material and to insure the cracks are dry, dust free and clean at the time of seal;ngo 9.2.2 Blocking r~dia: Plug or seal off the lower portion of the joint by installing the specified blocking media. The cleaned depth shall be adequate to accommodate both the blocking material and indicated depth of new sealant. Any water absorbent blocking media, such as cotton or paper that is wetted by rainfall, cleaning operations, or otherwise, shall be removed from the joints and wasted; new, dry blocking media shall be installed. 9.2.3 Rate of Progress: The final stages of random preparation, which include placement of bond breakers, if required, shall be limited to only that lineal footage of joint that can be resealed during the same workday. 9.2.4 Disposal of Debris: By means of vacuums, power sweepers or hand brooms, sweep from the pavement surface all excess joint material, dirt, water, sand, and other debris. Remove the debris immediately to a point off airport. 10. PREPARATION OF SEALANT:. 10.1 Hot Poured Type: Heat hot-poured sealing materials in accordance with safe heating temperature ranges recommended by the manufacturer. Sealant that has been overheated or subjected to heating for over 3 hours or that remain in the applicator at the end of the day's operation shall be withdrawn and wasted. Heat the sealant in the specified equipment. 11. INSTALLATION OF SEALANT: 11.1 Time of Application: Seal the random cracks immediately following the final cleaning and placing of the blocking media. When" the walls of the grooves and reservoirs are dust-free and dry, and when both the atmospheric temperature and pavement temperature within the openings are above 400F and rising, commence sealing the cracks. If the conditions cannot be met~ or if rains interrupt sealing operations, replace wetted water-absorbent blocking media and reclean and dry the open grooves and reservoirs prior to installing the sealant. P-630-3 11.2 Sealing the Random Cracks: No sealant shall be installed until the random cracks to be sealed have been prepared as specified hereinbefore. Install bond breaker just prior to pouring sealant. Fill the random cracks with sealant from the bottom up until the cracks are uniformly fill~~ solid using the specified equipment for the type of sealant required. Fill to 3/16 inch below the top of the pavement within the tolerances as shown~ and without formation of voids or entrapped air. Remove excess sealant that has been inadvertently spilled on the pavement surface. Do not permit traffic on the newly sealed pavement for at least 24 hours. Check the sealed random cracks frequently to assure that the newly installed sealant is cured to a tack-free condition within 3 hours. 11.3 Safety Provisions: In accordance with the provisions of the con- tract respecti n9 II Acci dent Preventi on", the Contractor shall take appropri ate measures to control worker exposure to toxic substance during the use of seal- ing compounds. Provide personnel protective equipment as required. As part of the requirements for submittals specified herein, the manufacturer of seal- ants shall submit a Material Safety Data Sheet (Department of Labor Form OSHA-20 or comparable form) to identify any toxic components such as asphalt and coal tar products. 12. ACCEPTANCE: Joint sealer that fails to bond firmly to the random cracks, or is gummy, or fails in cohesion, or shows excessive air voids, surface defects, swelling or other deficiences, or is not properly recessed within the indicated tolerances, shall be rejected. Such defective sealer shall be removed and the cracks recleaned and resealed in accordance with the specifications. This removal and reseal work shall be done promptly and at the expense of the Contractor. 13. BASIS OF PAYMENT: The bid schedule does not contain an estimated Quantity for sealing random cracks in asphalt pavement. The perform~nce of ~his work, including the furnishing of all materials and for all pre~aratlon, dellver- ing and installation of these materials, and for all labor,.eQulpme~t, tools, and incidentals necessary to complete the item, shall not be pald for dlrect1y but shall be considered as a subsidiary obligation of the Contractor covered under other Contract items as they may apply. *See details for type IIAII & "BII random crack se.aling on s"heet 11 of 17. P-630-4 ITEM F-162 PEDESTRIAN GATE Description 162-1.1 This item shall consist of furnishing and erecting a pedestrian gate in accordance \vith these specifications and the details shown on the plans and in conformity with the sizes and dimensions shown on the plans or established by the Engineer. Ma terials 162-2.1 FABRIC The fabric shall be woven with a 9-gage aluminum-coated wire in a 2-inch mesh and shall meet the requirements of ASTM A491. 162-2.2 BARBED WIRE Barbed wire shall be 2-strand 12-1/2 gage aluminum-coated wire with 4-point barbs and shall conform to the requirements of ASTM A585, Class II. 162-2.3 POST, RAILS AND BRACES Post, rails, and braces furnished for use in conjunction with aluminum-coated steel fabric shall be of zinc-coated steel or acrylic-coated steel pipe. Line posts, rails and braces shall be galvanized steel pipe conforming to the requirements of ASTl\l A120, Schedule 40. Galvanizing shall be in accordance with ASTM A123. The dimensions of the posts, rails and braces shall be in accordance with Tables I through VI of Federal Specification RR-F-191/3. 162-2.4 GATE Gate frames shall consist of galvanized steel pipe and conform to the specifications for the same material under Section 2.3. The fabric shall conform to the specifications for the same Inaterial under Section 2.1. 162-2.5 WIRE TIES AND TENSION WIRES Wire fabric ties, wire ties, and tension wire for use in conjunction with a given type of fabric shall be of the same material identified with the fabric type. The tension \vire shall be 7-gage coiled spring wire coated similarly to the respective wire fabric being used. 'Vire fabric ties shall be hog rings, aluminum wire, or galvanized steel \vire not less than 9 gage. F-162 - 1 All material shall conform to Federal Specification RR-F-191/4. 162-2.6 MISCELLANEOUS FITTINGS AND HARDWARE Miscellaneous steel fittings and hardware for use with aluminum-coated steel fabric shall be of commerical grade steel or better quality, wrought or cast as appropriate to the article and sufficient in strength to provide a balanced design when used in conjunction with fabric, posts, and wires of the quality specified herein. All steel fittings and hardware shall be protected with a zinc coating applied in conformance with ASTl\1 A153. 162-2.7 CONCRETE Concrete shall be of a commercial grade with a minimum 28-day compressive strength of 3,000 psi. Concrete shall conform to the requirements o.f P-610. Construction ~v1ethods 162-3.1 CLEARING All trees, brush, stumps, logs and other debris which would interfere with the proper construction of the gate in the required location shall be removed a minimum width of 2 feet on each side of the gate centerline before starting operations. The material removed and disposed of shall not constitute a pay item and shall be considered incidental to gate construction. 162-3.2 INSTALLING POSTS All posts shall be set in concrete at the required dimension and depth and at the spacing shown on the plans. The concrete shall be thoroughly compacted around the posts 'Jy tamping or vibra ting and shall have a smooth finish slightly higher than the ground and sloped to drain away from the posts. All posts shall be set plumb and to the required grade and alignment. No materials shall be installed on the posts, nor shall the posts be disturbed in any manner within 7 days after the individual post footing is completed. Should rock be encountered at a depth less than the planned footing depth, a hole 2 inches larger than the greatest dimension of the posts shall be drilled to a depth of 12 inches. After the posts are set, the remainder of the drilled hold shall be filled with grout, composed of one part portland cement and two parts mortar sand. Any remaining space above the rock shall be filled with concrete in the manner described above. In lieu of drilling, the rock may be excavated to the required footing depth. No extra compensation shall be made for rock excavation. 162-3.5 INSTALLING FABRIC The wire fabric shall be firmly attached to the posts and braced in the manner shown F-162 - 2 on the plans. i\.ll wire shall be stretched taut and shall be installed to the required elevations. Grading shall be performed where necessary to provide a neat appearance. 162-3. 7 INSTALLING GATE The gate shall be hung on gate fittings as shown on the plans. The lower hinge (ball and socket type) shall be placed on top of the concrete footing in which the gate post is set; the concrete in the footing shall extend up to the bottom of the lower hinge. Gates shall be erected to swing in the direction indicated and shall be provided with ga te stops as specified or as shown on the plans. All hardware shall be thoroughly secured, properly adjusted, and left in perfect working order. Hinges and diagonal bracing in gates shall be adjusted so that the gates \vill hang level. 162-3.9 CLEANING UP The contractor shall remove from the vicinity of the completed work all tools, buildings, equipment, etc., used during construction. Method of Measurement 162-4.1 Construction of gate will be measured as complete, in place and operable. Basis of Payment 152-5.1 Payment for pedestrian gate will be made at the contract lump sum price. The price shall be full compensation for furnishing all materials, and for all preparation, erection, and installation of these materials and for labor equipment, tools, and incidentals necessary to complete the item. Payment will be made under: Item F-162-5.1 Pedestrian Gate--Lump Sum. F-162 - 3 /\STl\1 A120 ASTM A153 ASTM A392 ASTM A491 Federal Specifica tion RR-F191/1 Federal Specifica tion RR-F-191/3 Federal Specifica tion RR-F-191/4 Material Requirements Pipe, Steel, Black and Hot-Dipped Zinc-Coated (Galvanized) \Velded and Seamless, for Ordinary Uses. Zinc Coating (Hot-Dip) on Iron and Steel Hardware. Zinc-Coated Steel Chain-Link Fence Fabric. Aluminum-Coated Steel Chain-Link Fence Fabric. Fencing, \Vire and Post, Metal (Chain-Link Fence Fabric). Fencing, Wire and Post, Metal (Chain-Link Fence Posts, Top Rails and Braces). Fencing, Wire and Post, Metal (Chain-Link Fence Accessories). F-162 - 4 ITEM D-705 FRENCH DRAINS Description 705-1.1 In general, the work specified in this Section shall consist of the construction of French Drains, utilizing one of the authorized types of pipe, with ballast rock, pea rock, 30-pound roofing felt, and plastic filter fabric in accordance with these details shown on the Drawings. Ma terials 705-2.1 GENERAL The pipe shall be of the type called for on the plans and shall be in accordance with the following appropriate requirements. 705-2.2 PERFORATED, CORRUGATED PIPE Perforated Corru~ated Aluminum Alloy Pipe. Perforated corrugated aluminum alloy pipe shall conform to the requirements of Fed. Spec. WW-P-402. 705-2.3 MORTAR Mortar for pipe connections to other drainage structures shall be composed of 1 part, by volume, of portland cement and 2 parts of mortar sand. The portland cement shall conform to the requirements of AASHO M 85, Type 1. The sand shall conform to the requirements of AASHO M 45. Hydrated lime may be added to the mixture of sand and cement in an amount equal to 15% of the weight of cement used. The hydrated lime shall meet the requirements of ASTM C-6. 705-2.4 BALLAST ROCK All ballast rock shall be locally procured and shall be obtained from fresh water sources. It shall be washed and free of deleterious matter. It shall not have more than 45 percent loss of section as specified by M63 of AASHTO Specifications governing the Los Angeles Abrasion Test. It shall not show more than a 10 percent loss in 10 cycles as specified by M 63 of AASHTO Specifications governing the soundness test. The ballast rock shall meet the gradation requirements as specified by M 43 of AASHTO Specifications for size number 24 (2 1/2 to 3/4-inch) or number 4 (1 1/2 to 3/4-inch). The Owner reserves the right to have sample tests made of the material at selected intervals by an approved laboratory at its expense. 705-2.5 PEA ROCK The pea rock gradation shall be such that all of the material will pass the 1-inch sieve, D-705 - 1 and not more than 5 percent will pass the 1/4-inch sieve. Crushed limerock meeting this gradation will be permitted. 705-2.6 SELECT FILL The select fill shall consist of well-graded limerock or limerock and sand fill. Sand or fill having a high proportion of sand, will not be accepted as select fill. All select fill shall be approved by the Engineer prior to placing. 705-2.7 PLASTIC FILTER FABRIC Plastic filter fabric shall conform to the requirements of Section 985 of the FDOT Standard Specifications. Carthage Mills Filter X is an acceptable plastic filter fabric. Construction Methods 705-3.1 EQUIPMENT All equipment necessary and required for the proper construction of pipe underdrains shall be on the project, in first-class working condition, and approved by the engineer before construction is permitted to start. The contractor shall provide hand tampers and pneumatic tampers to obtain the required compaction of the pipe bed and backfill, as specified. 705-3.2 EXCAVATION Pipe Trench: The trench shall be excavated carefully to such depths as required to permit the ballast rock and the pipe to be placed in accordance with the details shown on the Dra wings. Sheeting, Bracing and Shoring: The Contractor shall furnish, place and maintain, sheet piling, underpinning or other approved bracing and shoring materials, which may be required to support the sides of the excavation and prevent any failure of the trench wall, which in any way may delay construction, endanger personnel, damage public or private property or be detrimental to maintaining traffic. All such work shall be in accord with the governing specifications and payment shall be considered incidental to the unit price bid for French Drain. No additional payment will be made. 705-3.3 PLACING FILTER FABRIC a. Areas where the filter fabric is to be placed shall be reasonably smooth and free of projections which could damage the filter material. b. The material shall be loosely laid and/or hung (not stretched). Adjacent strips shall overlap by a minimum of 8-inches. The fabric shall be placed in such a manner that no bridging affect occurs and no place shall there be voids between the fabric and the surrounding trench. The fabric shall be anchored in place with plastic securing pins (as recommended by the filter material manufacturer) D-705 - 2 inserted through the. fabric along, but not closer than two inches to, each edge and to the extent necessary to prevent displacement before or during placement of the fabric or other material. 705-3.4 LA YlNG PIPE All pipe shall be carefully laid in conformity with the lines and grades specified in the Drawings and in accordance with these specifications. Unless otherwise specified in the Drawings, the pipe shall be set with a minimum cover of 36 inches or a maximum cover of 66 inches. 705-3.5 PLACING BALLAST ROCK AND BACKFILLING After the pipe has been laid and the laying approved, the ballast rock shall be placed carefully, so as not to disturb the pipe, around and over the pipe to a depth shown on the Drawings. A 6-inch layer of pea rock shall then be placed over the ballast rock. Thirty-pound roofing felt shall then be placed on the pea rock as shown on the Drawings, and the portion of the trench above the pea rock filled with select fill material, which shall be placed in layers not to exceed 6-inch compacted thickness, in conformance to the lines and grades shown on the Drawings. 705-3.6 CLEANING AND RESTORATION OF SITE After the backfill is completed, the Contractor shall dispose of all surplus material, dirt, and rubbish from the site. Surplus dirt may be deposited in embankments, shoulders, or as ordered by the Engineer. Except for paved areas of the airport, the Contractor shall restore all disturbed areas to their original condition. After all work is completed, the Contractor shall remove all tools and equipment, leaving the entire site free, clear, and in good condition. Performance of the work described in this section is not payable directly but shall be considered as a subsidiary obligation of the Contractor, covered under the contract unit price for the french drain. Method of Measurement 705-4.1 The footage of french drain to be paid for shall be the number of linear feet of french drain in place, completed, and approved to be measured along the centerline of the pipe from end or inside face of structure to the end or inside face of structure, whichever is applicable. D-705 - 3 Basis of Payment 705-5.1 Payment will be made at the contract unit price per linear foot for french drain of the type, class, and size designated. The price shall be full compensation for furnishing all materials and for all preparation, hauling, and installation of these materials, and for all labor, equipment, tools, and incidentals necessary to complete the item. Payment will be made under: Item D-705-5.1 French Drain--per linear foot. ITEM D-705 FRENCH DRAIN Testing and Material Requirements Test and short title Material and short title F L~A T-611-Density 1/WW-P-402-Corrugated Aluminum Pipe AASHO M 85-Portland Cement AASHO M 45-Sand ASTM C-6--Hydrated Lime 1/ Federal Specification D-705 - 4 DRAINAGE STRUCTURES ITEM D-751 INLETS Description 751-1.1 This item shall consist of inlets, in accordance with these specifications, at the specified locations and conforming to the lines, grades, and dimensions shown on the plans or required by the Engineer. 751-1.2 SHOP DRAWINGS Shop Drawings for precast structures shall be submitted for approval. Ma terials 751-2.1 CONCRETE Plain and reinforced concrete used in structures, connections of pipes with structures, and the support of structures or frames shall conform to the requirements of Item P- 610. 751-2.2 FRAMES AND GRATES The castings shall conform to the follo\ving requirements: Ductile iron castings shall meet the requirements of ASTM A 536-80 Grade 65-45-12. All castings shall conform to the dimensions shown on the plans and shall be designed to support the loadings specified. Each frame and grate unit shall be provided with fastening members to prevent it from being dislodged by traffic but which will allow easy removal for access to the structure. All castings shall be thoroughly cleaned. Construction Methods 751-3.1 UNCLASSIFIED EXCAVATION a. The Contractor shall do all excavation for structures and structure footings to the lines and grades or elevations, shown on the plans, or as staked by the Engineer. The excavation shall be of sufficient size to permit the placing of the full width and length of the structure or structure footings shown. The elevations of the bottoms of footings, .as shown on the plans, shall be considered D-751 - 1 as approximately only; and the Engineer may order, in writing, changes in dimensions or elevations of footings necessary to secure a satisfactory foundation. b. Boulders, logs, or any other objectionable material encountered in excavation shall be removed. All rock or other hard foundation material shall be cleaned of all loose material and cut to a firm surface either level, stepped, or serrated, as directed by the Engineer. All seams or crevices shall be cleaned out and grouted. All loose and disintegrated rock and thin strata shall be removed. When concrete is to rest on a surface other than rock, special care shall be taken not to disturb the bottom of the excavation, and excavation to final grade shall not be made until just before the concrete or reinforcing is to be placed. c. The Contractor shall do all bracing, sheathing or shoring necessary to implement and protect the excavation and the structure as required for safety or conformance to governing laws. The cost of bracing, sheathing, or shoring shall be included in the unit price bid for the structure. d. Unless otherwise provided, bracing, sheathing, or shoring involved in the construction of this item shall be removed by the Contractor after the completion of the structure. Removal shall be effected in a manner which will not disturb or mar finished masonry. The cost of removal shall be included in the unit price bid for the structure. e. After each excavation is cOlnpleted, the Contractor shall notify the Engineer to that effect; and concrete or reinforcing steel shall be placed after the Engineer has approved the depth of the excavation and the character of the foundation ma terial. 751-3.2 CONCRETE STRUCTURES Concrete structures shall be built on prepared foundations, conforming to the dimensions and form indicated on the plans. The construction shall conform to the requirements specified in Item P-610. Any reinforcement required shall be placed as indicated on the plans and shall be approved by the Engineer before the concrete is poured. All invert channels shall be constructed and shaped accurately so as to be smooth, uniform, and cause minimum resistance to flowing water. The interior bottom shall be sloped downward toward the outlet. 7511-3.3 PLACEMENT AND TREATMENT OF CASTINGS, FRAlVIES AND FITTINGS All castings, frames and fittings shall be placed in the positions indicated on the plans or as directed by the Engineer, and shall be set true to line and to correct elevation. If frames or fittings are to be set in concrete, all anchors or bolts shall be in place and position before the concrete is placed. The unit shall not be disturbed until the concrete has set. All units shall set firm and secure. After the frames have been set in final position and the concrete has been allowed to harden for 7 days, the grates shall be placed and fastened down. D-751 - 2 "; nTl! 751-3.5 BACKFILLING a. After a structure has been completed, the area around it shall be filled with approved material, in horizontal layers not to exceed 8 inches in loose depth, and compacted to the density required in Item P-152, and as determined by FAA compaction control tests T-611. Each layer shall be deposited all around the structure to approximately the same elevation. The top of the fill shall meet the elevation shown on the plans or as directed by the engineer. b. Backfilling shall not be placed against any structure until permission is given by the Engineer. In the case of concrete, such permission shall not be given until the concrete has been in place 7 days, or until tests made by the laboratory under supervision of the Engineer establish that the concrete has attained sufficient strength to provide a factor of safety against damage or strain in withstanding any pressure created by the backfill or the methods used in placing it. c. Backfill shall not be measured for direct payment. Performance of this work shall be considered as a subsidiary obligation of the contractor covered under the contract unit price for the structure involved. 751-3.6 CLEANING AND RESTORATION OF SITE After the backfill is completed, the contractor shall dispose of all surplus material, dirt, and rubbish from the site. Surplus dirt may be deposited in embankments, shoulders, or as ordered by the Engineer. The Contractor shall restore all disturbed areas to their original condition. After all work is completed, the Contractor shall remove all tools and equipment, leaving the entire site free, clear, and in good condition. Method of Measurement 751-4.1 Inlets with frame and grate shall be measured by the unit. Basis of Payment 75 1 -5.1 The accepted quantities of inlets will be paid for at the contract unit price per each, complete and in place. This price shall be full compensation for furnishing all materials and for all preparation, excavation, backfilling and placing of the materials; furnishing and installation of such specials and connections to pipes and other D-751 - 3 structures as may be required to complete the item as shown on the plans; and for all labor equipment, tools and incidentals necessary to complete the structure. Payment will be made under: Item D-751-5.1 Inlets with frame and grate-per Each. Testing and Material Requirement Test and short title Ma terial and short ti tIe AASHO T 26-Water AASHO M 85-Portland Cement FAA T-611-Density AASHO M 45-Sand ASTM C-6--Lime ASTM A 536-80--Ductile Iron D-751 -4 ITEM M-S01 REINSTALLATION OF FIBERGLASS '~ATER STORAGE TANK FOR CFR USAGE Description 801-1.1 In general, the work specified in this Section shall consist of the reinstallation of a fiberglass water storage tank for CFR usage. This work shall include construction of a reinforced concrete base as shown on the drawings. Ma terials 801-2.1 CONCRETE Plain and reinforced concrete shall conform to the requirements of Item P-610. Construction Methods 801-3.1 EQUIP MENT All equipment necessary and required for the proper reinstallation of tank shall be on the project, in first-class working conditions, and approved by the engineer before construction is permitted to start. 801-3.2 BASE Contractor shall construct a reinforced concrete base at the location and to the dimensions shown on the plans or as required by the Engineer. Contractor shall install hold down straps and anchoring to firlnly secure tank on base. 801-3.3 TANK Before installation, the Contractor shall clean the tank to the satisfaction of the Engineer and test for leaks. Contractor shall repair tank if leaks are encountered. Method of Payment 801-4.1 Construct reinforced concrete base and reinstall fiberglass storage tank for CFR usage. M-801 - 1 Basis of Payment 801-5.1 Reinstallation of fiberglass storage tank for CFR usage. This price shall be full compensation for obtaining all permits, furnishing all materials, labor, equipment, tools and incidentals as required to complete this item. Payment will be made under: Item M-801-5.1 Reinstallation of Tank--per Lump Sum. M-801 - 2 ITEM M-802 PREP ABRICA TED l\1ET AL BUILDING (STORAGE SHED) Description 802-1.1 The work under this Section includes construction of a reinforced concrete base and erection of pre-engineered, prefabricated metal building. Principal portions of work include, but are not necessarily limited to factory prefinished metal roof and metal wall panel systems, including all flashings, closures, fillers, covers, trim, fasteners, connections, framing for op.ening and door. Ma terials 802-2.1 CONCRETE Plain and reinforced concrete shall conform to the requirements of Item P-610. 802-2.2 Building shall be of the self-framing design utilizing the roof and wall covering panels as the primary structural supporting members. Building size: 12 ft. x 10 ft. x 10 ft. high to serve as storage shed. Submittals 802-3.1 PRODUCT DATA Sub mi t manufacturer's detailed specifica tions, prin ted Ii tera ture, and ca talog cu t5. 802-3.2 WARRANTY Submit manufacturer's written IO-year warranty covering durability of roof and wall panels against rupture, structural failure or perforating, and panel finish against blistering, peeling, cracking, flaking, chipping, excessive color change and chalking. Deliver, Storage and Handling 802-4.1 Deliver anchor bolts to be embedded in concrete construcion to the job site in time to be installed. Provide setting drawings, templates, and directions for the installation of anchor bolts. 1\1-802 - 1 802-4.2 Store structural steel above ground on platforms, skids or other approved supports. Protect steel from corrosion. Store other materials in a weathertight and dry place, until ready for incorporation into the work. Structural Components 802-5.1 The building shall have a 1.5 inch pitch interlocking panel roof system. Roof panels shall be attached to the wall cap through factory punched holes with 1/4" diameter stainless steel.bolts having aluminum backed neoprene washers. 802.5.2 Transmission of horizontal wind loads across the building shall be made through the panel roof system and no separate roof or wall diagonal bracing shall be required. 802-5.3 Roof panels shall be minimum 24 guage steel coated on both sides with a coating of corrosion resistant aluminum zinc alloy applied by a continuous hot dipping process. Coating weight shall be a minimum of 0.32 oz. of aluminum-zinc alloy per square foot of coated sheet (both sides) - equivalent to above 0.75 mil thickness on each side. Minimum yield strength of panel material shall be 50,000 PSI. 802-5.4 Wall panels shall be mInImum 24 guage galvanized steel conforming to ASTM A 535 specifications with the galvanized coating conforming to G90 (1 1/4 oz.) standards. Minimum yield strength of panel material shall be 36,000 PSI. Panel material shall be embossed with a random pattern pebble embossure of approximately .007-.008 depth. All exterior surfaces of the galvanized steel, wall covering and exterior trim shall receive two factory, roller applied, paint coats having a combined coating thickness of .8 to 1.2 mils of dry film thickness. The finish coat for wall panels shall be a siliconized polyester for mula tion. Construction Methods 802-6.1 EQUIP MENT All equipment necessary and required for the proper construction of base and erection of shed shall be on the project, in first-class working conditions, and approved by the Engineer before construction is permitted to start. 802-6.2 BASE Contractor shall construct a reinforced concrete base at the location and to the M-802 - 2 dimensions shown on the plans or as required by the Engineer. Contractor shall install anchor bolts in the concrete for the securing of shed in proper position. 802-6.3 SHED ASSEMBL Y Closely fit all parts and finish true to line and in precise position to allow accurate erection and proper joining of parts in the field. Field touch-up scratched or abraded portions of factory finishes. Method of Measurement 802-7.1 Construct reinforced concrete base, deliver and install shed. Basis of Payment 802-8.1 Construct base and install shed. This price shall be full compensation for obtaining all permits, furnishing all materials, labor, equipment, tools and incidentals as necessary to complete this item. Payment will be made under: Item M-802-8.1 New Prefabricated Shed-per Lump Sum. 1\1-802 - 3 ITEM M-803 MODIFICATION TO EXISTING ELECTRICAL PULL BOXES Description 803-1.1 GENERAL This item shall consist of work required to modify existing electrical pull boxes, in accordance with these specifications, at the specified locations and conforming to the lines, grades, and dimensions shown on the plans or as required by the Engineer. Materials 803-2.1 CONCRETE Plain and reinforced concrete used in structures, and the support of structures or frames shall conform to the requirements of Item P-610. 803-2.2 FR..~MES AND COVERS The castings shall conform to the following requirements: a. Frame: Gray iron castings shall meet the requirements of ASTM A 48-83. b. Cover: Ductile iron castings shalllneet the requirements of ASTM 536-80. All casting units shall conform to the dimensions shown on the plans and shall be designed to support the loadings specified. Each frame and cover unit shall be provided with fastening members to prevent it from being dislodged by traffic but which will allow easy removal for access to the structure. Construction Methods 803-3.1 UNCLASSIFIED EXCAVATION a. The Contractor shall do all excavation for structures and structure footings to the lines and grades or elevations, shown on the plans, or as staked by the Engineer. The excavation shall be of sufficient size to permit the placing of the full width and length of the structure or structure footings shown. The elevations of the bottoms of footings, as shown on the plans, shall be considered as approximately only; and the Engineer may order, in writing, changes in dimensions or elevations of footings necessary to secure a satisfactory foundation. b. Boulders, logs, or any other objectionable material encountered in excavation M-803 - 1 shall be removed. All rock or other hard foundation material shall be cleaned of all loose material and cut to a firm surface either level, stepped, or serrated, as directed by the Engineer. All seams or crevices shall be cleaned out and grouted. All loose and disintegrated rock and thin strata shall be removed. When concrete is to rest on the surface other than rock, special care shall be taken not to disturb the bottom of the excavation, and excavation to final grade shall not be made until just before the concrete or reinforcing is to be placed. c. The Contractor shall do all bracing, sheathing, or shoring necessary to implement and protect the excavation and the structure as required for safety or conformance to governing laws. The cost of bracing, sheathing or shoring shall be included in the unit price bid for the structure. d. Unless otherwise provided, bracing, sheathing or shoring involved in the construction of this item shall be removed by the Contractor after the completion of the structure. Removal shall be effected in a manner which will not disturb or mar finished masonry. The cost of removal shall be included in the unit price bid for the structure. e. After each excavation is completed, the Contractor shall notify the Engineer to that effect; and concrete or reinforcing steel shall be placed after the Engineer has approved the depth of the excavation and the character of the foundation material. 803-3.2 CONCRETE STRUCTURES Concrete structures shall be built on prepared foundations, conforming to the dilnensions and form indicated on the plans. The construction shall conform to the requirements specified in Item P-610. Any reinforcement required shall be placed on the plans and shall be approved by the Engineer before the concrete in poured. 803-3.3 PLACEMENT AND TREATMENT OF CASTINGS, FRAMES AND FITTINGS All castings, frames, and fittings shall be placed in the positions indicated on the plans or as directed by the Engineer, and shall be set true to line and to correct elevation. If frames or fittings are to be set in concrete, all anchors or bolts shall be in place and position before the concrete is placed. The unit shall not be disturbed until the mortar or concrete has set. All units shall set firm and secure. After the frames or fittings have been set in final position and the concrete has been allowed to harden for 7 days, then the covers shall be placed and fastened down. 803-3.4 BACKFILLING a. After a structure has been completed, the area around it shall be filled with approved material, in horizontal layers not to exceed 8 inches in loose depth, and compacted to the density required in Item P-152, and as determined by FAA compaction control tests T-611. Each layer shall be deposited all around the structure to approximately the same elevation. The top of the fill shall meet the elevation shown on the plans or as directed by the Engineer. b. Backfilling shall not be placed against any structure until permission is given by the Engineer. In the case of concrete, such permission shall not be given until M-803 - 2 the concrete has been in place 7 days, or until tests made by the laboratory under supervision of the Engineer established that the concrete has attained sufficient strength to provide a factor of safety against damage or strain in withstanding any pressure created by the backfill or the methods used in placing it. c. Backfill shall not be measured for direct payment. Performance of this work shall be considered as a subsidiary obligation of the Contractor covered under the contract unit price for the structure involved. 803-3.5 CLEANING AND RESTORATION OF SITE After the backfill is completed, the Contractor shall dispose of all surplus material, dirt, and rubbish from the site. Surplus dirt may be diposited in embankments, shoulders, or as ordered by the Engineer. The Contractor shall restore all disturbed areas to their original condition. After all work is completed, the Contractor shall remove all tools and equipment, leaving the entire site free, clear and in good condition. Method of Measurement 803-4.1 Modification of existing electrical pullboxes shall be measured by the unit. Basis of Payment 803-5.1 The accepted quantities of modifications of existing electrical pullboxes will be paid for at the contract unit price per each, complete and in place. This price shall be full compensation for furnishing all materials and for all preparation, excavation, backfilling and placing of the materials; furnishing and installation of such specials and connections to conduits and other structures as may be required to complete the item as shown on the plans; and for all labor equipment, tools and incidentals necessary to complete the structure. Payment will be made under: Item M-803~5.1 Modification to existing electrical pullboxes--per Each. M-803 - 3 TESTING AND MATERIAL REQUIREMENT Test and short title AASHO T 26-Water FAA T-611-Density Material and short title AASHO M 85-Portland Cement AASHO M 45-Sand ASTM C-6-Lime ASTM A 48-83-Gray Iron ASTM 536-80-Ductile Iron Note: Others as required by referenced specifications. M-803 - 4 ITEM T-611 COMPACTION CONTROL TESTS 1. GENERAL 1.1 Description: This specification shall govern the determination of the maximum density, field density, and percent compaction of those materials for which a minimum percent compaction is specified. It covers the basic procedures to be followed in performing the test for maximum density, field density, and percent compaction. In all cases, density shall be stated as the dry weight in pounds per cubic foot. 2.1 Maximum Density. Maximum density is defined as the maximum dry weight in pounds per cubic foot obtained when a material is mixed with different percentages of water and compacted in a standard manner. The percentage of water at which maximum density is obtained is termed the optimum moisture content. 2.2 Laboratory Compaction Tests: The maximum density shall be. determined by the appropriate method shown below: (a) Where All of the Material Passes a No.4 Sieve. Use AASHO T 180, Method A (or B). (b) Where the Material Contains Particles Larger Than a No. 4 Sieve. Use AASHO T 180, Method C (or D). (c) Where the Material Contains Particles Larger Than 3/4 Inch. Follow the replacement procedure given in the note under Method C of AASHO T 180. 3.1 Field Density: Field density refers to the dry density expressed in pounds per cubic foot of a layer of compacted material in place at the site as determined by a sample representative of the compacted layer. The field density shall be determined in accordance with AASHO T 147, AASHO T 181, ASTM D 1556 or ASTM D 2167. 4.1 Percent Compaction: The percent compaction is defined as the density of the compacted layer expressed as a percentage of the maximum density of the material when tested in accordance with these specifications. 4.2 Computation: The percentage of compaction is computed by the formula: Percent Compaction = Field Density x 100 Maximum Density T-611 - 1 lTnt T-904 SODDING Description 904-1.1 The work specified in this section consists of the establishing of a stand of grass, within the areas indicated on the Drawings, by the furnishing and placing of grass sod, fertilizing, watering and maintaining the sodded areas to as~ure a healthy stand of grass. 904-2.1 SUBMITT ALS A certification of sod quality by the producer shall be delivered to the Engineer ten days prior to use. MA TERIALS 904-3. 1 GRASS SOD A. Grass sod shall be St. Augustine and shall be well matted with grass roots. The sod shall be taken up in rectangles, preferably 12-inch by 24-inch, shall be a minimum of 2-inches in thickness and shall be live, fresh and uninjured at the time of planting. It shall be reasonably free of weeds and other grasses and shall have a soil mat of sufficient thickness adhering firmly to the roots to withstand all necessary handling. The sod shall be planted as soon as possible after being dug and shall be shaded and kept moist until it is planted. 904-3.2 FERTll..lZER A. Commercial fertilizers shall comply with the state fertilizer laws. B. The numerical designations for fertilizer indicate the minimum percentages (respectively) of (1) total nitrogen, (2) available phosphoric acid and (3) water- soluble potash contained in the fertilizer. c. The chemical designation of the fertilizer shall be 12-8-8. At least 50 per.cent of the phosphoric acid shall be from normal super phosphate or an equivalent source which will provide a minimum of two units of sulfur. The amount of sulfur shall be indicated on the quantitative analysis card attached to each bag or other container. 904-3.3 WATER FOR GRASSING A. The water used in the sodding operations may be obtained from any approved spring, pond, lake, stream or municipal water system. The water shall be free of . excess and harmful chemicals, acids, alkalies, or any substance which might be harmful to plant growth or obnoxious to traffic. Salt water shall not be used. T-904-1 CONSTRUCTION METHODS 904-4.1 PREP .~RA TION OF aROUND A. The area over which the sod is to be placed shall be scarified or loosened to a suitable depth and then raked smooth and free from rocks or stones. Where the soil is sufficiently loose, the Engineer, at his discretion, may authorize the elimination of ground preparation. 904-4.2 APPLICATION OF FERTILIZER A. Before applying fertilizer, the soil pH shall be brought to a minimum range of 6.0 - 7.0. B. The fertilizer shall be spread uniformly over the area to be sodded at the rate of 500 pounds per acre, by a spreading device capable of uniformly distributing the material at the specified rate. Immediately after spreading, the fertilizer shall be mixed with the soil to a. depth of approximately 4-inches. 904-4.3 PLACING SOD A. The sod shall be placed on the prepared surface, with edges in close contact and shall be firmly and smoothly embedded by light tamping with appropriate tools. B. Where sodding is used in drainage ditches, the setting of the pieces shall be staggered so as to avoid 8. continuous seam along the line of flow. Along the edges of such staggered areas, the offsets of individual strips shall not exceed 6- inches. In order to prevent erosion caused by vertical edges at the outer limits; the outer pieces of sod shall be tamped so as to'produce a featheredge effect. c. On steep slopes, the Contractor shall, if so directed by the Engineer, prevent the sod from sliding by means of wooden pegs driven through the sod blocks into firm earth, at suitable intervals. D. Sod which has been cut for more than 72 hours shall not be used unless specifically authorized by the Engineer after his inspection thereof. Sod which is not planted within 24 hours a.fter cutting shall be stacked in an approved manner and maintained and properly moistened. Any pieces of sod which, after placing, show an appearance of extreme dryness shall be removed and replaced by fresh, uninjured pieces. E. Sodding shall not be performed when weather and soil conditions are, in the Engineer's opinion, unsuitable for proper results. 904-4.4 WATERING A. The areas on which the sod is to be placed shall contain sufficient moisture, as determined by the Engineer, for optimum results. After being placed, the sod shall be kept in a moist condition to the full depth of the rooting zone for at least 2 weeks. Thereafter, the Contractor shall apply water as needed until the sod roots and starts to grow for a minimum of 60 days (or until final acceptance, whichever is latest). T-904-2 904-4.5 MAINTENANCE A. The Contractor shall, at his expense, maintain the sodded areas in a satisfactory condition until final acceptance of the project. Such maintenance shall include repairing of any damaged areas and replacing areas in which the establishment of the grass stand does not appear to be developing satisfactorily. B. Replanting or repair necessary due to the Contractor's negligence, ~arelessness or failure to provide routine maintenance shall be a.t the Contractor's expense. Replanting necessary due to factors determined to be beyond the control of the Contractor shall be paid for under the appropriate contract pay items. Me thod of Measurement 904-5.1 This item shall be measured on the basis of the area in square yards of the surface covered with sod and accepted. Basis of Payment 904-6.1 This item will be paid for on the basis of the contract unit price per square yard for sodding, which price shall be full compensation for all labor, equipment, material, staking, and incidentals necessary to satisfactorily complete the items as specified. Payment will be made under: Item T-904- 6.1 Sodding - per square yard. T-904-3 ITEM L-107 INST.t~LLATION OF AIRPORT 12-POOT WIND CONE Description 107-1.1 This item shall consist of an airport wind cone furnished and installed in accordance with this specification at the location and in accordance with the dimensions, design, and details shown in the plans. The work shall include the furnishing and installation of a boost transformer, support for mounting the wind cone, the specified wire, and a concrete foundation. The itern shall also include all cable connections, conduit and conduit fittings, and furnishing and installation of all lamps, ground rod and ground connection, the testing of the installation, and all incidentals necessary to place the wind cone in operation as a completed unit to the satisfaction of the engineer. Equipment and Materials 107-2.1 GENERAL. (a) Airport lighting equipment and materials covered by FAA specifications shall have the prior approval of the Federal Aviation Administration, Airports Service, \~ashington, D.C. 20590, and shall be listed in Advisory Circular 150/5345-1, ..-\pproved Airport Lighting Equipment. (b) All other equiprnent and materials covered by other referenced specifications shall be sUbject to acceptance through manufacturer's certification of compliance with the applicable specification when requested by the engineer. 107-2.2 \VIND CONES. (a) The 12-foot wind cone shall conform to Military Specification MIL-I-7854, Indicator Assemblies, Wind Cone, Unlighted and Externally Lighted. It shall be . mounted on a hinged support conforming to the requirements of AC 150/5345-14, Specification for L-827 "An-Framed Hinged Support for 12-foot Wind Cone. 107-2.3 WIRE. \Vire in conduit rated up to 5,000 volts shall conform to Advisory Circular 150/5345-7, Specification for L-824 Underground Cables for i\irport Lighting Circuits, for rubber insulated neoprene covered wire, of Federal Specification J-C-30, Type RHW, for rubber insulated fibrous covered wire. For ratings up to 600 volts, thermoplastic wire conforming to Federal Specification J-C-30, Types TW, THlV, and THWN, shall be used. The wires shall be of the type, size, number of conductors, and voltage shown in the plans or in the proposal. 107-2.4 CONDUIT. Rigid steel conduit and fittings shall conform to the requirements of Federal Specification WW-C-581. 107-2.5 CONCRETE. The concrete for foundations shall be proportioned, placed, and L-I07 - 1 cured in accordance with Item P-610, Structural Portland Cement Concrete. 107-2.6 PAINT. (a) Red lead prImIng paint for ungalvanized metal surfaces, and the mIxIng thereof, shall conform to the 97-% grade Federal Specification TT-R-191. The red lead shall be furnished in paste form and delivered to the job in the original unbroken packages bearing the maker's name and brand designation. The raw linseed oil, turpentine, and drier shall be in accordance with the Federal Specifications listed below: Raw Linseed Oil Turpentine Drier; Paint, Liquid, Type I TT-L-215 TT-T-801 TT-D-651 (b) Priming paint for galvanized metal surfaces shall be zinc dust-zinc oxide primer paint conforming to Federal Specification TT-P-641. If necessary, add not more than 1/2 pint of turpentine to each gallon. (c) Orange paint for the body and the finish coats on metal and wood surfaces shall consist of a ready-mixed nonfading paint meeting the requirements of Federal Specification TT-P-59. The color shall be in accordance with Federal Standards 595, Aviation Gloss Orange Number 12197. (d) White paint for body and finish coats on metal and wood surfaces shall be ready-mixed paint conforming to Federal Specification TT-P-I02. (e) Priming paint for wood surfaces shall be mixed on the job by thinning the above specified aviation-orange or white paint by adding 1/2 pint of raw linseed oil to each gallon. Construction Methods 107-3.1 INSTALLATION. The hinged support or hinged pole shall be installed on a concrete foundation as shown in the plans. 107-3.2 ELECTRICAL CONNECTION. The contractor shall furnish all labor and materials and shall make complete electrical connections. If underground cable from the transformer vault to the wind cone site and duct for this cable installa tion under paved areas is required, the cable and duct shall be installed in accordance with and paid for by linear foot measurement as described in Item L-I08, Installation of Underground Cables for Airports, and Item L-I10, Installation of Airport Underground Electrical Duct. 107-3.4 BOOSTER TRANSFORMER. A booster transformer to compensate for voltage drop to the lamps shall be provided. The booster transformer shall be installed as indica ted in the plans and described in the proposal. 107-3.5 GROUND CONNECTION AND GROUND ROD. The contractor shall furnish and install a ground rod, grounding cable, and ground clamps for grounding the frame of the 12-foot assembly near the base. The ground rod shall be of the diameter and L-I07 - 2 length specified in the plans and shall be stainless steel. The ground rod. shall be driven into the ground adjacent to the concrete foundation so that the top is at least 6 inches below grade. The grounding cable shall consist of No.8 A WG bare stranded copper wire or larger and shall be exothermically welded to the ground rod. The other end of the grounding cable shall be securely attached to a leg of the frame or to the base of the pipe support with noncorrosive metal and shall be of substantial construction. The resistance to ground shall not exceed 25 ohms. 107-3.6 PAINTING. Three coats of paint shall be applied (one prime, one body, and one finish) to all exposed material installed under this item except the fabric cone, obstruction light globe, and lamp reflectors. The wind cone assembly, if painted on receipt, shall be given one finish coat of paint in lieu of the three coats specified above. The paint shall meet the requirements of Federal Specification TT-P-59. The color shall be in accordance with Federal Standard 595, Aviation Gloss Orange Number 12197. 107-3.7 LAMPS. The contractor shall furnish and install four 150-watt, ll5-volt general lighting service lamps for the l2-foot cone or four 150-watt, 115-volt lamps for the 8-foot cone. A clear 100-watt, ll5-volt traffic signal lamp with a medium screw base shall be furnished and installed in the obstruction light as required. 107-3.8 CHAIN AND PADLOCK. The contractor shall furnish and install a suitable operating chain for lowering and rising the hinged top section. The chain shall be attached to the pole support in a manner to prevent the light fixture assembly from striking the ground in the lowered position. A padlock shall also be furnished by the contractor on the 12-foot wind cone for securing the hinged top section to the fixed lower section. Keys for the padlock shall be delivered to the airport manager. Method of Measurement 107-4.1 The quantity to be paid for under this item shall be the number of wind cones installed as completed units in place, accepted, and ready for operation. Basis of Payment 107-5.1 Payment will be made at the contract unit price for each completed and accepted job. This price shall be full compensation for furnishing all materials and for all preparation, assembly, and installation of these materials, and for all labor, equipment, tools, and incidentals necessary to complete this item. Payment will be made under: Item L-I07-5.1 (a) 12-Foot Wind Cone, in Place - per unit. Number Federal Specifications Referenced in Item L-107 Title J-C-30 Cable and Wire, Electrical (Power, Fixed Installation). TT-D-651 Drier; Paint, J..Jiquid.' L-107 - 3 TT-L-215 Linseed Oil, Raw, (for use in Organic Coatings). TT-P-59 Paint: Ready-mixed, International Orange. TT-P-641 Primer, Paint; Zinc Dust-Zinc Oxide. TT-P-102 Paint, Oil: Titanium-Lead-Zinc and Oil, Exterior, Ready-Mixed, White and Light Tints. TT-R-191 Red Lead, Dry and Paste In Oil. TT-T-801 Turpentine; Gum Spirits, Steam Distilled, Sulphate Wood, and Destructively Distilled. W\V-C-581 Conduit, Metal, Rigid; and Coupling, Elbow; and Nipple, Electrical Conduit: Zinc-Coated. Fed. Std. 595 Colors. Military Specifications Referenced in Item L-107 Number Title MIL-I-7854 Indicator Assemblies, Wind Cone, Unlighted and Externally Lighted. FAA Specifications Referenced in Item L-I07 Number Title AC 150/5345-7 Specifications for L-824 Underground Cables for ,t\irport Lighting Circuits. AC 150/5345-27 Specification for L-807 Illuminated Wind Cone. m:B37.E 04-407 .04 L-I07 - 4 ITEM L-108 INSTALLATION OF UNDERGROUND CABLE FOR AIRPORTS Description 108-1.1 This item shall consist of underground cable furnished and installed in accordance with this specification at the locations and in accordance with the design, dimensions, and details shown in the plans. This item shall include the excavation and backfill of the trench and the installation of cable and counterpoise wire in trench, duct or conduit. It shall include splicing, cable marking, and testing of the installation and all incidentals necessary to place the cable in operating condition as a completed unit to the satisfaction of the engineer. This item shall not include the installation of the duct or conduit. Equipment and Materials 108-2.1 GENERAL. (a) Airport lighting equipment and materials covered by FAA specifications shall have the prior approval of the Federal Aviation Administration, Airports Service, Washington, D.C. 20591, and shall be listed in Advisory Circular 150/5345-1, Approved Airport Lighting Equipment. (b) All other equipment and materials covered by other referenced specifications shall be subject to acceptance through manufacturer's certification of compliance with the applicable specification, when requested by the engineer. 108-2.2 CABLE. Underground cable shall conform to the requirements of Specifications for L-824, Underground Electrical Cables for Airport Lighting Circuits. The following types are covered in Specification L-824: (a) Type A -- Single and multiple conductor cable with 600-volt performance type insulation with an overall neoprene jacket. (b) Type B -- Single and multiple conductor cable with 3,000- or 5,000-volt "Ozone Resistant" insulation with an overall neoprene jacket. All cable for airport lighting service shall be stranded viz: aOO-volt -- 7-strand; 3,000- and 5,000-volt -- 19 strand. For power cable, conductor size shall be not less than No. 12 A WG. These limits on conductor sizes shall not apply to leads furnished by manufacturers on transformers and fixtures. If telephone control cable is specified, copper shielded, polyethylene insulated and jacketed, No. 19 A WG telephone cable conforming to the United States Department of Agriculture, Rural Electrification Administration (REA) Bulletin 345-14, REA Specification for Fully Color-Coded, Polyethylene Insulated, Double Polyethylene- Jacketed Telephone Cables for Direct Burial, shall be used. Where counterpoise conductors are to be installed and where soil conditions would adversely affect bare copper wire, thermoplastic wire conforming to Federal Specification J-C-30, Type TW, aOO-volt, may be used. Cable type, size, number of conductors, strand and service voltage shall be as specified in the plans. L-I08 - 1 108-2.3 BARE COPPER WIRE (Counterpoise). Bare copper wire for counterpoise installations shall be stranded wire conforming to ASTM Specifications B3 and B8. 108-2.4 CABLE CONNECTIONS. In-line connections of underground primary cables shall be of the type called for in the plans and shall be one of the types listed below. (a) The Cast Splice. A cast splice, employing a plastic mold and using epoxy resin equal to that manufactured by Minnesota Mining and Manufacturing Company, "Scotchcast" Kit No. 82--A, or as manufactured by Hysol Corporation, "Hyseal Epoxy Splice" Kit No. E1135, for potting the splice is approved. This means of splicing is the only type approved for telephone control cable. (b) The Vulcanized Splice. A vulcanized splice employing Joy Manufacturing Company's Vulcanizing Kit No. X-1604-8 or equal is approved for field vulcanized splices. The proper molds for various cable sizes shall be used. (c) The Field-attached Plug-in Splice. Figure 14 of Specification for L-823 Plug and Receptacle, Cable Connectors, employing connector kits, is approved for field attachment to single conductor cable. (d) The Factory-molded Plug-in-Splice. Specification for L-823 Connectors, Factory-Molded to Individual Conductors, are approved. 108-2.5 CONCRETE. Concrete for cable markers shall conform to Specification Item P-610, "Structural Portland Cement Concrete." Construction Methods 108-3.1 GENERAL. The contractor shall install the specified cable at the locations indicated in the airport lighting layout plans. Cable connections between lights will be permitted only at the light locations for connecting the underground cable to the primary leads of the individual insulating transformers. The contractor shall be responsible for providing cable in continuous lengths for home runs or other long cable runs without connections. 108-3.2 INSTALLATION IN DUCT OR CONDUIT. This item includes the installation of the cable in duct or conduit as described below. The maximum number of voltage ratings of cables installed in each single duct or conduit, and the current-carrying capacity of each cable shall be in accordance with the latest National Electric Code, or the code of the local agency having jurisdiction. The contractor shall make no connections or joints of any kind in cables installed in conduits or ducts. The duct or conduit shall be installed as a separate item in accordance with Item L- 110, "Installation of Airport Underground Electrical Duct." The contractor shall make sure that the duct is open, continuous, and clear of debris before installing cable. The cable shall be installed in a manner to prevent harmful stretching of the conductor, injury to the insulation, or damage to the other protective covering. The ends of all cables shall be sealed with moisture-seal type before pulling into the conduit and it shall be left sealed until connections are made. Where more than one cable is to be installed in a duct under the same contract, all cable shall be pulled in the duct at the L-108 - 2 same time. The pulling of a cable through ducts or conduits may be accomplished by handwinch or power winch with the use of cable grips or pulling eyes. Pulling tensions should be governed by recom mended standard practices for straight pulls or bends. A lubricant recommended for the type of cable being installed shall be used where pulling lubricant is required. Duct or conduit markers temporarily removed for excavations shall be replaced as required. 108-3.3 TRENCHING. Where turf is well established and the sod can be removed, it shall be carefully stripped and properly stored. Trenches for cables may be excavated manually or with mechanical trenching equipment. Walls of trenches shall be essentially vertical so that a minimum of shoulder surface is disturbed. Road patrols or graders shall not be used to excavate the trench with their blades. The bottom surface of trenches shall be essentially smooth and free from coarse aggregate. Unless otherwise specified, cable trenches shall be excavated to a minimum depth of 18 inches below finished grade, except as follows: (a) The mInImum depth shall be 36 inches under pavement unless otherwise indicated on the plans. The contractor shall excavate all cable trenches to a width not less than 6 inches. The trench shall be widened where more than two cables are to be installed parallel in the same trench. Unless otherwise specified in the plans, all cables in the same location and running in the same general direction shall be installed in the same trench. When rock excavation is encountered, the rock shall be removed to a depth of at least 3 inches below the required cable depth and it shall be replaced with bedding material of earth or sand containing no mineral aggregate particles that would be retained on a 1/4-inch sieve. The contractor shall ascertain the type of soil or rock to be excavated before bidding. All excavation shall be unclassified. 108-3.4 INSTALLATION IN TRENCHES. The contractor shall not use a cable plow for installing the cable. Mechanical cable-laying equipment may be used in conjunction with a trenching machine if specified on project plans and specifications; and it should provide for physical inspection of cable prior to backfilling. Sharp bends or kinks in the cable shall not be permitted. Cables shall be unreeled in place alongside or in the trench and shall be carefully placed along the bottom of the trench. The cable shall not be unreeled and pulled into the trench from one end. Where two or more cables are laid parallel in the same trench, they shall be placed laterally a minimum distance of 3 inches apart, and the trench shall be widened sufficiently to accomplish this. Cables crossing over each other shall have a minimum of 6-inch vertical displacement with the topmost cable depth at or below the minimum "required depth for finished grade. Not less than 3 feet of cable slack shall be left on each side of all connections, insulating transformers, light units, and at all other points where cable is connected to field equipment. The slack cable shall be placed in the trench in a series of S curves. L-I08 - 3 Additional slack cable shall be left in runway light bases, handholes, manholes, etc., where it is required to bring the cable above ground level to make connections. The amount of slack cable shall be not less than 16 inches. 108-3.5 BACKFILLING. After the cable has been installed, the trench shall be backfilled 3 inches deep, loose measurement, with sand containing no mineral aggregate particles that would be retained on a 1/4-inch sieve. This layer shall not be compacted. The second layer shall be 5 inches deep, loose measurement, and shall contain particles that would be retained on a I-inch sieve. The remainder of the backfill shall be excavated or imported mineral and shall not contain stone or aggregate larger than 4 inches maximum diameter. The third and subsequent layers of the backfill shall not exceed 8 inches in maximum depth, loose measurement. The second, and subsequent layers shall be thoroughly tamped and compacted to at least the density of the adjacent undisturbed soil, and to the satisfaction of the engineer. If necessary to obtain the desired compaction, the backfill material shall be moistened or aerated as required. Trenches shall not be excessively wet and shall not contain pools of water during backfilling operations. The trench shall be completely backfilled and tamped level with the adjacent surface, except that when sod is to be placed over the trench, the backfilling shall be stopped at a depth equal to the thickness of the sod to be used, with proper allowance for settlement. Any excess excavated material shall be recorded and disposed of in accordance with instructions issued by the engineer. 108-3.6 RESTORATION. Where sod has been removed, it shall be replaced as soon as possible after the backfilling is completed. All areas disturbed by the trenching, storing of dirt, cable laying, pad construction, and other work shall be restored to its original condition. The restoration shall include any necessary topssoiling, fertilizing, liming, seeding, sodding, sprigging or mulching. The contractor shall be held responsible for maintaining all disturbed surfaces and replacements until final acceptance. 108-3.7 CABLE MARKERS. The location of runway light circuits shall be marked by concrete slab markers. Each cable run from the line of runway lights to the equipment vault shall also be marked at approximately every 200 feet along the cable run, with an additional marker at each change of direction. All other cable buried directly in the earth shall be marked in the same manner. The contractor shall not install slab markers where cable lies in straight lines between observation light poles which are spaced 300 feet apart, or less. Cable markers shall be installed immediately above the cable. The Contractor shall impress the word "CABLE" and directional arrows on each cable marking slab. The letters shall be approximately 4 inches high and 3 inches wide, with width of stroke 1/2 inch and 1/4 inch deep. 108-3.8 SPLICING. Connections of the type shown in the plans shall be made by experienced personnel regularly engaged in this type of work and shall be made of as follows: (a) Field-Attached Plu~-in Splices. These shall be assembled in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. These splices s'hall be made of plugging directly into mating connections. In all cases the joint where the connectors come together shall be encapsulated with scotchcast epoxy resin. L-108 - 4 108-3.9 BARE COUNTERPOISE WIRE INSTALLATION AND GROUNDING FOR LIGHTING PROTECTION. A standard bare copper wire, No.8 A WGB minimum size, shall be installed for lightning protection of the underground cables. The bare counterpoise wire shall be installed in the same trench for the entire length of the insulated cables it is designed to protect, and shall be placed at a distance of approximately 4 inches above the insulated cable. The counterpoise wire shall be securely bonded to each light fixture base, or mounting stake. The counterpoise wire shall be exothermically welded to stainless steel ground rods installed not more than 1,000 feet apart around the entire circuit.. The ground rods shall be of the length and diameter specified in the plans, but in no case shall they be less than 10-feet long nor less than 3/4 inch in diameter. Ground rods shall also be installed at each handhole, and manhole or pull box. 108-3.10 TESTING. The contractor shall furnish all necessary equipment and appliances for testing the underground cable circuits after installation. The contractor shall test and demonstrate to the satisfaction of the engineer the following: (a) That all lighting power and control circuits are continuous and free from short circuits. (b) That all circuits are free from unspecified grounds. (c) That the installation resistance to ground of all nongrounded series circuits is not less than 50 megohms. (d) That the insulation resistance to ground of all nongrounded conductors of multiple circuits is not less than 50 megohms. (e) That all circuits are properly connected in accordance with applicable wiring diagrams. (f) That all circuits are operable. Tests shall be conducted that include operating each control not less than 10 times and the continuous operation of each lighting and power circuit for not less than 1/2 hour. (g) That the resistance to ground at any counterpoise location or ground rod be less than twenty-five ohms. Method of Measurement 108-4.1 The quantity of trench to be paid for shall be the linear feet of trench, including the excavation, backfill, and reconditioning, completed, measured as excavated, and accepted as satisfactory. When specified in the proposal, separate measurement shall be made for trenches of various specified widths. 108-4.2 The footage of cable or counterpoise wire installed in trench to be paid for shall be the number of linear feet of cable or counterpoise wire installed in trenches measured in place, completed, ready for operation, and accepted as satisfactory. Separate measurement shall be made for each cable or counterpoise wire installed in trench. L-I08 - 5 108-4.3 The footage of cable or counterpoise wire installed in duct or conduit to be paid for shall be the number of linear feet measured in place, completed, ready for operation, and accepted as satisfactory. 108-4.4 The quantity of ground rods to be paid for shall be the number of ground rods including grounding connectors, driven and installed, tested for resistance, and accepted as satisfactory. Basis of Payment 108-5.1 to 5.5 Payment will be made at the contract unit price for cable trenching; cable and bare counterpoise wire installed in trench or duct in place; and ground rods including grounding connectors, driven and installed in place by the contractor and accepted by the engineer. This price shall be full compensation for furnishing all materials and for all preparation and installation of these materials, and for all labor, equipment, tools, and incidentals necessary to complete this item. Payment will be made under: Item L-108-5.1 Cable Trench--per linear foot. Item L-108-5.2 Underground Cable, installed in trench--per linear foot. Item L-108-5.3 Underground Cable, installed in duct or conduit--per linear foot. Item L-108-5.4 Bare Counterpoise Wire, installed in trench or duct. Item L-108-5.5 Ground Rods, driven and installed in place - per each. FAA Specifications Referenced in Item L-108 Number Title AC 150/5345-7 Specification for L-824 Underground Electrical Cables for Airport Lighting Circuits. AC 150/5345-26 Specification for L-823 Plug and Receptacle Cable Connectors. Federal Specifications Referenced in Item L-I08 Number Title J-C-30 Cable and Wire, Electrical Power, Fixed Installation. ASTM Specifications Referenced in Item L-I08 Number Title B-3 Soft or Annealed Copper Wire. B-8 Concentric-Lay-Stranded Copper Conductor, Hard, Medium-Hard, or Soft. L-l 0 8 - 6 ITEM L-109 INSTALLATION OF MISCELLANEOUS ELECTRICAL EQUIP MENT Description 109-1.1 This item shall consist of airport miscellaneous electrical equipment, fittings, conduit, cable, grounding systems, structural concrete and steel, paint bricks, labels and tags, welding systems, galvanized steel structural components and hardware; the testing of the installation; and the furnishing of all incidentals necessary to effect a complete operating electrical lighting and power distribution system as specified herein and depicted on the plans to the satisfaction of the engineer. Equipment and Materials 109-2.1 GENERAL. (a) Airport lighting equipment and materials covered by FAA specifications shall have the prior approval of the Federal L~viation Administration, Airports Service, \Vashington, D.C. 20591, and shall be listed in Advisory Circular 150/5345-1 Approved Airport Lighting Equipment. (b) All other equipment and materials covered by other referenced specifications shall be subject to acceptance through manufacturer's certification of compliance with the applicable specification when requested by the engineer. 109-2.2 CONCRETE. The concrete shall be proportioned, placed, and cured in accordance with Item P-610, Structural Portland Cement Concrete, using 3/4-inch maximum size coarse aggregate. 109-2.3 REINFORCING STEEL. Reinforcing steel bars shall be intermediate or structural grade deformed-type bars and shall meet the requirements of AASHO M 31. 109-2.4 BRICK. Brick shall conform to ASTM C-62, Grade SW. 109-2.5 RIGID STEEL CONDUIT. Rigid steel conduit and fittings shall be in accordance with Fed. Spec. \\1W-C-581. 109-2.6 PAINT. (a) Red lead priming paint for ungalvanized metal surfaces, and the mIxIng thereof, shall conform to the 97% grade specified in Fed. Spec. TT-R-191. The red lead shall be furnished in paste form and delivered to the job in the original unbroken packages bearing the maker's name and brand. The raw linseed oil, turpentine, and drier shall be in accordance with the Federal Specifications listed below: Raw Lindseed Oil TT-L-215 Turpentine TT-T-801 Drier; Paint, Liquid, Type I TT-D-651 (b) White paint for body and finish coats on metal and wood surfaces shall be ready-mixed paint conforming to Fed. Spec. TT-P-I02. L-I09 - 1 (c) Paint for concrete shall be in accordance with Fed. Spec. TT-E-487. Color -white. 109-2.7 GROUND RODS. Ground rods shall be stainless steel of the length and diameter specified in the plans. 109-2.8 FAA-APPROVED EQUIP MENT. Certain items of airport lighting equipment are covered by individual FAA equipment specifications. The specifications are listed below: AC 150/5345-7 Specification for L-824 Underground Electrical Cables for Airport Lighting Circuits. 109-2.9 OTHER ELECTRICAL EQUIP MENT. All regularly used cOJnmercial items of electrical equipment not covered by FAA equipment specifications shall conform to the applicable rulings and standards of the Institute of Electrical and Electronic Engineers or the National Electrical Manufacturers Association. When specified, test reports from a testing laboratory indicating that the equipment meets the specifications shall be supplied. In all cases, equipment shall be new and a first-grade product. This equipment shall be supplied in the quantities required for the specific project and shall incorporate the electrical and mechanical characteristics specified in the proposal and plans. 109-2.10 WIRE. Wire in conduit rated up to 5,000 volts shall conform to Advisory Circular 150/5345-7, Specification for L-824 Underground Electrical Cables for Airport Lighting Circuits, for rubber insulated neoprene-covered wire, or Fed. Spec. J- C-30, Type RHW, for rubber insulated fibrous-covered wire. For ratings up to 600 volts, thermoplastic wire conforming to Fed. Spec. J-C-30, Types TW, TH\V, and THWN, shall be used. The wires shall be of the type, size, number of conductors, and voltage shown in the plans or in the proposal. (a) Power Circuits. 1. 600 volts maximum - \-Vire shall be No. 6 A \Va or larger and insulated for at least 600 volts. 2. Over 3,000 volts -- 'Vire shall be No.6 A WG or larger and insulated for at least the circuit voltage. 109-2.11 AIRCRAFT GROUNDING RECEprr ACLES. Aircraft grounding receptacles and combination tie-down and grounding receptacles shall be new, of the latest design of a single manufacturer, shall be UL labeled where available. The receptacles shall be supplied in the quantities required and shall incorporate the electrical and mechanical characteristics specified herein and depicted on the plans. Resistance to ground of the completed, assembly as depicted on the plans shall not exceed twenty-five ohms. Paint the receptacle cover only and the concrete collar aviation orange, taking care not to paint any portion of the grounding baIlor bar. (a) Static Grounding Receptacle. The static grounding receptacle is intended for use in aircraft refueling areas. The receptacle shall be a one-piece copper alloy L-I09 - 2 casting with chained cover designed for exothermic welding to the ground rod. (b) Combination Tie-Down and Groundin~ Receptacle. The combination tie- down and grounding receptacle is intended for use in light general aviation aircraft parking locations where the aircraft may be exposed to electrical storms. The receptacle shall be a one-piece manganese bronze casting with chained cover designed for exothermic welding to the ground rod. Construction Methods 109-3.1 GENERAL. The contractor shall construct the boost transformer mount, and circle segments at the location indicated in the plans. Circle segments construction shall be reinforced concrete, as specified. The mounting, installation methods, and equipment placement are shown in the plans. The contractor shall clear, grade, and seed the area around the boost transformer mount for a minimum distance of 3 feet on all sides. The slope shall be not less than 1/2-inch per foot away from the transformer mount in all directions. Paint the boost transformer and supports Aviation Orange. The external surfaces of the concrete shall be thoroughly worked during the placing operation to force all coarse aggregate from the surface. Thoroughly work the mortar against the forms to produce a smooth finish free from air pockets and honeycolnb. 109-3.2 METALLIC CONDUITS. Metallic conduits installed underground shall be painted with a bituminous compound. All spare conduit shall be closed with a pipe plug to prevent the entrance of foreign material during construction. 109-3.3 PAINTING. Concrete circle segments, concrete structural bases, and concrete collars shall first be given a hardening treatment, after which the contractor shall apply t\VO coats of paint as specified below. The hardening treatment shall consist of applying a coat of either a commercial floor hardener or solution made by dissolving 2 pounds of magnesium fluosilicate or zinc sulphate crystals in 1 gallon of water. The coat shall be allowed to dry at least 48 hours. After the hardening treatment coat is dried, the surfaces shall be brushed clean of all crystals and thoroughly washed with clear water. Paint shall be of the colors approved by the engineer. Before painting, the surfaces shall be dry and clean. The first coat shall be thinned by adding 2/3-quart of spar varnish and 1/3-quart of turpentine to each gallon of paint. The second coat shall be applied without thinning. Installation of Miscellaneous Electrical Equipment 109-3.4 GENER.AL. The contractor shall furnish, install, and connect all equipment, equipment accessories, conduit, cables, wires, grounds, and supports necessary to insure a complete and operable electrical distribution for the airport lighting system as specified herein and shown in the plans. The equipment installation and mounting shall comply with the requirements of the National Electrical Code and local code agency having jurisdiction. 109-3.5 MARI{ING AND LABELING. All electrical equiprnent, MITL's, guidance signs and power conductors, shall be tagged, marked, or labeled as specified below: L-109 - 3 (a) Wire Identification. The contractor shall furnish and install self-sticking wire labels or identifying tags on all wires at the point where they connect to the equiplnent. Wire labels, if used, shall be of the self-sticking preprinted type and of the manufacturer's recommended size for the wire involved. Identification markings designated in the plans shall be followed. Tags, if used, shall be plastic not less than 3/4-inch in diameter and not less than 1/32-inch thick. Identification markings designated in the plans shall be stamped on tags by means of small tool dies. Each tag shall be securely tied to the proper wire by a nonmetallic cord. (b) Labels. The contractor shall stencil identifying labels on the boost transformer case with white oil paint as designated by the engineer. The letters and numerals shall be not less than 1 inch in height and shall be of proportionate width. The contractor shall also mark the correct circuit designations in accordance with the plans. (c) Li~ht Tags. All medium intensity taxiway lights (r-1ITL's) and guidance signs shall be tagged with metal discs as depicted on plans. Method of Measurement 109-4.1 The quantity of miscellaneous electrical equipment to be paid for under this item shall consist of the number constructed in place and accepted as a complete unit. Basis of Payment 109-5.1 - 5.3 Payment will be made at the contract unit price for each completed and accepted miscellaneous electrical equipment installation. This price shall be full compensation for furnishing all materials and for all preparation, assembly, and installation of these materials, and for all labor, equipment, tools, and incidentals necessary to complete the item. Payment will be made under: Item L-I09-5.1 Installation of Airport Miscellaneous Electrical Equipment in Place - Lump Sum. Item L-109-5.2 Installation of Cadweld B-167 Tie-down/Ground in Place--per each. Item L-I09-5.3 Installation of Cadweld B-165 Ground in Place--per each. Federal Specifications Referenced in Item L-109 Number Title J-C-30 Cable and Wire, Electrical (Power, Fixed Installation). TT-D-651 Dried, Paint, Liquid. TT-E-487 Enamel; Floor and Deck. TT-L-215 Linseed Oil, Raw (For Use in Organic Coatings). L-I09 - 4 TT-P-102 Paint, Oil: Titanium-Lead-Zinc and Oil, Exterior, Ready-Mixed, White and Light Tints. TT-R-191 Red Lead, Dry and Paste in Oil. TT-T-801 Turpentine; Gum Spirits, Steam Distilled, Sulfate Wood, and Destructively Distilled. WW-C-581 Conduit, Metal; and Coupling, Elbow, and Nipple, Electrical Conduit: Z inc-Coa ted. FAA Specifica tions Referenced in Item L-109 Number Title AC 150/5345-7 Specification for L-824 Underground Electrical Cables for "~irport Lighting Circuits. Number ASTM Specifications Referenced in Item L-I09 Ti tIe ASTM C-62 Specification for Building Brick (Solid Masonry Units lVlade from Clay or Shale). m:B37.F 04-407.04 L-109 - 5 ITEM L-110 INSTALLATION OF AIRPORT UNDERGROUND ELECTRICAL DUCT Description 110-1.1 This item shall consist of underground electrical ducts installed in accordance with this specification at the locations and in accordance w"ith the dimensions, designs, and details shown in the plans. This item shall include the installation of all underground electrical ducts or underground conduits. It shall also include all trenching, backfilling, removal, and restoration of any paved areas; manholes, concrete encasement, mandreling installation of steel drag wires and duct markers, capping and the testing of the installation as completed duct system ready for installation of cables, to the satisfaction of the engineer. Equipment and Materials 110-2.1 GENERAL. All equipment and materials covered by referenced specifications shall be subject to acceptance through manufacturer's certification of compliance with the applicable specification when so requested by the engineer. 110-2.5 STEEL CONDUIT. Rigid steel conduit and fittings shall conform to the requirements of Fed. Spec. WW-C-581. 110-2.6 CONCRETE. Concrete shall conform to Item P-610, Structural Portland Cement Concrete, using I-inch maximum size coarse aggregate. 110-2.7 PLASTIC CONDUIT. Plastic conduit and fittings shall conform to the requirements of Fed. Spec. W-C-1094 and shall be one of the following, as specified in the proposal: (a) Type I - Suitable for underground use either directly in the earth or encased in concrete. (b) Type II - Suitable for either above ground or underground use. Construction Methods 110-3.1 GENERAL. The contractor shall install underground ducts at the approximate locations indicated in the airport layout plans. The engineer shall indicate specific locations as the work progresses. Ducts shall be of the size, material and type indicated in the plans or specifications. Where no size is indicated in the plans or specifications, the ducts shall be not less than 3 inches inside diameter. All duct lines shall be laid so as to grade toward handholes, manholes and duct ends for drainage. Grades shall be at least 3 inches per 100 feet. On runs where it is not practicable to maintain the grade all one way, the duct lines shall be graded from the center in both directions toward manholes, handholes, or duct ends. Pockets or traps where moisture may accumulate shall be avoided. The contractor shall mandrel each duct. An iron-shod mandrel, not more than 1/4-inch smaller than the bore of the duct shall be pushed through each duct by means of jointed conduit rods. The mandrel shall have a leather or rubber gasl<et slightly larger than the duct hole. L-l10 - 1 All ducts installed shall be provided with a No. 10 gauge galvanized iron or steel drag wire for pulling the permanent wiring. Sufficient length shall be left in manholes or handholes to bend the drag wire back to prevent it from slipping back into the duct. Where spare ducts are installed, as indica ted on the plans, the open ends shall be plugged with removable taper plugs, designed by the duct manufacturers, or with hardwood plugs conforming accurately to the shape of the duct and having the larger end of the plug at least 1/4-inch greater in diameter than the duct. All ducts shall be securely fastened in place during construction and progress of the work and shall be plugged to prevent seepage of grout, water or dirt. Any duct section having a defective joint shall not be installed. All ducts, except steel conduit, installed under runways, taxiways, aprons, and other paved areas shall be encased in a concrete enveloped. Where turf is well established and the sod can be removed, it shall be carefully stripped and properly stored. Trenches for duct may be excavated manually or with mechanical trenching equipment. \Valls of trenches shall be essentially vertical so that minimum of shoulder surface is disturbed. Blades of road patrols or graders shall not be used to excavate the trench. The contractor shall ascertain the type of soil or rock to be excavated before bidding. All excavation shall be unclassified. 110-3.2 DUCTS ENCASED IN CONCRETE. Unless otherwise shown in the plans, concrete-encased ducts shall be installed so that the top of the concrete envelope is not less than 18 inches below the finished subgrade where installed under runways taxiways, aprons, or other paved areas, and not less than 18 inches below finished grade where installed in unpaved areas. Ducts under paved areas shall extend at least 3 feet beyond the edges of the pavement or 3 feet beyond any underdrains which may be installed alongside the paved area. Trenches for concrete-encased ducts shall be opened the complete length before concrete is laid so that if any obstructions are encountered, proper provisions can be made to avoid them. All ducts for concrete encasements shall be placed on a layer of concrete not less than 3 inches thick prior to its initial set. Where two or more ducts are encased in concrete, the contractor shall space them not less than 2 inches apart (measured from outside wall to outside wall) using spacers applicable to the type of duct. As the ducts laying progresses, concrete not less than 3 inches thick shall be placed around the sides and top of the duct bank. End bells or couplings shall be installed flush with the concrete encasement 'Nhere required. When specified, the contractor shall reinforce the bottom side and top of encasements with steel reinforcing mesh or fabric or other approved metal reinforcement. \Vhen directed, the contractor shall supply additional supports where the ground is soft and boggy, where ducts cross under roadways, or where otherwise shown on the plans. Under such conditions, the complete duct structure shall be supported or reinforced concrete footings, piers, or piles located at approximately 5-foot intervals. 110-3.3 DUCTS \:VITI-IOUT CONCRETE ENCASEMENT. Trenches for single-duct lines shall be not less than 6 inches nor more than 12 inches wide, and the trench for 2 or more ducts installed at the same level shall be proportionately wider. Trench bottO!TIS for ducts without concrete encasernent shall be made to conform accurately to grade so as to provide uniform support for the duct along its entire length. L-I10 - 2 A layer of fine earth material, at least 4 inches thick (loose measurement) shall be placed in the bottom of the trench as bedding for the duct. The bedding ma terial shall consist of soft dirt, sand or other fine fill, and it shall contain no particles that would be retained on a 1/4-inch sieve. The bedding material shall be tampered until firm. Unless otherwise shown in plans, ducts for direct burial shall be installed so that the tops of all ducts are at least 18 inches below the finished grade. When two or more ducts are installed in the same trench without concrete encasement, they shall be spaced no less than 2 inches apart (measured from outside wall to outside wall) in a horizontal direction and not less than 6 inches apart in a vertical direction. Trenches shall be opened the complete length before duct is installed so tha t if any obstructions are encountered, proper provisions can be made to avoid them. 110-3.4 DUCT MARKERS. The location of the ends of all ducts shall be marked by concrete slab markers 2 feet square and 4 inches thick extending approximately 1 inch above the surface. The markers shall be located above the ends of all ducts or duct banks, except where ducts terminate in a handhole, manhole or building. The contractor shall impress the word "DUCT" on each marker slab. He shall also impress on the slab the number and size of ducts beneath the marker. The letters shall be 4 inches high and 3 inches wide with width of stroke 1/2-inch and 1/4-inch deep or as large as the available space permits. 110-3.5 BACKFILLING. After concrete-encased ducts have been properly installed and the concrete has had time to set, the trench shall be backfilled in at least two layers with excavated material not larger than 4 inches in diameter and thoroughly tamped and compacted to at least the density of the surrounding undisturbed soil. If necessry to obtain the desired compaction, the backfill material shall be moistened or aerated as required. Trenches shall not be excessively wet and shall not contain pools of water during backfilling operations. The trench shall be completely backfilled and tamped level with the adjacent surface: except that, when sod is to be placed over the trench, the backfilling shall be stopped at a depth equal to the thickness of the sod to be used, with proper allowance for settlement. Any excess excavated material shall be removed and disposed of in accordance with instructions issued by the engineer. For ducts without concrete envelope, 8 inches of sand, soft earth, or other fine fill (loose measurement) shall be placed around the ducts and carefully tamped around and over them with hand tampers The remaining trench may be filled with regular run of excavated material and thoroughly tamped as specified above. 110-3.6 RESTORATION. Where sod has been removed, it shall be replaced as soon as possible after the backfilling is completed. All areas disturbed by the trenching, storing of dirt, cable laying, pad construction and other work shall be restored to its original condition. The restoration shall include any necessary topsoiling, fertilizing, L-II0 -3 liming, seeding, sprigging, or mulching. All such work shall be performed in accordance with the FAA Standard Turfing Specifications. The contractor shall be held responsible for maintaining all disturbed surfaces and replacements until final acceptance. Method of Measurement 110-4.1 The quantity of underground duct to be paid for under this item shall be the number of linear feet of duct installed, measured in place, completed and accepted. Separate measurement shall be made for the various types and sizes. Basis of Payment 110-5.1, 5.2 & 5.3 Payment will be made at the contract unit price for each type and size of single-\vay or multi-way duct completed and accepted. This price shall be full compensation for furnishing all materials and for all preparation, assembly, and installation of these materials, and for all labor, equipment, tools, and incidentals necessary to complete this item. Payment will be made under: Item L-I10-5.1 Two-way 3 ", concrete encased electrical duct, in turf - per lineal foot. Item L-I10-5.2 Two-way 4", concrete encased electrical duct, in turf - per linear foot. Item L-I10-5.3 Two-way 4 ", concrete encased electrical duct, under pavement -- per linear foot. Federal Specifications Referenced in Item L-I10 Number Ti tIe W-C-1094 Conduit and Fittings; Non-metallic, Rigid (Plastic). WW-C-581 Conduit, Metal, Rigid; and Coupling, Elbow; and Nipple, Electrical Conduit: Zinc-Coated. m:B30-V L-I10 -4 ITEM L-125 INSTALLATION OF AIRPORT LIGHTING SYSTEMS Description 125-1.1 This item cancels and replaces the items listed in paragraphs 125-1.2 -- 125- 1.8. 125-1.2 Item L-114, Installation of Medium Intensity Runway and Taxiway Lights with Stake Mounting. 125-1.3 Item L-116, Installation of Medium Intensity Runway and Taxiway Lights with Stake I\1ounting. 125-1.4 Item L-120, Installation of Internally Lighted Taxiway Guidance Signs. 125-1.5 Item L-121, Installation of High Intensity Runway Lights. 125-1.6 Item L-122, Installation of Airport Low Intensity Lighting Systems. 125-1.7 Item L-123, Installation of Touchdown Zone Lights, Inset and Base Mounted. 125-1.8 Item L-124, Installation of Runway Centerline and Taxiway Turnoff. 125-1.9 This item shall consist of airport lighting systems furnished and installed in accordance with this specification, the referenced specification, and the applicable advisory circulars. The systems are installed at the location and in accordance \vith the dimensions, design, and details shown in the plans. This item shall include the furnishing of all equipment, materials, services, and incidentals necessary to place the systems in operation as completed units to the satisfaction of the engineer. 124-1-10 Additional details pertaining to a specific system covered in this item are contained in the advisory circulars listed in paragraphs 125-1.11 -- 125.1.16. 125.1.14 AC 150/5340-15, Taxiway Edge Lighting System. 125.1.16 AC 150/5340-18B, Standard for Airport Sign Systems. Equipment and Materials 125-2.1 GENERAL (a) Airport lighting equipment and materials covered by F k\A specifications shall have the prior approval of the Federal Aviation Administration, Airports Service, Washington DC 20591, and shall be listed in Advisory Circular 150/5345-1, Approved Airport Lighting Equipment. (b) All other equipment and materials covered by other referenced specifications shall be subject to acceptance through the manufacturer's certification of compliance with the applicable specifications. c. Lists of the equipment and materials required for a particular system are L-125 - 1 contained in the applicable advisory circulars. 125-2.2 CONCRETE. Concrete for backfill shall be proportioned not leaner than a 1-3 -6 mix by volume and shall have a compressive strength of not less than 2,000 PSI. Approved clean aggrega te shall be used to produce the concrete. 125-2.3 CONDUIT. Rigid steel conduit and fittings shall conform to the requirements of Fed. Spec. WW-C-581. 125-2.4 CONDUIT/CABLE ADAPTER. Conduit/cable adapter, if specified, shall be equal to Crouse-Hinds Company, Type CGB cable connector with neoprene rubber bushing. Construction Methods 125-3.1 GENERAL. The installation and testing details for the systems shall be as specified in the applicable advisory circulars. 125-3.2 PLACING LIGHTS. The light fixtures shall be installed at the approximate location indicated in the plans. The exact location shall be as directed by the engineer. Method of Measurement 125-4.1 The quantity of lights to be paid for this item shall be the number of each type installed as completed units in place, ready for operation, and accepted by the engineer. Basis of Payment 125-5.1, 5.2 & 5.3 Payrnent will be made at the contract unit price for each complete light installed in place by the contractor and accepted by the engineer. This price shall be full compensation for furnishing all materials and for all labor, equiprnent, tools, and incidentals necessary to complete this item. Payment \vill be made under: Item L-125-5.1 Taxiway Lights, Base Mounted in Place -- per each Item L-125-5.2 Taxiway Lights, Stake Mounted in Place -- per each Item L-125-5.3 Airport Taxi Guidance Signs, in Place -- per unit of like size. Federal Specifications Referenced in Item L-125 Number Ti tIe WW-C-581 Conduit, Metal, Rigid; and Coupling, Elbow; and Nipple, Electrical Conduit: Zinc-Coated. FAA Specifications Referenced in Item L-125 L-125 - 2 Number AC 150/5340-15 4-\C 150/5340-18B m:B30-U Ti tIe Taxiway Lighting System Standard for Airport Sign Systems L-125 - 3